1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment ========================================================
3 @comment %**start of header
4 @setfilename autoconf.info
9 @setcontentsaftertitlepage
13 @c @ovar(ARG, DEFAULT)
14 @c -------------------
15 @c The ARG is an optional argument. To be used for macro arguments in
16 @c their documentation (@defmac).
18 @r{[}@var{\varname\}@r{]}
21 @c @dvar(ARG, DEFAULT)
22 @c -------------------
23 @c The ARG is an optional argument, defaulting to DEFAULT. To be used
24 @c for macro arguments in their documentation (@defmac).
25 @macro dvar{varname, default}
26 @r{[}@var{\varname\} = @samp{\default\}@r{]}
29 @c Handling the indexes with Texinfo yields several different problems.
31 @c Because we want to drop out the AC_ part of the macro names in the
32 @c printed manual, but not in the other outputs, we need a layer above
33 @c the usual @acindex{} etc. That's why we first define indexes such as
34 @c acx meant to become the macro @acindex. First of all, using ``ac_''
35 @c does not work with makeinfo, and using ``ac1'' doesn't work with TeX.
36 @c So use something more regular ``acx''. Then you finish with a printed
37 @c index saying ``index is not existent''. Of course: you ought to use
38 @c two letters :( So you use capitals.
40 @c Second, when defining a macro in the TeX world, following spaces are
41 @c eaten. But then, since we embed @acxindex commands that use the end
42 @c of line as an end marker, the whole things wrecks itself. So make
43 @c sure you do *force* an additional end of line, add a ``@c''.
45 @c Finally, you might want to get rid of TeX expansion, using --expand
46 @c with texi2dvi. But then you wake up an old problem: we use macros
47 @c in @defmac etc. where TeX does perform the expansion, but not makeinfo.
49 @c Define an environment variable index.
51 @c Define an output variable index.
53 @c Define a CPP variable index.
55 @c Define an Autoconf macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
57 @c Define an Autotest macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
59 @c Define an M4sugar macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
61 @c Define an index for *foreign* programs: `mv' etc. Used for the
62 @c portability sections and so on.
67 @c Shall we factor AC_ out of the Autoconf macro index etc.?
74 @c Registering an AC_\MACRO\.
81 @ifclear shortindexflag
89 @c Registering an AH_\MACRO\.
97 @c Registering an AS_\MACRO\.
104 @ifclear shortindexflag
105 @macro asindex{macro}
112 @c Registering an AT_\MACRO\.
113 @ifset shortindexflag
114 @macro atindex{macro}
119 @ifclear shortindexflag
120 @macro atindex{macro}
127 @c Registering an AU_\MACRO\.
128 @macro auindex{macro}
135 @c Indexing a header.
136 @macro hdrindex{macro}
137 @prindex @file{\macro\}
143 @c Registering an m4_\MACRO\.
144 @ifset shortindexflag
145 @macro msindex{macro}
150 @ifclear shortindexflag
151 @macro msindex{macro}
157 @c Define an index for functions: `alloca' etc. Used for the
158 @c portability sections and so on. We can't use `fn' (aka `fnindex),
159 @c since `@defmac' goes into it => we'd get all the macros too.
161 @c FIXME: Aaarg! It seems there are too many indices for TeX :(
163 @c ! No room for a new @write .
164 @c l.112 @defcodeindex fu
166 @c so don't define yet another one :( Just put some tags before each
167 @c @prindex which is actually a @funindex.
172 @c @c Put the programs and functions into their own index.
173 @c @syncodeindex fu pr
175 @comment %**end of header
176 @comment ========================================================
180 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Autoconf
181 (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
182 a package for creating scripts to configure source code packages using
183 templates and an M4 macro package.
185 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000,
186 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
189 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
190 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
191 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
192 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
193 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
194 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
195 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
197 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and
198 modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software. Copies
199 published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
200 @acronym{GNU} development.''
206 @dircategory Software development
208 * Autoconf: (autoconf). Create source code configuration scripts.
211 @dircategory Individual utilities
213 * autoscan: (autoconf)autoscan Invocation.
214 Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
215 * ifnames: (autoconf)ifnames Invocation. Listing conditionals in source.
216 * autoconf-invocation: (autoconf)autoconf Invocation.
217 How to create configuration scripts
218 * autoreconf: (autoconf)autoreconf Invocation.
219 Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
220 * autoheader: (autoconf)autoheader Invocation.
221 How to create configuration templates
222 * autom4te: (autoconf)autom4te Invocation.
223 The Autoconf executables backbone
224 * configure: (autoconf)configure Invocation. Configuring a package.
225 * autoupdate: (autoconf)autoupdate Invocation.
226 Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
227 * config.status: (autoconf)config.status Invocation. Recreating configurations.
228 * testsuite: (autoconf)testsuite Invocation. Running an Autotest test suite.
233 @subtitle Creating Automatic Configuration Scripts
234 @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
235 @author David MacKenzie
237 @author Akim Demaille
239 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
252 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
255 * Introduction:: Autoconf's purpose, strengths, and weaknesses
256 * The GNU Build System:: A set of tools for portable software packages
257 * Making configure Scripts:: How to organize and produce Autoconf scripts
258 * Setup:: Initialization and output
259 * Existing Tests:: Macros that check for particular features
260 * Writing Tests:: How to write new feature checks
261 * Results:: What to do with results from feature checks
262 * Programming in M4:: Layers on top of which Autoconf is written
263 * Writing Autoconf Macros:: Adding new macros to Autoconf
264 * Portable Shell:: Shell script portability pitfalls
265 * Portable Make:: Makefile portability pitfalls
266 * Portable C and C++:: C and C++ portability pitfalls
267 * Manual Configuration:: Selecting features that can't be guessed
268 * Site Configuration:: Local defaults for @command{configure}
269 * Running configure Scripts:: How to use the Autoconf output
270 * config.status Invocation:: Recreating a configuration
271 * Obsolete Constructs:: Kept for backward compatibility
272 * Using Autotest:: Creating portable test suites
273 * FAQ:: Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
274 * History:: History of Autoconf
275 * Copying This Manual:: How to make copies of this manual
276 * Indices:: Indices of symbols, concepts, etc.
279 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
281 The @acronym{GNU} Build System
283 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
284 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
285 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
286 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
288 Making @command{configure} Scripts
290 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
291 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
292 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
293 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
294 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
296 Writing @file{configure.ac}
298 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
299 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
300 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
302 Initialization and Output Files
304 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
305 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
306 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
307 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
308 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
309 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
310 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
311 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
312 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
313 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
314 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
315 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
317 Substitutions in Makefiles
319 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
320 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
321 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
322 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
323 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
325 Configuration Header Files
327 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
328 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
329 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
333 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
334 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
335 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
336 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
337 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
338 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
339 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
340 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
341 * Types:: Types that might be missing
342 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
343 * System Services:: Operating system services
344 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
345 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
349 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
350 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
354 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
355 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
359 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
360 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
361 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
365 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
366 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
367 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
371 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
372 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
376 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
377 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
381 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
382 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
384 Compilers and Preprocessors
386 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
387 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
388 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
389 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
390 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
391 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
392 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
396 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
397 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
398 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
399 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
400 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
401 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
402 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
403 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
405 Writing Test Programs
407 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
408 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
409 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
413 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
414 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
415 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
416 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
417 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
421 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
422 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
423 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
427 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
428 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
429 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
430 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
431 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
435 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
436 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
437 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
438 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
439 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
440 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
442 Using @command{autom4te}
444 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
445 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
447 Programming in M4sugar
449 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
450 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
451 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
452 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
453 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
455 Writing Autoconf Macros
457 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
458 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
459 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
460 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
461 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
462 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
464 Dependencies Between Macros
466 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
467 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
468 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
470 Portable Shell Programming
472 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
473 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
474 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
475 * File System Conventions:: File names
476 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
477 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
478 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
479 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
480 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
481 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
482 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
483 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
485 Portable Make Programming
487 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
488 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
489 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
490 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
491 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
492 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
493 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
494 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
495 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
496 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
497 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
498 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
499 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
500 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
501 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
503 @code{VPATH} and Make
505 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
506 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
507 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
508 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
509 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
511 Portable C and C++ Programming
513 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
514 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
515 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
516 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
517 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
518 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
519 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
523 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
524 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
525 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
529 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
530 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
531 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
532 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
533 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
534 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
535 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
536 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
538 Transforming Program Names When Installing
540 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
541 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
542 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
544 Running @command{configure} Scripts
546 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
547 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
548 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
549 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
550 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
551 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
552 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
553 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
554 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
558 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
559 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
560 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
561 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
562 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
563 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
565 Upgrading From Version 1
567 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
568 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
569 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
570 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
571 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
573 Upgrading From Version 2.13
575 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
576 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
577 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
578 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
579 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
581 Generating Test Suites with Autotest
583 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
584 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
585 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
586 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
588 Using an Autotest Test Suite
590 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
591 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
593 Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
595 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
596 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
597 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
598 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
599 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
600 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
601 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
605 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
606 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
607 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
608 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
609 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
613 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
617 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
618 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
619 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
620 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
621 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
622 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
623 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
624 * Concept Index:: General index
629 @c ============================================================= Introduction.
632 @chapter Introduction
636 A physicist, an engineer, and a computer scientist were discussing the
637 nature of God. ``Surely a Physicist,'' said the physicist, ``because
638 early in the Creation, God made Light; and you know, Maxwell's
639 equations, the dual nature of electromagnetic waves, the relativistic
640 consequences@dots{}'' ``An Engineer!,'' said the engineer, ``because
641 before making Light, God split the Chaos into Land and Water; it takes a
642 hell of an engineer to handle that big amount of mud, and orderly
643 separation of solids from liquids@dots{}'' The computer scientist
644 shouted: ``And the Chaos, where do you think it was coming from, hmm?''
648 @c (via Franc,ois Pinard)
650 Autoconf is a tool for producing shell scripts that automatically
651 configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of
652 Posix-like systems. The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf
653 are independent of Autoconf when they are run, so their users do not
654 need to have Autoconf.
656 The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf require no manual user
657 intervention when run; they do not normally even need an argument
658 specifying the system type. Instead, they individually test for the
659 presence of each feature that the software package they are for might need.
660 (Before each check, they print a one-line message stating what they are
661 checking for, so the user doesn't get too bored while waiting for the
662 script to finish.) As a result, they deal well with systems that are
663 hybrids or customized from the more common Posix variants. There is
664 no need to maintain files that list the features supported by each
665 release of each variant of Posix.
667 For each software package that Autoconf is used with, it creates a
668 configuration script from a template file that lists the system features
669 that the package needs or can use. After the shell code to recognize
670 and respond to a system feature has been written, Autoconf allows it to
671 be shared by many software packages that can use (or need) that feature.
672 If it later turns out that the shell code needs adjustment for some
673 reason, it needs to be changed in only one place; all of the
674 configuration scripts can be regenerated automatically to take advantage
677 The Metaconfig package is similar in purpose to Autoconf, but the
678 scripts it produces require manual user intervention, which is quite
679 inconvenient when configuring large source trees. Unlike Metaconfig
680 scripts, Autoconf scripts can support cross-compiling, if some care is
681 taken in writing them.
683 Autoconf does not solve all problems related to making portable
684 software packages---for a more complete solution, it should be used in
685 concert with other @acronym{GNU} build tools like Automake and
686 Libtool. These other tools take on jobs like the creation of a
687 portable, recursive makefile with all of the standard targets,
688 linking of shared libraries, and so on. @xref{The GNU Build System},
689 for more information.
691 Autoconf imposes some restrictions on the names of macros used with
692 @code{#if} in C programs (@pxref{Preprocessor Symbol Index}).
694 Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.5 or later in order to
695 generate the scripts. It uses features that some versions of M4,
696 including @acronym{GNU} M4 1.3, do not have. Autoconf works better
697 with @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.8 or later, though this is not
700 @xref{Autoconf 1}, for information about upgrading from version 1.
701 @xref{History}, for the story of Autoconf's development. @xref{FAQ},
702 for answers to some common questions about Autoconf.
704 See the @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/,
705 Autoconf web page} for up-to-date information, details on the mailing
706 lists, pointers to a list of known bugs, etc.
708 Mail suggestions to @email{autoconf@@gnu.org, the Autoconf mailing
709 list}. Past suggestions are
710 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/autoconf/, archived}.
712 Mail bug reports to @email{bug-autoconf@@gnu.org, the
713 Autoconf Bugs mailing list}. Past bug reports are
714 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-autoconf/, archived}.
716 If possible, first check that your bug is
717 not already solved in current development versions, and that it has not
718 been reported yet. Be sure to include all the needed information and a
719 short @file{configure.ac} that demonstrates the problem.
721 Autoconf's development tree is accessible via anonymous @acronym{CVS}; see the
722 @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/autoconf/, Autoconf
723 Summary} for details. Patches relative to the
724 current @acronym{CVS} version can be sent for review to the
725 @email{autoconf-patches@@gnu.org, Autoconf Patches mailing list}.
727 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-patches/, archived}.
729 Because of its mission, the Autoconf package itself
730 includes only a set of often-used
731 macros that have already demonstrated their usefulness. Nevertheless,
732 if you wish to share your macros, or find existing ones, see the
733 @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
734 Archive}, which is kindly run by @email{simons@@cryp.to,
738 @c ================================================= The GNU Build System
740 @node The GNU Build System
741 @chapter The @acronym{GNU} Build System
742 @cindex @acronym{GNU} build system
744 Autoconf solves an important problem---reliable discovery of
745 system-specific build and runtime information---but this is only one
746 piece of the puzzle for the development of portable software. To this
747 end, the @acronym{GNU} project has developed a suite of integrated
748 utilities to finish the job Autoconf started: the @acronym{GNU} build
749 system, whose most important components are Autoconf, Automake, and
750 Libtool. In this chapter, we introduce you to those tools, point you
751 to sources of more information, and try to convince you to use the
752 entire @acronym{GNU} build system for your software.
755 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
756 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
757 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
758 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
764 The ubiquity of @command{make} means that a makefile is almost the
765 only viable way to distribute automatic build rules for software, but
766 one quickly runs into its numerous limitations. Its lack of
767 support for automatic dependency tracking, recursive builds in
768 subdirectories, reliable timestamps (e.g., for network file systems), and
769 so on, mean that developers must painfully (and often incorrectly)
770 reinvent the wheel for each project. Portability is non-trivial, thanks
771 to the quirks of @command{make} on many systems. On top of all this is the
772 manual labor required to implement the many standard targets that users
773 have come to expect (@code{make install}, @code{make distclean},
774 @code{make uninstall}, etc.). Since you are, of course, using Autoconf,
775 you also have to insert repetitive code in your @code{Makefile.in} to
776 recognize @code{@@CC@@}, @code{@@CFLAGS@@}, and other substitutions
777 provided by @command{configure}. Into this mess steps @dfn{Automake}.
780 Automake allows you to specify your build needs in a @code{Makefile.am}
781 file with a vastly simpler and more powerful syntax than that of a plain
782 makefile, and then generates a portable @code{Makefile.in} for
783 use with Autoconf. For example, the @code{Makefile.am} to build and
784 install a simple ``Hello world'' program might look like:
788 hello_SOURCES = hello.c
792 The resulting @code{Makefile.in} (~400 lines) automatically supports all
793 the standard targets, the substitutions provided by Autoconf, automatic
794 dependency tracking, @code{VPATH} building, and so on. @command{make}
795 builds the @code{hello} program, and @code{make install} installs it
796 in @file{/usr/local/bin} (or whatever prefix was given to
797 @command{configure}, if not @file{/usr/local}).
799 The benefits of Automake increase for larger packages (especially ones
800 with subdirectories), but even for small programs the added convenience
801 and portability can be substantial. And that's not all@enddots{}
806 @acronym{GNU} software has a well-deserved reputation for running on
807 many different types of systems. While our primary goal is to write
808 software for the @acronym{GNU} system, many users and developers have
809 been introduced to us through the systems that they were already using.
812 Gnulib is a central location for common @acronym{GNU} code, intended to
813 be shared among free software packages. Its components are typically
814 shared at the source level, rather than being a library that gets built,
815 installed, and linked against. The idea is to copy files from Gnulib
816 into your own source tree. There is no distribution tarball; developers
817 should just grab source modules from the repository. The source files
818 are available online, under various licenses, mostly @acronym{GNU}
819 @acronym{GPL} or @acronym{GNU} @acronym{LGPL}.
821 Gnulib modules typically contain C source code along with Autoconf
822 macros used to configure the source code. For example, the Gnulib
823 @code{stdbool} module implements a @file{stdbool.h} header that nearly
824 conforms to C99, even on old-fashioned hosts that lack @file{stdbool.h}.
825 This module contains a source file for the replacement header, along
826 with an Autoconf macro that arranges to use the replacement header on
827 old-fashioned systems.
832 Often, one wants to build not only programs, but libraries, so that
833 other programs can benefit from the fruits of your labor. Ideally, one
834 would like to produce @emph{shared} (dynamically linked) libraries,
835 which can be used by multiple programs without duplication on disk or in
836 memory and can be updated independently of the linked programs.
837 Producing shared libraries portably, however, is the stuff of
838 nightmares---each system has its own incompatible tools, compiler flags,
839 and magic incantations. Fortunately, @acronym{GNU} provides a solution:
843 Libtool handles all the requirements of building shared libraries for
844 you, and at this time seems to be the @emph{only} way to do so with any
845 portability. It also handles many other headaches, such as: the
846 interaction of Make rules with the variable suffixes of
847 shared libraries, linking reliably with shared libraries before they are
848 installed by the superuser, and supplying a consistent versioning system
849 (so that different versions of a library can be installed or upgraded
850 without breaking binary compatibility). Although Libtool, like
851 Autoconf, can be used without Automake, it is most simply utilized in
852 conjunction with Automake---there, Libtool is used automatically
853 whenever shared libraries are needed, and you need not know its syntax.
858 Developers who are used to the simplicity of @command{make} for small
859 projects on a single system might be daunted at the prospect of
860 learning to use Automake and Autoconf. As your software is
861 distributed to more and more users, however, you otherwise
862 quickly find yourself putting lots of effort into reinventing the
863 services that the @acronym{GNU} build tools provide, and making the
864 same mistakes that they once made and overcame. (Besides, since
865 you're already learning Autoconf, Automake is a piece of cake.)
867 There are a number of places that you can go to for more information on
868 the @acronym{GNU} build tools.
875 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf/, Autoconf},
876 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/automake/, Automake},
877 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/gnulib/, Gnulib}, and
878 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/libtool/, Libtool}.
880 @item Automake Manual
882 @xref{Top, , Automake, automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}, for more
883 information on Automake.
887 The book @cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and
888 Libtool}@footnote{@cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and Libtool},
889 by G. V. Vaughan, B. Elliston, T. Tromey, and I. L. Taylor. SAMS (originally
890 New Riders), 2000, ISBN 1578701902.} describes the complete @acronym{GNU}
891 build environment. You can also find
892 @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/@/autobook/, the entire book on-line}.
896 @c ================================================= Making configure Scripts.
898 @node Making configure Scripts
899 @chapter Making @command{configure} Scripts
900 @cindex @file{aclocal.m4}
901 @cindex @command{configure}
903 The configuration scripts that Autoconf produces are by convention
904 called @command{configure}. When run, @command{configure} creates several
905 files, replacing configuration parameters in them with appropriate
906 values. The files that @command{configure} creates are:
910 one or more @file{Makefile} files, usually one in each subdirectory of the
911 package (@pxref{Makefile Substitutions});
914 optionally, a C header file, the name of which is configurable,
915 containing @code{#define} directives (@pxref{Configuration Headers});
918 a shell script called @file{config.status} that, when run, recreates
919 the files listed above (@pxref{config.status Invocation});
922 an optional shell script normally called @file{config.cache}
923 (created when using @samp{configure --config-cache}) that
924 saves the results of running many of the tests (@pxref{Cache Files});
927 a file called @file{config.log} containing any messages produced by
928 compilers, to help debugging if @command{configure} makes a mistake.
931 @cindex @file{configure.in}
932 @cindex @file{configure.ac}
933 To create a @command{configure} script with Autoconf, you need to write an
934 Autoconf input file @file{configure.ac} (or @file{configure.in}) and run
935 @command{autoconf} on it. If you write your own feature tests to
936 supplement those that come with Autoconf, you might also write files
937 called @file{aclocal.m4} and @file{acsite.m4}. If you use a C header
938 file to contain @code{#define} directives, you might also run
939 @command{autoheader}, and you can distribute the generated file
940 @file{config.h.in} with the package.
942 Here is a diagram showing how the files that can be used in
943 configuration are produced. Programs that are executed are suffixed by
944 @samp{*}. Optional files are enclosed in square brackets (@samp{[]}).
945 @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} also read the installed Autoconf
946 macro files (by reading @file{autoconf.m4}).
949 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
951 your source files --> [autoscan*] --> [configure.scan] --> configure.ac
955 | .------> autoconf* -----> configure
957 | `-----> [autoheader*] --> [config.h.in]
961 Makefile.in -------------------------------> Makefile.in
965 Files used in configuring a software package:
968 .-------------> [config.cache]
969 configure* ------------+-------------> config.log
971 [config.h.in] -. v .-> [config.h] -.
972 +--> config.status* -+ +--> make*
973 Makefile.in ---' `-> Makefile ---'
978 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
979 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
980 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
981 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
982 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
985 @node Writing Autoconf Input
986 @section Writing @file{configure.ac}
988 To produce a @command{configure} script for a software package, create a
989 file called @file{configure.ac} that contains invocations of the
990 Autoconf macros that test the system features your package needs or can
991 use. Autoconf macros already exist to check for many features; see
992 @ref{Existing Tests}, for their descriptions. For most other features,
993 you can use Autoconf template macros to produce custom checks; see
994 @ref{Writing Tests}, for information about them. For especially tricky
995 or specialized features, @file{configure.ac} might need to contain some
996 hand-crafted shell commands; see @ref{Portable Shell}. The
997 @command{autoscan} program can give you a good start in writing
998 @file{configure.ac} (@pxref{autoscan Invocation}, for more information).
1000 Previous versions of Autoconf promoted the name @file{configure.in},
1001 which is somewhat ambiguous (the tool needed to process this file is not
1002 described by its extension), and introduces a slight confusion with
1003 @file{config.h.in} and so on (for which @samp{.in} means ``to be
1004 processed by @command{configure}''). Using @file{configure.ac} is now
1008 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
1009 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
1010 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
1013 @node Shell Script Compiler
1014 @subsection A Shell Script Compiler
1016 Just as for any other computer language, in order to properly program
1017 @file{configure.ac} in Autoconf you must understand @emph{what} problem
1018 the language tries to address and @emph{how} it does so.
1020 The problem Autoconf addresses is that the world is a mess. After all,
1021 you are using Autoconf in order to have your package compile easily on
1022 all sorts of different systems, some of them being extremely hostile.
1023 Autoconf itself bears the price for these differences: @command{configure}
1024 must run on all those systems, and thus @command{configure} must limit itself
1025 to their lowest common denominator of features.
1027 Naturally, you might then think of shell scripts; who needs
1028 @command{autoconf}? A set of properly written shell functions is enough to
1029 make it easy to write @command{configure} scripts by hand. Sigh!
1030 Unfortunately, shell functions do not belong to the least common
1031 denominator; therefore, where you would like to define a function and
1032 use it ten times, you would instead need to copy its body ten times.
1034 So, what is really needed is some kind of compiler, @command{autoconf},
1035 that takes an Autoconf program, @file{configure.ac}, and transforms it
1036 into a portable shell script, @command{configure}.
1038 How does @command{autoconf} perform this task?
1040 There are two obvious possibilities: creating a brand new language or
1041 extending an existing one. The former option is attractive: all
1042 sorts of optimizations could easily be implemented in the compiler and
1043 many rigorous checks could be performed on the Autoconf program
1044 (e.g., rejecting any non-portable construct). Alternatively, you can
1045 extend an existing language, such as the @code{sh} (Bourne shell)
1048 Autoconf does the latter: it is a layer on top of @code{sh}. It was
1049 therefore most convenient to implement @command{autoconf} as a macro
1050 expander: a program that repeatedly performs @dfn{macro expansions} on
1051 text input, replacing macro calls with macro bodies and producing a pure
1052 @code{sh} script in the end. Instead of implementing a dedicated
1053 Autoconf macro expander, it is natural to use an existing
1054 general-purpose macro language, such as M4, and implement the extensions
1055 as a set of M4 macros.
1058 @node Autoconf Language
1059 @subsection The Autoconf Language
1062 The Autoconf language differs from many other computer
1063 languages because it treats actual code the same as plain text. Whereas
1064 in C, for instance, data and instructions have different syntactic
1065 status, in Autoconf their status is rigorously the same. Therefore, we
1066 need a means to distinguish literal strings from text to be expanded:
1069 When calling macros that take arguments, there must not be any white
1070 space between the macro name and the open parenthesis. Arguments should
1071 be enclosed within the M4 quote characters @samp{[} and @samp{]}, and be
1072 separated by commas. Any leading blanks or newlines in arguments are ignored,
1073 unless they are quoted. You should always quote an argument that
1074 might contain a macro name, comma, parenthesis, or a leading blank or
1075 newline. This rule applies recursively for every macro
1076 call, including macros called from other macros.
1081 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1082 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], [1],
1083 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1084 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1088 is quoted properly. You may safely simplify its quotation to:
1091 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1092 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], 1,
1093 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1094 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1098 because @samp{1} cannot contain a macro call. Here, the argument of
1099 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} must be quoted; otherwise, its comma would be
1100 interpreted as an argument separator. Also, the second and third arguments
1101 of @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADER} must be quoted, since they contain
1102 macro calls. The three arguments @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio.h},
1103 and @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} do not need quoting, but
1104 if you unwisely defined a macro with a name like @samp{Define} or
1105 @samp{stdio} then they would need quoting. Cautious Autoconf users
1106 would keep the quotes, but many Autoconf users find such precautions
1107 annoying, and would rewrite the example as follows:
1110 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1111 [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1112 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1113 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1117 This is safe, so long as you adopt good naming conventions and do not
1118 define macros with names like @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio}, or
1119 @samp{h}. Though it is also safe here to omit the quotes around
1120 @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} this is not recommended, as
1121 message strings are more likely to inadvertently contain commas.
1123 The following example is wrong and dangerous, as it is underquoted:
1126 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1127 AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1128 Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.),
1129 AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you]))
1132 In other cases, you may have to use text that also resembles a macro
1133 call. You must quote that text even when it is not passed as a macro
1137 echo "Hard rock was here! --[AC_DC]"
1144 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
1148 When you use the same text in a macro argument, you must therefore have
1149 an extra quotation level (since one is stripped away by the macro
1150 substitution). In general, then, it is a good idea to @emph{use double
1151 quoting for all literal string arguments}:
1154 AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
1157 You are now able to understand one of the constructs of Autoconf that
1158 has been continually misunderstood@dots{} The rule of thumb is that
1159 @emph{whenever you expect macro expansion, expect quote expansion};
1160 i.e., expect one level of quotes to be lost. For instance:
1163 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([char b[10];], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1167 is incorrect: here, the first argument of @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} is
1168 @samp{char b[10];} and is expanded once, which results in
1169 @samp{char b10;}. (There was an idiom common in Autoconf's past to
1170 address this issue via the M4 @code{changequote} primitive, but do not
1171 use it!) Let's take a closer look: the author meant the first argument
1172 to be understood as a literal, and therefore it must be quoted twice:
1175 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([[char b[10];]], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1179 Voil@`a, you actually produce @samp{char b[10];} this time!
1181 On the other hand, descriptions (e.g., the last parameter of
1182 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AS_HELP_STRING}) are not literals---they
1183 are subject to line breaking, for example---and should not be double quoted.
1184 Even if these descriptions are short and are not actually broken, double
1185 quoting them yields weird results.
1187 Some macros take optional arguments, which this documentation represents
1188 as @ovar{arg} (not to be confused with the quote characters). You may
1189 just leave them empty, or use @samp{[]} to make the emptiness of the
1190 argument explicit, or you may simply omit the trailing commas. The
1191 three lines below are equivalent:
1194 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h], [], [], [])
1195 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h],,,)
1196 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h])
1199 It is best to put each macro call on its own line in
1200 @file{configure.ac}. Most of the macros don't add extra newlines; they
1201 rely on the newline after the macro call to terminate the commands.
1202 This approach makes the generated @command{configure} script a little
1203 easier to read by not inserting lots of blank lines. It is generally
1204 safe to set shell variables on the same line as a macro call, because
1205 the shell allows assignments without intervening newlines.
1207 You can include comments in @file{configure.ac} files by starting them
1208 with the @samp{#}. For example, it is helpful to begin
1209 @file{configure.ac} files with a line like this:
1212 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
1215 @node Autoconf Input Layout
1216 @subsection Standard @file{configure.ac} Layout
1218 The order in which @file{configure.ac} calls the Autoconf macros is not
1219 important, with a few exceptions. Every @file{configure.ac} must
1220 contain a call to @code{AC_INIT} before the checks, and a call to
1221 @code{AC_OUTPUT} at the end (@pxref{Output}). Additionally, some macros
1222 rely on other macros having been called first, because they check
1223 previously set values of some variables to decide what to do. These
1224 macros are noted in the individual descriptions (@pxref{Existing
1225 Tests}), and they also warn you when @command{configure} is created if they
1226 are called out of order.
1228 To encourage consistency, here is a suggested order for calling the
1229 Autoconf macros. Generally speaking, the things near the end of this
1230 list are those that could depend on things earlier in it. For example,
1231 library functions could be affected by types and libraries.
1235 Autoconf requirements
1236 @code{AC_INIT(@var{package}, @var{version}, @var{bug-report-address})}
1237 information on the package
1239 checks for libraries
1240 checks for header files
1242 checks for structures
1243 checks for compiler characteristics
1244 checks for library functions
1245 checks for system services
1246 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@r{[}@var{file@dots{}}@r{]})}
1252 @node autoscan Invocation
1253 @section Using @command{autoscan} to Create @file{configure.ac}
1254 @cindex @command{autoscan}
1256 The @command{autoscan} program can help you create and/or maintain a
1257 @file{configure.ac} file for a software package. @command{autoscan}
1258 examines source files in the directory tree rooted at a directory given
1259 as a command line argument, or the current directory if none is given.
1260 It searches the source files for common portability problems and creates
1261 a file @file{configure.scan} which is a preliminary @file{configure.ac}
1262 for that package, and checks a possibly existing @file{configure.ac} for
1265 When using @command{autoscan} to create a @file{configure.ac}, you
1266 should manually examine @file{configure.scan} before renaming it to
1267 @file{configure.ac}; it probably needs some adjustments.
1268 Occasionally, @command{autoscan} outputs a macro in the wrong order
1269 relative to another macro, so that @command{autoconf} produces a warning;
1270 you need to move such macros manually. Also, if you want the package to
1271 use a configuration header file, you must add a call to
1272 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). You might
1273 also have to change or add some @code{#if} directives to your program in
1274 order to make it work with Autoconf (@pxref{ifnames Invocation}, for
1275 information about a program that can help with that job).
1277 When using @command{autoscan} to maintain a @file{configure.ac}, simply
1278 consider adding its suggestions. The file @file{autoscan.log}
1279 contains detailed information on why a macro is requested.
1281 @command{autoscan} uses several data files (installed along with Autoconf)
1282 to determine which macros to output when it finds particular symbols in
1283 a package's source files. These data files all have the same format:
1284 each line consists of a symbol, one or more blanks, and the Autoconf macro to
1285 output if that symbol is encountered. Lines starting with @samp{#} are
1288 @command{autoscan} accepts the following options:
1293 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1297 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1301 Print the names of the files it examines and the potentially interesting
1302 symbols it finds in them. This output can be voluminous.
1304 @item --include=@var{dir}
1306 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1308 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1310 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1313 @node ifnames Invocation
1314 @section Using @command{ifnames} to List Conditionals
1315 @cindex @command{ifnames}
1317 @command{ifnames} can help you write @file{configure.ac} for a software
1318 package. It prints the identifiers that the package already uses in C
1319 preprocessor conditionals. If a package has already been set up to have
1320 some portability, @command{ifnames} can thus help you figure out what its
1321 @command{configure} needs to check for. It may help fill in some gaps in a
1322 @file{configure.ac} generated by @command{autoscan} (@pxref{autoscan
1325 @command{ifnames} scans all of the C source files named on the command line
1326 (or the standard input, if none are given) and writes to the standard
1327 output a sorted list of all the identifiers that appear in those files
1328 in @code{#if}, @code{#elif}, @code{#ifdef}, or @code{#ifndef}
1329 directives. It prints each identifier on a line, followed by a
1330 space-separated list of the files in which that identifier occurs.
1333 @command{ifnames} accepts the following options:
1338 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1342 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1345 @node autoconf Invocation
1346 @section Using @command{autoconf} to Create @command{configure}
1347 @cindex @command{autoconf}
1349 To create @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, run the
1350 @command{autoconf} program with no arguments. @command{autoconf} processes
1351 @file{configure.ac} with the M4 macro processor, using the
1352 Autoconf macros. If you give @command{autoconf} an argument, it reads that
1353 file instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1354 to the standard output instead of to @command{configure}. If you give
1355 @command{autoconf} the argument @option{-}, it reads from the standard
1356 input instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1357 to the standard output.
1359 The Autoconf macros are defined in several files. Some of the files are
1360 distributed with Autoconf; @command{autoconf} reads them first. Then it
1361 looks for the optional file @file{acsite.m4} in the directory that
1362 contains the distributed Autoconf macro files, and for the optional file
1363 @file{aclocal.m4} in the current directory. Those files can contain
1364 your site's or the package's own Autoconf macro definitions
1365 (@pxref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for more information). If a macro is
1366 defined in more than one of the files that @command{autoconf} reads, the
1367 last definition it reads overrides the earlier ones.
1369 @command{autoconf} accepts the following options:
1374 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1378 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1382 Report processing steps.
1386 Don't remove the temporary files.
1390 Remake @file{configure} even if newer than its input files.
1392 @item --include=@var{dir}
1394 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1396 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1398 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1400 @item --output=@var{file}
1401 @itemx -o @var{file}
1402 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
1403 for the standard output.
1405 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1406 @itemx -W @var{category}
1408 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1409 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
1410 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
1415 report all the warnings
1421 treats warnings as errors
1423 @item no-@var{category}
1424 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1427 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1428 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1429 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1430 you had passed @option{--warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1431 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1432 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1436 @cindex Macro invocation stack
1437 Because @command{autoconf} uses @command{autom4te} behind the scenes, it
1438 displays a back trace for errors, but not for warnings; if you want
1439 them, just pass @option{-W error}. @xref{autom4te Invocation}, for some
1442 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1443 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1444 Do not create the @command{configure} script, but list the calls to
1445 @var{macro} according to the @var{format}. Multiple @option{--trace}
1446 arguments can be used to list several macros. Multiple @option{--trace}
1447 arguments for a single macro are not cumulative; instead, you should
1448 just make @var{format} as long as needed.
1450 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
1451 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}; see
1452 @ref{autom4te Invocation}, for details on the @var{format}.
1454 @item --initialization
1456 By default, @option{--trace} does not trace the initialization of the
1457 Autoconf macros (typically the @code{AC_DEFUN} definitions). This
1458 results in a noticeable speedup, but can be disabled by this option.
1462 It is often necessary to check the content of a @file{configure.ac}
1463 file, but parsing it yourself is extremely fragile and error-prone. It
1464 is suggested that you rely upon @option{--trace} to scan
1465 @file{configure.ac}. For instance, to find the list of variables that
1466 are substituted, use:
1470 $ @kbd{autoconf -t AC_SUBST}
1471 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_C
1472 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_N
1473 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_T
1474 @i{More traces deleted}
1479 The example below highlights the difference between @samp{$@@},
1480 @samp{$*}, and @samp{$%}.
1484 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
1485 AC_DEFINE(This, is, [an
1487 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_DEFINE:@@: $@@}
1494 %: This:is:an [example]
1499 The @var{format} gives you a lot of freedom:
1503 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_SUBST:$$ac_subst@{"$1"@} = "$f:$l";'}
1504 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_C"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1505 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_N"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1506 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_T"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1507 @i{More traces deleted}
1512 A long @var{separator} can be used to improve the readability of complex
1513 structures, and to ease their parsing (for instance when no single
1514 character is suitable as a separator):
1518 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AM_MISSING_PROG:$@{|:::::|@}*'}
1519 ACLOCAL|:::::|aclocal|:::::|$missing_dir
1520 AUTOCONF|:::::|autoconf|:::::|$missing_dir
1521 AUTOMAKE|:::::|automake|:::::|$missing_dir
1522 @i{More traces deleted}
1526 @node autoreconf Invocation
1527 @section Using @command{autoreconf} to Update @command{configure} Scripts
1528 @cindex @command{autoreconf}
1530 Installing the various components of the @acronym{GNU} Build System can be
1531 tedious: running @command{autopoint} for Gettext, @command{automake} for
1532 @file{Makefile.in} etc.@: in each directory. It may be needed either
1533 because some tools such as @command{automake} have been updated on your
1534 system, or because some of the sources such as @file{configure.ac} have
1535 been updated, or finally, simply in order to install the @acronym{GNU} Build
1536 System in a fresh tree.
1538 @command{autoreconf} runs @command{autoconf}, @command{autoheader},
1539 @command{aclocal}, @command{automake}, @command{libtoolize}, and
1540 @command{autopoint} (when appropriate) repeatedly to update the
1541 @acronym{GNU} Build System in the specified directories and their
1542 subdirectories (@pxref{Subdirectories}). By default, it only remakes
1543 those files that are older than their sources.
1545 If you install a new version of some tool, you can make
1546 @command{autoreconf} remake @emph{all} of the files by giving it the
1547 @option{--force} option.
1549 @xref{Automatic Remaking}, for Make rules to automatically
1550 remake @command{configure} scripts when their source files change. That
1551 method handles the timestamps of configuration header templates
1552 properly, but does not pass @option{--autoconf-dir=@var{dir}} or
1553 @option{--localdir=@var{dir}}.
1556 @cindex @command{autopoint}
1557 Gettext supplies the @command{autopoint} command to add translation
1558 infrastructure to a source package. If you use @command{autopoint},
1559 your @file{configure.ac} should invoke both @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} and
1560 @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(@var{gettext-version})}. @xref{autopoint
1561 Invocation, , Invoking the @code{autopoint} Program, gettext,
1562 @acronym{GNU} @code{gettext} utilities}, for further details.
1565 @command{autoreconf} accepts the following options:
1570 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1574 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1577 Print the name of each directory @command{autoreconf} examines and the
1578 commands it runs. If given two or more times, pass @option{--verbose}
1579 to subordinate tools that support it.
1583 Don't remove the temporary files.
1587 Remake even @file{configure} scripts and configuration headers that are
1588 newer than their input files (@file{configure.ac} and, if present,
1593 Install the missing auxiliary files in the package. By default, files
1594 are copied; this can be changed with @option{--symlink}.
1596 If deemed appropriate, this option triggers calls to
1597 @samp{automake --add-missing},
1598 @samp{libtoolize}, @samp{autopoint}, etc.
1600 @item --no-recursive
1601 Do not rebuild files in subdirectories to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories},
1602 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}).
1606 When used with @option{--install}, install symbolic links to the missing
1607 auxiliary files instead of copying them.
1611 When the directories were configured, update the configuration by
1612 running @samp{./config.status --recheck && ./config.status}, and then
1615 @item --include=@var{dir}
1617 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1618 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1620 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1622 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1623 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1625 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1626 @itemx -W @var{category}
1628 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1629 comma separated list).
1633 related to cross compilation issues.
1636 report the uses of obsolete constructs.
1642 dubious syntactic constructs.
1645 report all the warnings
1651 treats warnings as errors
1653 @item no-@var{category}
1654 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1657 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1658 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1659 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1660 you had passed @option{--warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1661 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1662 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1666 If you want @command{autoreconf} to pass flags that are not listed here
1667 on to @command{aclocal}, set @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS} in your @file{Makefile.am}.
1668 Due to a limitation in the Autoconf implementation these flags currently
1669 must be set on a single line in @file{Makefile.am}, without any
1672 @c ========================================= Initialization and Output Files.
1675 @chapter Initialization and Output Files
1677 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts need some information about
1678 how to initialize, such as how to find the package's source files and
1679 about the output files to produce. The following sections describe the
1680 initialization and the creation of output files.
1683 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
1684 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
1685 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
1686 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
1687 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
1688 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
1689 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
1690 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
1691 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
1692 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
1693 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
1694 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
1697 @node Initializing configure
1698 @section Initializing @command{configure}
1700 Every @command{configure} script must call @code{AC_INIT} before doing
1701 anything else. The only other required macro is @code{AC_OUTPUT}
1704 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{package}, @var{version}, @ovar{bug-report}, @ovar{tarname})
1706 Process any command-line arguments and perform various initializations
1709 Set the name of the @var{package} and its @var{version}. These are
1710 typically used in @option{--version} support, including that of
1711 @command{configure}. The optional argument @var{bug-report} should be
1712 the email to which users should send bug reports. The package
1713 @var{tarname} differs from @var{package}: the latter designates the full
1714 package name (e.g., @samp{GNU Autoconf}), while the former is meant for
1715 distribution tar ball names (e.g., @samp{autoconf}). It defaults to
1716 @var{package} with @samp{GNU } stripped, lower-cased, and all characters
1717 other than alphanumerics and underscores are changed to @samp{-}.
1719 It is preferable that the arguments of @code{AC_INIT} be static, i.e.,
1720 there should not be any shell computation, but they can be computed by
1723 The following M4 macros (e.g., @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}), output variables
1724 (e.g., @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), and preprocessor symbols (e.g.,
1725 @code{PACKAGE_NAME}) are defined by @code{AC_INIT}:
1728 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}, @code{PACKAGE_NAME}
1729 @acindex{PACKAGE_NAME}
1730 @ovindex PACKAGE_NAME
1731 @cvindex PACKAGE_NAME
1732 Exactly @var{package}.
1734 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, @code{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1735 @acindex{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1736 @ovindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1737 @cvindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1738 Exactly @var{tarname}.
1740 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_VERSION}, @code{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1741 @acindex{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1742 @ovindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1743 @cvindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1744 Exactly @var{version}.
1746 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_STRING}, @code{PACKAGE_STRING}
1747 @acindex{PACKAGE_STRING}
1748 @ovindex PACKAGE_STRING
1749 @cvindex PACKAGE_STRING
1750 Exactly @samp{@var{package} @var{version}}.
1752 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, @code{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1753 @acindex{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1754 @ovindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1755 @cvindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1756 Exactly @var{bug-report}.
1760 If your @command{configure} script does its own option processing, it
1761 should inspect @samp{$@@} or @samp{$*} immediately after calling
1762 @code{AC_INIT}, because other Autoconf macros liberally use the
1763 @command{set} command to process strings, and this has the side effect
1764 of updating @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*}. However, we suggest that you use
1765 standard macros like @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} instead of attempting to
1766 implement your own option processing. @xref{Site Configuration}.
1770 @section Notices in @command{configure}
1771 @cindex Notices in @command{configure}
1773 The following macros manage version numbers for @command{configure}
1774 scripts. Using them is optional.
1776 @c FIXME: AC_PREREQ should not be here
1777 @defmac AC_PREREQ (@var{version})
1780 Ensure that a recent enough version of Autoconf is being used. If the
1781 version of Autoconf being used to create @command{configure} is
1782 earlier than @var{version}, print an error message to the standard
1783 error output and exit with failure (exit status is 63). For example:
1786 AC_PREREQ([@value{VERSION}])
1789 This macro is the only macro that may be used before @code{AC_INIT}, but
1790 for consistency, you are invited not to do so.
1793 @defmac AC_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
1795 @cindex Copyright Notice
1796 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
1797 the Autoconf macros, parts of your @command{configure} are covered by the
1798 @var{copyright-notice}.
1800 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
1801 @command{configure} and in @samp{configure --version}.
1805 @defmac AC_REVISION (@var{revision-info})
1808 Copy revision stamp @var{revision-info} into the @command{configure}
1809 script, with any dollar signs or double-quotes removed. This macro lets
1810 you put a revision stamp from @file{configure.ac} into @command{configure}
1811 without @acronym{RCS} or @acronym{CVS} changing it when you check in
1812 @command{configure}. That way, you can determine easily which revision of
1813 @file{configure.ac} a particular @command{configure} corresponds to.
1815 For example, this line in @file{configure.ac}:
1817 @c The asis prevents RCS from changing the example in the manual.
1819 AC_REVISION([$@asis{Revision: 1.30 }$])
1823 produces this in @command{configure}:
1827 # From configure.ac Revision: 1.30
1833 @section Finding @command{configure} Input
1836 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
1837 @acindex{CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1838 @var{unique-file-in-source-dir} is some file that is in the package's
1839 source directory; @command{configure} checks for this file's existence to
1840 make sure that the directory that it is told contains the source code in
1841 fact does. Occasionally people accidentally specify the wrong directory
1842 with @option{--srcdir}; this is a safety check. @xref{configure
1843 Invocation}, for more information.
1847 @c FIXME: Remove definitively once --install explained.
1849 @c Small packages may store all their macros in @code{aclocal.m4}. As the
1850 @c set of macros grows, or for maintenance reasons, a maintainer may prefer
1851 @c to split the macros in several files. In this case, Autoconf must be
1852 @c told which files to load, and in which order.
1854 @c @defmac AC_INCLUDE (@var{file}@dots{})
1855 @c @acindex{INCLUDE}
1856 @c @c FIXME: There is no longer shell globbing.
1857 @c Read the macro definitions that appear in the listed files. A list of
1858 @c space-separated file names or shell globbing patterns is expected. The
1859 @c files are read in the order they're listed.
1861 @c Because the order of definition of macros is important (only the last
1862 @c definition of a macro is used), beware that it is @code{AC_INIT} that
1863 @c loads @file{acsite.m4} and @file{aclocal.m4}. Note that
1864 @c @code{AC_INCLUDE}ing a file before @code{AC_INIT} or within
1865 @c @file{aclocal.m4} is different from doing so after @code{AC_INIT}: in
1866 @c the latter case, non-macro lines from included files may end up in the
1867 @c @file{configure} script, whereas in the former case, they'd be discarded
1868 @c just like any text that appear before @code{AC_INIT}.
1871 Packages that do manual configuration or use the @command{install} program
1872 might need to tell @command{configure} where to find some other shell
1873 scripts by calling @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR}, though the default places
1874 it looks are correct for most cases.
1876 @defmac AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR (@var{dir})
1877 @acindex{CONFIG_AUX_DIR}
1878 Use the auxiliary build tools (e.g., @file{install-sh},
1879 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, Cygnus @command{configure},
1880 Automake and Libtool scripts, etc.)@: that are in directory @var{dir}.
1881 These are auxiliary files used in configuration. @var{dir} can be
1882 either absolute or relative to @file{@var{srcdir}}. The default is
1883 @file{@var{srcdir}} or @file{@var{srcdir}/..} or
1884 @file{@var{srcdir}/../..}, whichever is the first that contains
1885 @file{install-sh}. The other files are not checked for, so that using
1886 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL} does not automatically require distributing the
1887 other auxiliary files. It checks for @file{install.sh} also, but that
1888 name is obsolete because some @code{make} have a rule that creates
1889 @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
1891 The auxiliary directory is commonly named @file{build-aux}.
1892 If you need portability to @acronym{DOS} variants, do not name the
1893 auxiliary directory @file{aux}. @xref{File System Conventions}.
1896 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE (@var{file})
1897 @acindex{REQUIRE_AUX_FILE}
1898 Declares that @var{file} is expected in the directory defined above. In
1899 Autoconf proper, this macro does nothing: its sole purpose is to be
1900 traced by third-party tools to produce a list of expected auxiliary
1901 files. For instance it is called by macros like @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
1902 (@pxref{Particular Programs}) or @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}
1903 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) to register the auxiliary files they need.
1906 Similarly, packages that use @command{aclocal} should declare where
1907 local macros can be found using @code{AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}.
1909 @defmac AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR (@var{dir})
1910 @acindex{CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}
1911 Specify @var{dir} as the location of additional local Autoconf macros.
1912 This macro is intended for use by future versions of commands like
1913 @command{autoreconf} that trace macro calls. It should be called
1914 directly from @file{configure.ac} so that tools that install macros for
1915 @command{aclocal} can find the macros' declarations.
1920 @section Outputting Files
1921 @cindex Outputting files
1923 Every Autoconf script, e.g., @file{configure.ac}, should finish by
1924 calling @code{AC_OUTPUT}. That is the macro that generates and runs
1925 @file{config.status}, which in turn creates the makefiles and any
1926 other files resulting from configuration. This is the only required
1927 macro besides @code{AC_INIT} (@pxref{Input}).
1931 @cindex Instantiation
1932 Generate @file{config.status} and launch it. Call this macro once, at
1933 the end of @file{configure.ac}.
1935 @file{config.status} performs all the configuration actions: all the
1936 output files (see @ref{Configuration Files}, macro
1937 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}), header files (see @ref{Configuration Headers},
1938 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}), commands (see @ref{Configuration
1939 Commands}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}), links (see
1940 @ref{Configuration Links}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}), subdirectories
1941 to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS})
1944 The location of your @code{AC_OUTPUT} invocation is the exact point
1945 where configuration actions are taken: any code afterwards is
1946 executed by @code{configure} once @command{config.status} was run. If
1947 you want to bind actions to @command{config.status} itself
1948 (independently of whether @command{configure} is being run), see
1949 @ref{Configuration Commands, , Running Arbitrary Configuration
1953 Historically, the usage of @code{AC_OUTPUT} was somewhat different.
1954 @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a description of the arguments that
1955 @code{AC_OUTPUT} used to support.
1958 If you run @command{make} in subdirectories, you should run it using the
1959 @code{make} variable @code{MAKE}. Most versions of @command{make} set
1960 @code{MAKE} to the name of the @command{make} program plus any options it
1961 was given. (But many do not include in it the values of any variables
1962 set on the command line, so those are not passed on automatically.)
1963 Some old versions of @command{make} do not set this variable. The
1964 following macro allows you to use it even with those versions.
1966 @defmac AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
1967 @acindex{PROG_MAKE_SET}
1969 If the Make command, @code{$MAKE} if set or else @samp{make}, predefines
1970 @code{$(MAKE)}, define output variable @code{SET_MAKE} to be empty.
1971 Otherwise, define @code{SET_MAKE} to a macro definition that sets
1972 @code{$(MAKE)}, such as @samp{MAKE=make}. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
1976 If you use this macro, place a line like this in each @file{Makefile.in}
1977 that runs @code{MAKE} on other directories:
1985 @node Configuration Actions
1986 @section Performing Configuration Actions
1987 @cindex Configuration actions
1989 @file{configure} is designed so that it appears to do everything itself,
1990 but there is actually a hidden slave: @file{config.status}.
1991 @file{configure} is in charge of examining your system, but it is
1992 @file{config.status} that actually takes the proper actions based on the
1993 results of @file{configure}. The most typical task of
1994 @file{config.status} is to @emph{instantiate} files.
1996 This section describes the common behavior of the four standard
1997 instantiating macros: @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS},
1998 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} and @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. They all
1999 have this prototype:
2001 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
2004 AC_CONFIG_FOOS(@var{tag}@dots{}, [@var{commands}], [@var{init-cmds}])
2008 where the arguments are:
2012 A blank-or-newline-separated list of tags, which are typically the names of
2013 the files to instantiate.
2015 You are encouraged to use literals as @var{tags}. In particular, you
2019 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos fooo"
2020 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos foooo"
2021 AC_CONFIG_FOOS([$my_foos])
2025 and use this instead:
2028 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([fooo])
2029 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([foooo])
2032 The macros @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} and @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} use
2033 special @var{tag} values: they may have the form @samp{@var{output}} or
2034 @samp{@var{output}:@var{inputs}}. The file @var{output} is instantiated
2035 from its templates, @var{inputs} (defaulting to @samp{@var{output}.in}).
2037 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk)]},
2038 for example, asks for
2039 the creation of the file @file{Makefile} that contains the expansion of the
2040 output variables in the concatenation of @file{boiler/top.mk} and
2041 @file{boiler/bot.mk}.
2043 The special value @samp{-} might be used to denote the standard output
2044 when used in @var{output}, or the standard input when used in the
2045 @var{inputs}. You most probably don't need to use this in
2046 @file{configure.ac}, but it is convenient when using the command line
2047 interface of @file{./config.status}, see @ref{config.status Invocation},
2050 The @var{inputs} may be absolute or relative file names. In the latter
2051 case they are first looked for in the build tree, and then in the source
2055 Shell commands output literally into @file{config.status}, and
2056 associated with a tag that the user can use to tell @file{config.status}
2057 which the commands to run. The commands are run each time a @var{tag}
2058 request is given to @file{config.status}, typically each time the file
2059 @file{@var{tag}} is created.
2061 The variables set during the execution of @command{configure} are
2062 @emph{not} available here: you first need to set them via the
2063 @var{init-cmds}. Nonetheless the following variables are precomputed:
2067 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2068 directory is the top build directory. This
2069 is what the @command{configure} option @option{--srcdir} sets.
2072 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2073 directory is the current build directory.
2076 @item ac_top_build_prefix
2077 The name of the top build directory, assuming that the working
2078 directory is the current build directory.
2079 It can be empty, or else ends with a slash, so that you may concatenate
2083 The name of the corresponding source directory, assuming that the
2084 working directory is the current build directory.
2088 The @dfn{current} directory refers to the directory (or
2089 pseudo-directory) containing the input part of @var{tags}. For
2093 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([deep/dir/out:in/in.in], [@dots{}], [@dots{}])
2097 with @option{--srcdir=../package} produces the following values:
2100 # Argument of --srcdir
2102 # Reversing deep/dir
2103 ac_top_build_prefix='../../'
2104 # Concatenation of $ac_top_build_prefix and srcdir
2105 ac_top_srcdir='../../../package'
2106 # Concatenation of $ac_top_srcdir and deep/dir
2107 ac_srcdir='../../../package/deep/dir'
2111 independently of @samp{in/in.in}.
2114 Shell commands output @emph{unquoted} near the beginning of
2115 @file{config.status}, and executed each time @file{config.status} runs
2116 (regardless of the tag). Because they are unquoted, for example,
2117 @samp{$var} is output as the value of @code{var}. @var{init-cmds}
2118 is typically used by @file{configure} to give @file{config.status} some
2119 variables it needs to run the @var{commands}.
2121 You should be extremely cautious in your variable names: all the
2122 @var{init-cmds} share the same name space and may overwrite each other
2123 in unpredictable ways. Sorry@enddots{}
2126 All these macros can be called multiple times, with different
2127 @var{tag} values, of course!
2130 @node Configuration Files
2131 @section Creating Configuration Files
2132 @cindex Creating configuration files
2133 @cindex Configuration file creation
2135 Be sure to read the previous section, @ref{Configuration Actions}.
2137 @defmac AC_CONFIG_FILES (@var{file}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2138 @acindex{CONFIG_FILES}
2139 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create each @file{@var{file}} by copying an input
2140 file (by default @file{@var{file}.in}), substituting the output variable
2142 @c Before we used to have this feature, which was later rejected
2143 @c because it complicates the writing of makefiles:
2144 @c If the file would be unchanged, it is left untouched, to preserve
2146 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2147 Actions}. @xref{Makefile Substitutions}, for more information on using
2148 output variables. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2149 on creating them. This macro creates the directory that the file is in
2150 if it doesn't exist. Usually, makefiles are created this way,
2151 but other files, such as @file{.gdbinit}, can be specified as well.
2153 Typical calls to @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} look like this:
2156 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile man/Makefile X/Imakefile])
2157 AC_CONFIG_FILES([autoconf], [chmod +x autoconf])
2160 You can override an input file name by appending to @var{file} a
2161 colon-separated list of input files. Examples:
2164 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk]
2165 [lib/Makefile:boiler/lib.mk])
2169 Doing this allows you to keep your file names acceptable to
2170 @acronym{DOS} variants, or
2171 to prepend and/or append boilerplate to the file.
2176 @node Makefile Substitutions
2177 @section Substitutions in Makefiles
2178 @cindex Substitutions in makefiles
2179 @cindex Makefile substitutions
2181 Each subdirectory in a distribution that contains something to be
2182 compiled or installed should come with a file @file{Makefile.in}, from
2183 which @command{configure} creates a file @file{Makefile} in that directory.
2184 To create @file{Makefile}, @command{configure} performs a simple variable
2185 substitution, replacing occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in
2186 @file{Makefile.in} with the value that @command{configure} has determined
2187 for that variable. Variables that are substituted into output files in
2188 this way are called @dfn{output variables}. They are ordinary shell
2189 variables that are set in @command{configure}. To make @command{configure}
2190 substitute a particular variable into the output files, the macro
2191 @code{AC_SUBST} must be called with that variable name as an argument.
2192 Any occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} for other variables are
2193 left unchanged. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2194 on creating output variables with @code{AC_SUBST}.
2196 A software package that uses a @command{configure} script should be
2197 distributed with a file @file{Makefile.in}, but no makefile; that
2198 way, the user has to properly configure the package for the local system
2199 before compiling it.
2201 @xref{Makefile Conventions, , Makefile Conventions, standards, The
2202 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for more information on what to put in
2206 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
2207 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
2208 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
2209 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
2210 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
2213 @node Preset Output Variables
2214 @subsection Preset Output Variables
2215 @cindex Output variables
2217 Some output variables are preset by the Autoconf macros. Some of the
2218 Autoconf macros set additional output variables, which are mentioned in
2219 the descriptions for those macros. @xref{Output Variable Index}, for a
2220 complete list of output variables. @xref{Installation Directory
2221 Variables}, for the list of the preset ones related to installation
2222 directories. Below are listed the other preset ones. They all are
2223 precious variables (@pxref{Setting Output Variables},
2226 @c Just say no to ASCII sorting! We're humans, not computers.
2227 @c These variables are listed as they would be in a dictionary:
2234 Debugging and optimization options for the C compiler. If it is not set
2235 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is set
2236 when you call @code{AC_PROG_CC} (or empty if you don't). @command{configure}
2237 uses this variable when compiling or linking programs to test for C features.
2239 If a compiler option affects only the behavior of the preprocessor
2240 (e.g., @option{-D @var{name}}), it should be put into @code{CPPFLAGS}
2241 instead. If it affects only the linker (e.g., @option{-L
2242 @var{directory}}), it should be put into @code{LDFLAGS} instead. If it
2243 affects only the compiler proper, @code{CFLAGS} is the natural home for
2244 it. If an option affects multiple phases of the compiler, though,
2245 matters get tricky. One approach to put such options directly into
2246 @code{CC}, e.g., @code{CC='gcc -m64'}. Another is to put them into both
2247 @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{LDFLAGS}, but not into @code{CFLAGS}.
2251 @defvar configure_input
2252 @ovindex configure_input
2253 A comment saying that the file was generated automatically by
2254 @command{configure} and giving the name of the input file.
2255 @code{AC_OUTPUT} adds a comment line containing this variable to the top
2256 of every makefile it creates. For other files, you should
2257 reference this variable in a comment at the top of each input file. For
2258 example, an input shell script should begin like this:
2262 # @@configure_input@@
2266 The presence of that line also reminds people editing the file that it
2267 needs to be processed by @command{configure} in order to be used.
2272 Preprocessor options for the C, C++, and Objective C preprocessors and
2274 it is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2275 value is empty. @command{configure} uses this variable when preprocessing
2276 or compiling programs to test for C, C++, and Objective C features.
2278 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-I},
2279 @option{-D}, and @option{-U} that affect only the behavior of the
2280 preprocessor. Please see the explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you
2281 can do if an option affects other phases of the compiler as well.
2283 Currently, @command{configure} always links as part of a single
2284 invocation of the compiler that also preprocesses and compiles, so it
2285 uses this variable also when linking programs. However, it is unwise to
2286 depend on this behavior because the @acronym{GNU} coding standards do
2287 not require it and many packages do not use @code{CPPFLAGS} when linking
2290 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}, for limitations that @code{CPPFLAGS}
2296 Debugging and optimization options for the C++ compiler. It acts like
2297 @code{CFLAGS}, but for C++ instead of C.
2302 @option{-D} options to pass to the C compiler. If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2303 is called, @command{configure} replaces @samp{@@DEFS@@} with
2304 @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). This
2305 variable is not defined while @command{configure} is performing its tests,
2306 only when creating the output files. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for
2307 how to check the results of previous tests.
2316 How does one suppress the trailing newline from @command{echo} for
2317 question-answer message pairs? These variables provide a way:
2320 echo $ECHO_N "And the winner is... $ECHO_C"
2322 echo "$@{ECHO_T@}dead."
2326 Some old and uncommon @command{echo} implementations offer no means to
2327 achieve this, in which case @code{ECHO_T} is set to tab. You might not
2333 Debugging and optimization options for the Erlang compiler. If it is not set
2334 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2335 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling
2336 programs to test for Erlang features.
2341 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran compiler. If it
2342 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2343 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_FC} (or empty if you don't).
2344 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2345 programs to test for Fortran features.
2350 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran 77 compiler. If it
2351 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2352 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_F77} (or empty if you don't).
2353 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2354 programs to test for Fortran 77 features.
2359 Options for the linker. If it is not set
2360 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2361 @command{configure} uses this variable when linking programs to test for
2362 C, C++, Objective C, and Fortran features.
2364 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-s} and
2365 @option{-L} that affect only the behavior of the linker. Please see the
2366 explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you can do if an option also
2367 affects other phases of the compiler.
2369 Don't use this variable to pass library names
2370 (@option{-l}) to the linker; use @code{LIBS} instead.
2375 @option{-l} options to pass to the linker. The default value is empty,
2376 but some Autoconf macros may prepend extra libraries to this variable if
2377 those libraries are found and provide necessary functions, see
2378 @ref{Libraries}. @command{configure} uses this variable when linking
2379 programs to test for C, C++, and Fortran features.
2384 Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C compiler. It
2385 acts like @code{CFLAGS}, but for Objective C instead of C.
2390 Rigorously equal to @samp{.}. Added for symmetry only.
2393 @defvar abs_builddir
2394 @ovindex abs_builddir
2395 Absolute name of @code{builddir}.
2398 @defvar top_builddir
2399 @ovindex top_builddir
2400 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree. In the
2401 top-level directory, this is the same as @code{builddir}.
2404 @defvar abs_top_builddir
2405 @ovindex abs_top_builddir
2406 Absolute name of @code{top_builddir}.
2411 The name of the directory that contains the source code for
2417 Absolute name of @code{srcdir}.
2422 The name of the top-level source code directory for the
2423 package. In the top-level directory, this is the same as @code{srcdir}.
2426 @defvar abs_top_srcdir
2427 @ovindex abs_top_srcdir
2428 Absolute name of @code{top_srcdir}.
2431 @node Installation Directory Variables
2432 @subsection Installation Directory Variables
2433 @cindex Installation directories
2434 @cindex Directories, installation
2436 The following variables specify the directories for
2437 package installation, see @ref{Directory Variables, , Variables for
2438 Installation Directories, standards, The @acronym{GNU} Coding
2439 Standards}, for more information. See the end of this section for
2440 details on when and how to use these variables.
2444 The directory for installing executables that users run.
2449 The directory for installing idiosyncratic read-only
2450 architecture-independent data.
2454 @ovindex datarootdir
2455 The root of the directory tree for read-only architecture-independent
2461 The directory for installing documentation files (other than Info and
2467 The directory for installing documentation files in DVI format.
2471 @ovindex exec_prefix
2472 The installation prefix for architecture-dependent files. By default
2473 it's the same as @var{prefix}. You should avoid installing anything
2474 directly to @var{exec_prefix}. However, the default value for
2475 directories containing architecture-dependent files should be relative
2476 to @var{exec_prefix}.
2481 The directory for installing HTML documentation.
2486 The directory for installing C header files.
2491 The directory for installing documentation in Info format.
2496 The directory for installing object code libraries.
2501 The directory for installing executables that other programs run.
2506 The directory for installing locale-dependent but
2507 architecture-independent data, such as message catalogs. This directory
2508 usually has a subdirectory per locale.
2511 @defvar localstatedir
2512 @ovindex localstatedir
2513 The directory for installing modifiable single-machine data.
2518 The top-level directory for installing documentation in man format.
2521 @defvar oldincludedir
2522 @ovindex oldincludedir
2523 The directory for installing C header files for non-@acronym{GCC} compilers.
2528 The directory for installing PDF documentation.
2533 The common installation prefix for all files. If @var{exec_prefix}
2534 is defined to a different value, @var{prefix} is used only for
2535 architecture-independent files.
2540 The directory for installing PostScript documentation.
2545 The directory for installing executables that system
2549 @defvar sharedstatedir
2550 @ovindex sharedstatedir
2551 The directory for installing modifiable architecture-independent data.
2556 The directory for installing read-only single-machine data.
2560 Most of these variables have values that rely on @code{prefix} or
2561 @code{exec_prefix}. It is deliberate that the directory output
2562 variables keep them unexpanded: typically @samp{@@datarootdir@@} is
2563 replaced by @samp{$@{prefix@}/share}, not @samp{/usr/local/share}, and
2564 @samp{@@datadir@@} is replaced by @samp{$@{datarootdir@}}.
2566 This behavior is mandated by the @acronym{GNU} coding standards, so that when
2571 she can still specify a different prefix from the one specified to
2572 @command{configure}, in which case, if needed, the package should hard
2573 code dependencies corresponding to the make-specified prefix.
2576 she can specify a different installation location, in which case the
2577 package @emph{must} still depend on the location which was compiled in
2578 (i.e., never recompile when @samp{make install} is run). This is an
2579 extremely important feature, as many people may decide to install all
2580 the files of a package grouped together, and then install links from
2581 the final locations to there.
2584 In order to support these features, it is essential that
2585 @code{datarootdir} remains being defined as @samp{$@{prefix@}/share} to
2586 depend upon the current value of @code{prefix}.
2588 A corollary is that you should not use these variables except in
2589 makefiles. For instance, instead of trying to evaluate @code{datadir}
2590 in @file{configure} and hard-coding it in makefiles using
2591 e.g., @samp{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], ["$datadir"], [Data directory.])},
2593 @option{-DDATADIR='$(datadir)'} to your makefile's definition of
2594 @code{CPPFLAGS} (@code{AM_CPPFLAGS} if you are also using Automake).
2596 Similarly, you should not rely on @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} to replace
2597 @code{datadir} and friends in your shell scripts and other files; instead,
2598 let @command{make} manage their replacement. For instance Autoconf
2599 ships templates of its shell scripts ending with @samp{.in}, and uses a
2600 makefile snippet similar to the following to build scripts like
2601 @command{autoheader} and @command{autom4te}:
2606 -e 's|@@datadir[@@]|$(pkgdatadir)|g' \
2607 -e 's|@@prefix[@@]|$(prefix)|g'
2611 autoheader autom4te: Makefile
2613 $(edit) '$(srcdir)/$@@.in' >$@@.tmp
2620 autoheader: $(srcdir)/autoheader.in
2621 autom4te: $(srcdir)/autom4te.in
2625 Some details are noteworthy:
2628 @item @samp{@@datadir[@@]}
2629 The brackets prevent @command{configure} from replacing
2630 @samp{@@datadir@@} in the Sed expression itself.
2631 Brackets are preferable to a backslash here, since
2632 Posix says @samp{\@@} is not portable.
2634 @item @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}
2635 Don't use @samp{@@pkgdatadir@@}! Use the matching makefile variable
2639 Don't use @samp{/} in the Sed expressions that replace file names since
2641 variables you use, such as @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}, contain @samp{/}.
2642 Use a shell metacharacter instead, such as @samp{|}.
2644 @item special characters
2645 File names, file name components, and the value of @code{VPATH} should
2646 not contain shell metacharacters or white
2647 space. @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
2649 @item dependency on @file{Makefile}
2650 Since @code{edit} uses values that depend on the configuration specific
2651 values (@code{prefix}, etc.)@: and not only on @code{VERSION} and so forth,
2652 the output depends on @file{Makefile}, not @file{configure.ac}.
2655 The main rule is generic, and uses @samp{$@@} extensively to
2656 avoid the need for multiple copies of the rule.
2658 @item Separated dependencies and single suffix rules
2659 You can't use them! The above snippet cannot be (portably) rewritten
2663 autoconf autoheader: Makefile
2673 @xref{Single Suffix Rules}, for details.
2675 @item @samp{$(srcdir)}
2676 Be sure to specify the name of the source directory,
2677 otherwise the package won't support separated builds.
2680 For the more specific installation of Erlang libraries, the following variables
2683 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2684 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2685 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2686 The common parent directory of Erlang library installation directories.
2687 This variable is set by calling the @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2688 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2691 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2692 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2693 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
2694 The installation directory for Erlang library @var{library}.
2695 This variable is set by calling the
2696 @samp{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR(@var{library}, @var{version}}
2697 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2700 @xref{Erlang Libraries}, for details.
2703 @node Changed Directory Variables
2704 @subsection Changed Directory Variables
2705 @cindex @file{datarootdir}
2707 In Autoconf 2.60, the set of directory variables has changed, and the
2708 defaults of some variables have been adjusted
2709 (@pxref{Installation Directory Variables}) to changes in the
2710 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards. Notably, @file{datadir}, @file{infodir}, and
2711 @file{mandir} are now expressed in terms of @file{datarootdir}. If you are
2712 upgrading from an earlier Autoconf version, you may need to adjust your files
2713 to ensure that the directory variables are substituted correctly
2714 (@pxref{Defining Directories}), and that a definition of @file{datarootdir} is
2715 in place. For example, in a @file{Makefile.in}, adding
2718 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2722 is usually sufficient. If you use Automake to create @file{Makefile.in},
2723 it will add this for you.
2725 To help with the transition, Autoconf warns about files that seem to use
2726 @code{datarootdir} without defining it. In some cases, it then expands
2727 the value of @code{$datarootdir} in substitutions of the directory
2728 variables. The following example shows such a warning:
2731 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
2733 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
2735 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2737 datadir = @@datadir@@
2740 configure: creating ./config.status
2741 config.status: creating Makefile
2742 config.status: WARNING:
2743 Makefile.in seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting
2744 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2746 datadir = $@{prefix@}/share
2749 Usually one can easily change the file to accommodate both older and newer
2753 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2755 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2756 datadir = @@datadir@@
2758 configure: creating ./config.status
2759 config.status: creating Makefile
2760 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2762 datarootdir = $@{prefix@}/share
2763 datadir = $@{datarootdir@}
2766 @acindex{DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED}
2767 In some cases, however, the checks may not be able to detect that a suitable
2768 initialization of @code{datarootdir} is in place, or they may fail to detect
2769 that such an initialization is necessary in the output file. If, after
2770 auditing your package, there are still spurious @file{configure} warnings about
2771 @code{datarootdir}, you may add the line
2774 AC_DEFUN([AC_DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED])
2778 to your @file{configure.ac} to disable the warnings. This is an exception
2779 to the usual rule that you should not define a macro whose name begins with
2780 @code{AC_} (@pxref{Macro Names}).
2784 @node Build Directories
2785 @subsection Build Directories
2786 @cindex Build directories
2787 @cindex Directories, build
2789 You can support compiling a software package for several architectures
2790 simultaneously from the same copy of the source code. The object files
2791 for each architecture are kept in their own directory.
2793 To support doing this, @command{make} uses the @code{VPATH} variable to
2794 find the files that are in the source directory. @acronym{GNU} Make
2795 can do this. Most other recent @command{make} programs can do this as
2796 well, though they may have difficulties and it is often simpler to
2797 recommend @acronym{GNU} @command{make} (@pxref{VPATH and Make}). Older
2798 @command{make} programs do not support @code{VPATH}; when using them, the
2799 source code must be in the same directory as the object files.
2801 To support @code{VPATH}, each @file{Makefile.in} should contain two
2802 lines that look like:
2809 Do not set @code{VPATH} to the value of another variable, for example
2810 @samp{VPATH = $(srcdir)}, because some versions of @command{make} do not do
2811 variable substitutions on the value of @code{VPATH}.
2813 @command{configure} substitutes the correct value for @code{srcdir} when
2814 it produces @file{Makefile}.
2816 Do not use the @code{make} variable @code{$<}, which expands to the
2817 file name of the file in the source directory (found with @code{VPATH}),
2818 except in implicit rules. (An implicit rule is one such as @samp{.c.o},
2819 which tells how to create a @file{.o} file from a @file{.c} file.) Some
2820 versions of @command{make} do not set @code{$<} in explicit rules; they
2821 expand it to an empty value.
2823 Instead, Make command lines should always refer to source
2824 files by prefixing them with @samp{$(srcdir)/}. For example:
2827 time.info: time.texinfo
2828 $(MAKEINFO) '$(srcdir)/time.texinfo'
2831 @node Automatic Remaking
2832 @subsection Automatic Remaking
2833 @cindex Automatic remaking
2834 @cindex Remaking automatically
2836 You can put rules like the following in the top-level @file{Makefile.in}
2837 for a package to automatically update the configuration information when
2838 you change the configuration files. This example includes all of the
2839 optional files, such as @file{aclocal.m4} and those related to
2840 configuration header files. Omit from the @file{Makefile.in} rules for
2841 any of these files that your package does not use.
2843 The @samp{$(srcdir)/} prefix is included because of limitations in the
2844 @code{VPATH} mechanism.
2846 The @file{stamp-} files are necessary because the timestamps of
2847 @file{config.h.in} and @file{config.h} are not changed if remaking
2848 them does not change their contents. This feature avoids unnecessary
2849 recompilation. You should include the file @file{stamp-h.in} your
2850 package's distribution, so that @command{make} considers
2851 @file{config.h.in} up to date. Don't use @command{touch}
2852 (@pxref{Limitations of Usual Tools}); instead, use @command{echo} (using
2853 @command{date} would cause needless differences, hence @acronym{CVS}
2858 $(srcdir)/configure: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2859 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoconf
2861 # autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
2862 $(srcdir)/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
2863 $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2864 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoheader
2865 echo timestamp > '$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in'
2868 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
2871 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
2874 config.status: configure
2875 ./config.status --recheck
2880 (Be careful if you copy these lines directly into your makefile, as you
2881 need to convert the indented lines to start with the tab character.)
2883 In addition, you should use
2886 AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
2890 so @file{config.status} ensures that @file{config.h} is considered up to
2891 date. @xref{Output}, for more information about @code{AC_OUTPUT}.
2893 @xref{config.status Invocation}, for more examples of handling
2894 configuration-related dependencies.
2896 @node Configuration Headers
2897 @section Configuration Header Files
2898 @cindex Configuration Header
2899 @cindex @file{config.h}
2901 When a package contains more than a few tests that define C preprocessor
2902 symbols, the command lines to pass @option{-D} options to the compiler
2903 can get quite long. This causes two problems. One is that the
2904 @command{make} output is hard to visually scan for errors. More
2905 seriously, the command lines can exceed the length limits of some
2906 operating systems. As an alternative to passing @option{-D} options to
2907 the compiler, @command{configure} scripts can create a C header file
2908 containing @samp{#define} directives. The @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2909 macro selects this kind of output. Though it can be called anywhere
2910 between @code{AC_INIT} and @code{AC_OUTPUT}, it is customary to call
2911 it right after @code{AC_INIT}.
2913 The package should @samp{#include} the configuration header file before
2914 any other header files, to prevent inconsistencies in declarations (for
2915 example, if it redefines @code{const}).
2917 To provide for VPATH builds, remember to pass the C compiler a @option{-I.}
2918 option (or @option{-I..}; whichever directory contains @file{config.h}).
2919 Even if you use @samp{#include "config.h"}, the preprocessor searches only
2920 the directory of the currently read file, i.e., the source directory, not
2921 the build directory.
2923 With the appropriate @option{-I} option, you can use
2924 @samp{#include <config.h>}. Actually, it's a good habit to use it,
2925 because in the rare case when the source directory contains another
2926 @file{config.h}, the build directory should be searched first.
2929 @defmac AC_CONFIG_HEADERS (@var{header} @dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2930 @acindex{CONFIG_HEADERS}
2931 @cvindex HAVE_CONFIG_H
2932 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2933 Actions}. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create the file(s) in the
2934 blank-or-newline-separated list @var{header} containing C preprocessor
2935 @code{#define} statements, and replace @samp{@@DEFS@@} in generated
2936 files with @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead of the value of @code{DEFS}.
2937 The usual name for @var{header} is @file{config.h}.
2939 If @var{header} already exists and its contents are identical to what
2940 @code{AC_OUTPUT} would put in it, it is left alone. Doing this allows
2941 making some changes in the configuration without needlessly causing
2942 object files that depend on the header file to be recompiled.
2944 Usually the input file is named @file{@var{header}.in}; however, you can
2945 override the input file name by appending to @var{header} a
2946 colon-separated list of input files. For example, you might need to make
2947 the input file name acceptable to @acronym{DOS} variants:
2950 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
2957 This macro is defined as the name of the first declared config header
2958 and undefined if no config headers have been declared up to this point.
2959 A third-party macro may, for example, require use of a config header
2960 without invoking AC_CONFIG_HEADERS twice, like this:
2963 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
2964 [m4_ifndef([AH_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])])])
2969 @xref{Configuration Actions}, for more details on @var{header}.
2972 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
2973 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
2974 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
2977 @node Header Templates
2978 @subsection Configuration Header Templates
2979 @cindex Configuration Header Template
2980 @cindex Header templates
2981 @cindex @file{config.h.in}
2983 Your distribution should contain a template file that looks as you want
2984 the final header file to look, including comments, with @code{#undef}
2985 statements which are used as hooks. For example, suppose your
2986 @file{configure.ac} makes these calls:
2989 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([conf.h])
2990 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])
2994 Then you could have code like the following in @file{conf.h.in}. On
2995 systems that have @file{unistd.h}, @command{configure} defines
2996 @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H} to 1. On other systems, the whole line is
2997 commented out (in case the system predefines that symbol).
3001 /* Define as 1 if you have unistd.h. */
3002 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3006 Pay attention that @samp{#undef} is in the first column, and there is
3007 nothing after @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H}, not even white space. You can
3008 then decode the configuration header using the preprocessor directives:
3014 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3015 # include <unistd.h>
3017 /* We are in trouble. */
3022 The use of old form templates, with @samp{#define} instead of
3023 @samp{#undef} is strongly discouraged. Similarly with old templates
3024 with comments on the same line as the @samp{#undef}. Anyway, putting
3025 comments in preprocessor macros has never been a good idea.
3027 Since it is a tedious task to keep a template header up to date, you may
3028 use @command{autoheader} to generate it, see @ref{autoheader Invocation}.
3031 @node autoheader Invocation
3032 @subsection Using @command{autoheader} to Create @file{config.h.in}
3033 @cindex @command{autoheader}
3035 The @command{autoheader} program can create a template file of C
3036 @samp{#define} statements for @command{configure} to use.
3037 It searches for the first invocation of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} in
3038 @file{configure} sources to determine the name of the template.
3039 (If the first call of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} specifies more than one
3040 input file name, @command{autoheader} uses the first one.)
3042 It is recommended that only one input file is used. If you want to append
3043 a boilerplate code, it is preferable to use
3044 @samp{AH_BOTTOM([#include <conf_post.h>])}.
3045 File @file{conf_post.h} is not processed during the configuration then,
3046 which make things clearer. Analogically, @code{AH_TOP} can be used to
3047 prepend a boilerplate code.
3049 In order to do its job, @command{autoheader} needs you to document all
3050 of the symbols that you might use. Typically this is done via an
3051 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} call whose first argument
3052 is a literal symbol and whose third argument describes the symbol
3053 (@pxref{Defining Symbols}). Alternatively, you can use
3054 @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader Macros}), or you can supply a
3055 suitable input file for a subsequent configuration header file.
3056 Symbols defined by Autoconf's builtin tests are already documented properly;
3057 you need to document only those that you
3060 You might wonder why @command{autoheader} is needed: after all, why
3061 would @command{configure} need to ``patch'' a @file{config.h.in} to
3062 produce a @file{config.h} instead of just creating @file{config.h} from
3063 scratch? Well, when everything rocks, the answer is just that we are
3064 wasting our time maintaining @command{autoheader}: generating
3065 @file{config.h} directly is all that is needed. When things go wrong,
3066 however, you'll be thankful for the existence of @command{autoheader}.
3068 The fact that the symbols are documented is important in order to
3069 @emph{check} that @file{config.h} makes sense. The fact that there is a
3070 well-defined list of symbols that should be defined (or not) is
3071 also important for people who are porting packages to environments where
3072 @command{configure} cannot be run: they just have to @emph{fill in the
3075 But let's come back to the point: the invocation of @command{autoheader}@dots{}
3077 If you give @command{autoheader} an argument, it uses that file instead
3078 of @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output
3079 instead of to @file{config.h.in}. If you give @command{autoheader} an
3080 argument of @option{-}, it reads the standard input instead of
3081 @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output.
3083 @command{autoheader} accepts the following options:
3088 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
3092 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
3096 Report processing steps.
3100 Don't remove the temporary files.
3104 Remake the template file even if newer than its input files.
3106 @item --include=@var{dir}
3108 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3110 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
3112 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3114 @item --warnings=@var{category}
3115 @itemx -W @var{category}
3117 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
3118 comma separated list). Current categories include:
3122 report the uses of obsolete constructs
3125 report all the warnings
3131 treats warnings as errors
3133 @item no-@var{category}
3134 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
3141 @node Autoheader Macros
3142 @subsection Autoheader Macros
3143 @cindex Autoheader macros
3145 @command{autoheader} scans @file{configure.ac} and figures out which C
3146 preprocessor symbols it might define. It knows how to generate
3147 templates for symbols defined by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS},
3148 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} etc., but if you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional
3149 symbol, you must define a template for it. If there are missing
3150 templates, @command{autoheader} fails with an error message.
3152 The template for a @var{symbol} is created
3153 by @command{autoheader} from
3154 the @var{description} argument to an @code{AC_DEFINE};
3155 see @ref{Defining Symbols}.
3157 For special needs, you can use the following macros.
3160 @defmac AH_TEMPLATE (@var{key}, @var{description})
3162 Tell @command{autoheader} to generate a template for @var{key}. This macro
3163 generates standard templates just like @code{AC_DEFINE} when a
3164 @var{description} is given.
3169 AH_TEMPLATE([CRAY_STACKSEG_END],
3170 [Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67
3171 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This
3172 function is required for alloca.c support
3177 generates the following template, with the description properly
3181 /* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and
3182 Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c
3183 support on those systems. */
3184 #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
3189 @defmac AH_VERBATIM (@var{key}, @var{template})
3191 Tell @command{autoheader} to include the @var{template} as-is in the header
3192 template file. This @var{template} is associated with the @var{key},
3193 which is used to sort all the different templates and guarantee their
3194 uniqueness. It should be a symbol that can be defined via @code{AC_DEFINE}.
3198 @defmac AH_TOP (@var{text})
3200 Include @var{text} at the top of the header template file.
3204 @defmac AH_BOTTOM (@var{text})
3206 Include @var{text} at the bottom of the header template file.
3210 Please note that @var{text} gets included ``verbatim'' to the template file,
3211 not to the resulting config header, so it can easily get mangled when the
3212 template is processed. There is rarely a need for something other than
3215 AH_BOTTOM([#include <custom.h>])
3220 @node Configuration Commands
3221 @section Running Arbitrary Configuration Commands
3222 @cindex Configuration commands
3223 @cindex Commands for configuration
3225 You can execute arbitrary commands before, during, and after
3226 @file{config.status} is run. The three following macros accumulate the
3227 commands to run when they are called multiple times.
3228 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} replaces the obsolete macro
3229 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}; see @ref{Obsolete Macros}, for details.
3231 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS (@var{tag}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3232 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3233 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
3234 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
3235 from @command{configure}. Associate the commands with @var{tag}.
3236 Since typically the @var{cmds} create a file, @var{tag} should
3237 naturally be the name of that file. If needed, the directory hosting
3238 @var{tag} is created. This macro is one of the instantiating macros;
3239 see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3241 Here is an unrealistic example:
3244 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([fubar],
3245 [echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
3249 Here is a better one:
3251 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([timestamp], [date >timestamp])
3255 The following two macros look similar, but in fact they are not of the same
3256 breed: they are executed directly by @file{configure}, so you cannot use
3257 @file{config.status} to rerun them.
3259 @c Yet it is good to leave them here. The user sees them together and
3260 @c decides which best fits their needs.
3262 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE (@var{cmds})
3263 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE}
3264 Execute the @var{cmds} right before creating @file{config.status}.
3266 This macro presents the last opportunity to call @code{AC_SUBST},
3267 @code{AC_DEFINE}, or @code{AC_CONFIG_FOOS} macros.
3270 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST (@var{cmds})
3271 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST}
3272 Execute the @var{cmds} right after creating @file{config.status}.
3278 @node Configuration Links
3279 @section Creating Configuration Links
3280 @cindex Configuration links
3281 @cindex Links for configuration
3283 You may find it convenient to create links whose destinations depend upon
3284 results of tests. One can use @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} but the
3285 creation of relative symbolic links can be delicate when the package is
3286 built in a directory different from the source directory.
3288 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LINKS (@var{dest}:@var{source}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3289 @acindex{CONFIG_LINKS}
3291 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} link each of the existing files @var{source} to
3292 the corresponding link name @var{dest}. Makes a symbolic link if
3293 possible, otherwise a hard link if possible, otherwise a copy. The
3294 @var{dest} and @var{source} names should be relative to the top level
3295 source or build directory. This macro is one of the instantiating
3296 macros; see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3298 For example, this call:
3301 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
3302 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
3306 creates in the current directory @file{host.h} as a link to
3307 @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$machine.h}, and @file{object.h} as a
3308 link to @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$obj_format.h}.
3310 The tempting value @samp{.} for @var{dest} is invalid: it makes it
3311 impossible for @samp{config.status} to guess the links to establish.
3315 ./config.status host.h object.h
3318 to create the links.
3323 @node Subdirectories
3324 @section Configuring Other Packages in Subdirectories
3325 @cindex Configure subdirectories
3326 @cindex Subdirectory configure
3328 In most situations, calling @code{AC_OUTPUT} is sufficient to produce
3329 makefiles in subdirectories. However, @command{configure} scripts
3330 that control more than one independent package can use
3331 @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} to run @command{configure} scripts for other
3332 packages in subdirectories.
3334 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS (@var{dir} @dots{})
3335 @acindex{CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
3337 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} run @command{configure} in each subdirectory
3338 @var{dir} in the given blank-or-newline-separated list. Each @var{dir} should
3339 be a literal, i.e., please do not use:
3342 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3343 $my_subdirs="$my_subdirs foo"
3345 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([$my_subdirs])
3349 because this prevents @samp{./configure --help=recursive} from
3350 displaying the options of the package @code{foo}. Instead, you should
3354 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3355 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3359 If a given @var{dir} is not found, an error is reported: if the
3360 subdirectory is optional, write:
3363 if test -d "$srcdir/foo"; then
3364 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3368 @c NB: Yes, below we mean configure.in, not configure.ac.
3369 If a given @var{dir} contains @command{configure.gnu}, it is run instead
3370 of @command{configure}. This is for packages that might use a
3371 non-Autoconf script @command{Configure}, which can't be called through a
3372 wrapper @command{configure} since it would be the same file on
3373 case-insensitive file systems. Likewise, if a @var{dir} contains
3374 @file{configure.in} but no @command{configure}, the Cygnus
3375 @command{configure} script found by @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} is used.
3377 The subdirectory @command{configure} scripts are given the same command
3378 line options that were given to this @command{configure} script, with minor
3379 changes if needed, which include:
3383 adjusting a relative name for the cache file;
3386 adjusting a relative name for the source directory;
3389 propagating the current value of @code{$prefix}, including if it was
3390 defaulted, and if the default values of the top level and of the subdirectory
3391 @file{configure} differ.
3394 This macro also sets the output variable @code{subdirs} to the list of
3395 directories @samp{@var{dir} @dots{}}. Make rules can use
3396 this variable to determine which subdirectories to recurse into.
3398 This macro may be called multiple times.
3401 @node Default Prefix
3402 @section Default Prefix
3403 @cindex Install prefix
3404 @cindex Prefix for install
3406 By default, @command{configure} sets the prefix for files it installs to
3407 @file{/usr/local}. The user of @command{configure} can select a different
3408 prefix using the @option{--prefix} and @option{--exec-prefix} options.
3409 There are two ways to change the default: when creating
3410 @command{configure}, and when running it.
3412 Some software packages might want to install in a directory other than
3413 @file{/usr/local} by default. To accomplish that, use the
3414 @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT} macro.
3416 @defmac AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT (@var{prefix})
3417 @acindex{PREFIX_DEFAULT}
3418 Set the default installation prefix to @var{prefix} instead of
3422 It may be convenient for users to have @command{configure} guess the
3423 installation prefix from the location of a related program that they
3424 have already installed. If you wish to do that, you can call
3425 @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}.
3427 @defmac AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM (@var{program})
3428 @acindex{PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3429 If the user did not specify an installation prefix (using the
3430 @option{--prefix} option), guess a value for it by looking for
3431 @var{program} in @env{PATH}, the way the shell does. If @var{program}
3432 is found, set the prefix to the parent of the directory containing
3433 @var{program}, else default the prefix as described above
3434 (@file{/usr/local} or @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT}). For example, if
3435 @var{program} is @code{gcc} and the @env{PATH} contains
3436 @file{/usr/local/gnu/bin/gcc}, set the prefix to @file{/usr/local/gnu}.
3441 @c ======================================================== Existing tests
3443 @node Existing Tests
3444 @chapter Existing Tests
3446 These macros test for particular system features that packages might
3447 need or want to use. If you need to test for a kind of feature that
3448 none of these macros check for, you can probably do it by calling
3449 primitive test macros with appropriate arguments (@pxref{Writing
3452 These tests print messages telling the user which feature they're
3453 checking for, and what they find. They cache their results for future
3454 @command{configure} runs (@pxref{Caching Results}).
3456 Some of these macros set output variables. @xref{Makefile
3457 Substitutions}, for how to get their values. The phrase ``define
3458 @var{name}'' is used below as a shorthand to mean ``define the C
3459 preprocessor symbol @var{name} to the value 1''. @xref{Defining
3460 Symbols}, for how to get those symbol definitions into your program.
3463 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
3464 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
3465 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
3466 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
3467 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
3468 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
3469 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
3470 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
3471 * Types:: Types that might be missing
3472 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
3473 * System Services:: Operating system services
3474 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
3475 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
3478 @node Common Behavior
3479 @section Common Behavior
3480 @cindex Common autoconf behavior
3482 Much effort has been expended to make Autoconf easy to learn. The most
3483 obvious way to reach this goal is simply to enforce standard interfaces
3484 and behaviors, avoiding exceptions as much as possible. Because of
3485 history and inertia, unfortunately, there are still too many exceptions
3486 in Autoconf; nevertheless, this section describes some of the common
3490 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
3491 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
3494 @node Standard Symbols
3495 @subsection Standard Symbols
3496 @cindex Standard symbols
3498 All the generic macros that @code{AC_DEFINE} a symbol as a result of
3499 their test transform their @var{argument} values to a standard alphabet.
3500 First, @var{argument} is converted to upper case and any asterisks
3501 (@samp{*}) are each converted to @samp{P}. Any remaining characters
3502 that are not alphanumeric are converted to underscores.
3507 AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct $Expensive*])
3511 defines the symbol @samp{HAVE_STRUCT__EXPENSIVEP} if the check
3515 @node Default Includes
3516 @subsection Default Includes
3517 @cindex Default includes
3518 @cindex Includes, default
3520 Several tests depend upon a set of header files. Since these headers
3521 are not universally available, tests actually have to provide a set of
3522 protected includes, such as:
3526 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
3527 # include <sys/time.h>
3530 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
3531 # include <sys/time.h>
3540 Unless you know exactly what you are doing, you should avoid using
3541 unconditional includes, and check the existence of the headers you
3542 include beforehand (@pxref{Header Files}).
3544 Most generic macros use the following macro to provide the default set
3547 @defmac AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT (@ovar{include-directives})
3548 @acindex{INCLUDES_DEFAULT}
3549 Expand to @var{include-directives} if defined, otherwise to:
3554 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
3555 # include <sys/types.h>
3557 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
3558 # include <sys/stat.h>
3561 # include <stdlib.h>
3562 # include <stddef.h>
3564 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
3565 # include <stdlib.h>
3568 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
3569 # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
3570 # include <memory.h>
3572 # include <string.h>
3574 #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
3575 # include <strings.h>
3577 #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
3578 # include <inttypes.h>
3580 #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
3581 # include <stdint.h>
3583 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3584 # include <unistd.h>
3589 If the default includes are used, then check for the presence of these
3590 headers and their compatibility, i.e., you don't need to run
3591 @code{AC_HEADER_STDC}, nor check for @file{stdlib.h} etc.
3593 These headers are checked for in the same order as they are included.
3594 For instance, on some systems @file{string.h} and @file{strings.h} both
3595 exist, but conflict. Then @code{HAVE_STRING_H} is defined, not
3596 @code{HAVE_STRINGS_H}.
3599 @node Alternative Programs
3600 @section Alternative Programs
3601 @cindex Programs, checking
3603 These macros check for the presence or behavior of particular programs.
3604 They are used to choose between several alternative programs and to
3605 decide what to do once one has been chosen. If there is no macro
3606 specifically defined to check for a program you need, and you don't need
3607 to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the
3608 general program-check macros.
3611 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
3612 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
3615 @node Particular Programs
3616 @subsection Particular Program Checks
3618 These macros check for particular programs---whether they exist, and
3619 in some cases whether they support certain features.
3624 Check for @code{gawk}, @code{mawk}, @code{nawk}, and @code{awk}, in that
3625 order, and set output variable @code{AWK} to the first one that is found.
3626 It tries @code{gawk} first because that is reported to be the
3627 best implementation.
3630 @defmac AC_PROG_GREP
3633 Look for the best available @code{grep} or @code{ggrep} that accepts the
3634 longest input lines possible, and that supports multiple @option{-e} options.
3635 Set the output variable @code{GREP} to whatever is chosen.
3636 @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more information about
3637 portability problems with the @command{grep} command family.
3640 @defmac AC_PROG_EGREP
3641 @acindex{PROG_EGREP}
3643 Check whether @code{$GREP -E} works, or else look for the best available
3644 @code{egrep} or @code{gegrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3645 Set the output variable @code{EGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3648 @defmac AC_PROG_FGREP
3649 @acindex{PROG_FGREP}
3651 Check whether @code{$GREP -F} works, or else look for the best available
3652 @code{fgrep} or @code{gfgrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3653 Set the output variable @code{FGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3656 @defmac AC_PROG_INSTALL
3657 @acindex{PROG_INSTALL}
3659 @ovindex INSTALL_PROGRAM
3660 @ovindex INSTALL_DATA
3661 @ovindex INSTALL_SCRIPT
3662 Set output variable @code{INSTALL} to the name of a @acronym{BSD}-compatible
3663 @command{install} program, if one is found in the current @env{PATH}.
3664 Otherwise, set @code{INSTALL} to @samp{@var{dir}/install-sh -c},
3665 checking the directories specified to @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} (or its
3666 default directories) to determine @var{dir} (@pxref{Output}). Also set
3667 the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM} and @code{INSTALL_SCRIPT} to
3668 @samp{$@{INSTALL@}} and @code{INSTALL_DATA} to @samp{$@{INSTALL@} -m 644}.
3670 @samp{@@INSTALL@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3671 configuration files.
3673 This macro screens out various instances of @command{install} known not to
3674 work. It prefers to find a C program rather than a shell script, for
3675 speed. Instead of @file{install-sh}, it can also use @file{install.sh},
3676 but that name is obsolete because some @command{make} programs have a rule
3677 that creates @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
3679 Autoconf comes with a copy of @file{install-sh} that you can use. If
3680 you use @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}, you must include either
3681 @file{install-sh} or @file{install.sh} in your distribution; otherwise
3682 @command{configure} produces an error message saying it can't find
3683 them---even if the system you're on has a good @command{install} program.
3684 This check is a safety measure to prevent you from accidentally leaving
3685 that file out, which would prevent your package from installing on
3686 systems that don't have a @acronym{BSD}-compatible @command{install} program.
3688 If you need to use your own installation program because it has features
3689 not found in standard @command{install} programs, there is no reason to use
3690 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}; just put the file name of your program into your
3691 @file{Makefile.in} files.
3694 @defmac AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
3695 @acindex{PROG_MKDIR_P}
3697 Set output variable @code{MKDIR_P} to a program that ensures that for
3698 each argument, a directory named by this argument exists, creating it
3699 and its parent directories if needed, and without race conditions when
3700 two instances of the program attempt to make the same directory at
3701 nearly the same time.
3703 This macro uses the @samp{mkdir -p} command if possible. Otherwise, it
3704 falls back on invoking @command{install-sh} with the @option{-d} option,
3705 so your package should
3706 contain @file{install-sh} as described under @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}.
3707 An @file{install-sh} file that predates Autoconf 2.60 or Automake 1.10
3708 is vulnerable to race conditions, so if you want to support parallel
3710 different packages into the same directory you need to make sure you
3711 have an up-to-date @file{install-sh}. In particular, be careful about
3712 using @samp{autoreconf -if} if your Automake predates Automake 1.10.
3714 This macro is related to the @code{AS_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Programming
3715 in M4sh}), but it sets an output variable intended for use in other
3716 files, whereas @code{AS_MKDIR_P} is intended for use in scripts like
3717 @command{configure}. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not accept options,
3718 but @code{MKDIR_P} supports the @option{-m} option, e.g., a makefile
3719 might invoke @code{$(MKDIR_P) -m 0 dir} to create an inaccessible
3720 directory, and conversely a makefile should use @code{$(MKDIR_P) --
3721 $(FOO)} if @var{FOO} might yield a value that begins with @samp{-}.
3722 Finally, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not check for race condition
3723 vulnerability, whereas @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} does.
3725 @samp{@@MKDIR_P@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3726 configuration files.
3733 @cvindex YYTEXT_POINTER
3734 @ovindex LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT
3735 If @code{flex} is found, set output variable @code{LEX} to @samp{flex}
3736 and @code{LEXLIB} to @option{-lfl}, if that library is in a standard
3737 place. Otherwise set @code{LEX} to @samp{lex} and @code{LEXLIB} to
3740 Define @code{YYTEXT_POINTER} if @code{yytext} defaults to @samp{char *} instead
3741 of to @samp{char []}. Also set output variable @code{LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT} to
3742 the base of the file name that the lexer generates; usually
3743 @file{lex.yy}, but sometimes something else. These results vary
3744 according to whether @code{lex} or @code{flex} is being used.
3746 You are encouraged to use Flex in your sources, since it is both more
3747 pleasant to use than plain Lex and the C source it produces is portable.
3748 In order to ensure portability, however, you must either provide a
3749 function @code{yywrap} or, if you don't use it (e.g., your scanner has
3750 no @samp{#include}-like feature), simply include a @samp{%noyywrap}
3751 statement in the scanner's source. Once this done, the scanner is
3752 portable (unless @emph{you} felt free to use nonportable constructs) and
3753 does not depend on any library. In this case, and in this case only, it
3754 is suggested that you use this Autoconf snippet:
3758 if test "$LEX" != flex; then
3759 LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex"
3760 AC_SUBST([LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT], [lex.yy])
3761 AC_SUBST([LEXLIB], [''])
3765 The shell script @command{missing} can be found in the Automake
3768 To ensure backward compatibility, Automake's @code{AM_PROG_LEX} invokes
3769 (indirectly) this macro twice, which causes an annoying but benign
3770 ``@code{AC_PROG_LEX} invoked multiple times'' warning. Future versions
3771 of Automake will fix this issue; meanwhile, just ignore this message.
3773 As part of running the test, this macro may delete any file in the
3774 configuration directory named @file{lex.yy.c} or @file{lexyy.c}.
3777 @defmac AC_PROG_LN_S
3780 If @samp{ln -s} works on the current file system (the operating system
3781 and file system support symbolic links), set the output variable
3782 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln -s}; otherwise, if @samp{ln} works, set
3783 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln}, and otherwise set it to @samp{cp -p}.
3785 If you make a link in a directory other than the current directory, its
3786 meaning depends on whether @samp{ln} or @samp{ln -s} is used. To safely
3787 create links using @samp{$(LN_S)}, either find out which form is used
3788 and adjust the arguments, or always invoke @code{ln} in the directory
3789 where the link is to be created.
3791 In other words, it does not work to do:
3799 (cd /x && $(LN_S) foo bar)
3803 @defmac AC_PROG_RANLIB
3804 @acindex{PROG_RANLIB}
3806 Set output variable @code{RANLIB} to @samp{ranlib} if @code{ranlib}
3807 is found, and otherwise to @samp{:} (do nothing).
3813 Set output variable @code{SED} to a Sed implementation that conforms to
3814 Posix and does not have arbitrary length limits. Report an error if no
3815 acceptable Sed is found. @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more
3816 information about portability problems with Sed.
3819 @defmac AC_PROG_YACC
3822 If @code{bison} is found, set output variable @code{YACC} to @samp{bison
3823 -y}. Otherwise, if @code{byacc} is found, set @code{YACC} to
3824 @samp{byacc}. Otherwise set @code{YACC} to @samp{yacc}.
3827 @node Generic Programs
3828 @subsection Generic Program and File Checks
3830 These macros are used to find programs not covered by the ``particular''
3831 test macros. If you need to check the behavior of a program as well as
3832 find out whether it is present, you have to write your own test for it
3833 (@pxref{Writing Tests}). By default, these macros use the environment
3834 variable @env{PATH}. If you need to check for a program that might not
3835 be in the user's @env{PATH}, you can pass a modified path to use
3839 AC_PATH_PROG([INETD], [inetd], [/usr/libexec/inetd],
3840 [$PATH:/usr/libexec:/usr/sbin:/usr/etc:/etc])
3843 You are strongly encouraged to declare the @var{variable} passed to
3844 @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} etc.@: as precious, @xref{Setting Output Variables},
3845 @code{AC_ARG_VAR}, for more details.
3847 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @var{value-if-found}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path}, @ovar{reject})
3848 @acindex{CHECK_PROG}
3849 Check whether program @var{prog-to-check-for} exists in @env{PATH}. If
3850 it is found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-found}, otherwise to
3851 @var{value-if-not-found}, if given. Always pass over @var{reject} (an
3852 absolute file name) even if it is the first found in the search path; in
3853 that case, set @var{variable} using the absolute file name of the
3854 @var{prog-to-check-for} found that is not @var{reject}. If
3855 @var{variable} was already set, do nothing. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
3859 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3860 @acindex{CHECK_PROGS}
3861 Check for each program in the blank-separated list
3862 @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in the @env{PATH}. If one is found, set
3863 @var{variable} to the name of that program. Otherwise, continue
3864 checking the next program in the list. If none of the programs in the
3865 list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
3866 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
3867 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3870 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3871 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}
3872 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3873 with a prefix of the target type as determined by
3874 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
3875 If the tool cannot be found with a prefix, and if the build and target
3876 types are equal, then it is also searched for without a prefix.
3878 As noted in @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the system type}, the
3879 target is rarely specified, because most of the time it is the same
3880 as the host: it is the type of system for which any compiler tool in
3881 the package produces code. What this macro looks for is,
3882 for example, @emph{a tool @r{(assembler, linker, etc.)}@: that the
3883 compiler driver @r{(@command{gcc} for the @acronym{GNU} C Compiler)}
3884 uses to produce objects, archives or executables}.
3887 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3888 @acindex{CHECK_TOOL}
3889 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3890 with a prefix of the host type as determined by
3891 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
3892 For example, if the user runs @samp{configure --host=i386-gnu}, then
3895 AC_CHECK_TOOL([RANLIB], [ranlib], [:])
3898 sets @code{RANLIB} to @file{i386-gnu-ranlib} if that program exists in
3899 @env{PATH}, or otherwise to @samp{ranlib} if that program exists in
3900 @env{PATH}, or to @samp{:} if neither program exists.
3902 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{only}
3903 accept program names that are prefixed with the host type.
3904 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the
3908 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3909 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS}
3910 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
3911 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the target type as
3912 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash
3913 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
3914 prefix, and if the build and target types are equal, then the first one
3915 without a prefix is used. If a tool is found, set @var{variable} to
3916 the name of that program. If none of the tools in the list are found,
3917 set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if @var{value-if-not-found}
3918 is not specified, the value of @var{variable} is not changed. Calls
3919 @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3922 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3923 @acindex{CHECK_TOOLS}
3924 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
3925 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the host type as
3926 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash
3927 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
3928 prefix, then the first one without a prefix is used. If a tool is found,
3929 set @var{variable} to the name of that program. If none of the tools in
3930 the list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
3931 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
3932 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3934 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
3935 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
3938 @defmac AC_PATH_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3940 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
3941 name of @var{prog-to-check-for} if found.
3944 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3945 @acindex{PATH_PROGS}
3946 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}, but if any of @var{progs-to-check-for}
3947 are found, set @var{variable} to the absolute name of the program
3951 @defmac AC_PATH_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3952 @acindex{PATH_TARGET_TOOL}
3953 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
3954 name of the program if it is found.
3957 @defmac AC_PATH_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
3959 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
3960 name of the program if it is found.
3962 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
3963 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
3969 @cindex File, checking
3971 You might also need to check for the existence of files. Before using
3972 these macros, ask yourself whether a runtime test might not be a better
3973 solution. Be aware that, like most Autoconf macros, they test a feature
3974 of the host machine, and therefore, they die when cross-compiling.
3976 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILE (@var{file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
3977 @acindex{CHECK_FILE}
3978 Check whether file @var{file} exists on the native system. If it is
3979 found, execute @var{action-if-found}, otherwise do
3980 @var{action-if-not-found}, if given.
3983 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILES (@var{files}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
3984 @acindex{CHECK_FILES}
3985 Executes @code{AC_CHECK_FILE} once for each file listed in @var{files}.
3986 Additionally, defines @samp{HAVE_@var{file}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols})
3987 for each file found.
3992 @section Library Files
3993 @cindex Library, checking
3995 The following macros check for the presence of certain C, C++, or Fortran
3996 library archive files.
3998 @defmac AC_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4000 Test whether the library @var{library} is available by trying to link
4001 a test program that calls function @var{function} with the library.
4002 @var{function} should be a function provided by the library.
4004 name of the library; e.g., to check for @option{-lmp}, use @samp{mp} as
4005 the @var{library} argument.
4007 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the link
4008 with the library succeeds; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell
4009 commands to run if the link fails. If @var{action-if-found} is not
4010 specified, the default action prepends @option{-l@var{library}} to
4011 @code{LIBS} and defines @samp{HAVE_LIB@var{library}} (in all
4012 capitals). This macro is intended to support building @code{LIBS} in
4013 a right-to-left (least-dependent to most-dependent) fashion such that
4014 library dependencies are satisfied as a natural side effect of
4015 consecutive tests. Linkers are sensitive to library ordering
4016 so the order in which @code{LIBS} is generated is important to reliable
4017 detection of libraries.
4019 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4020 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4021 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4022 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4023 that @var{library} is present, because linking the test program
4024 always fails with unresolved symbols. The @var{other-libraries} argument
4025 should be limited to cases where it is desirable to test for one library
4026 in the presence of another that is not already in @code{LIBS}.
4028 @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} requires some care in usage, and should be avoided
4029 in some common cases. Many standard functions like @code{gethostbyname}
4030 appear in the standard C library on some hosts, and in special libraries
4031 like @code{nsl} on other hosts. On some hosts the special libraries
4032 contain variant implementations that you may not want to use. These
4033 days it is normally better to use @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gethostbyname],
4034 [nsl])} instead of @code{AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])}.
4038 @defmac AC_SEARCH_LIBS (@var{function}, @var{search-libs}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4039 @acindex{SEARCH_LIBS}
4040 Search for a library defining @var{function} if it's not already
4041 available. This equates to calling
4042 @samp{AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])])} first with
4043 no libraries, then for each library listed in @var{search-libs}.
4045 Add @option{-l@var{library}} to @code{LIBS} for the first library found
4046 to contain @var{function}, and run @var{action-if-found}. If the
4047 function is not found, run @var{action-if-not-found}.
4049 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4050 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4051 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4052 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4053 that @var{function} is present, because linking the test program
4054 always fails with unresolved symbols.
4059 @node Library Functions
4060 @section Library Functions
4062 The following macros check for particular C library functions.
4063 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a function you need,
4064 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
4065 it, then you can use one of the general function-check macros.
4068 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
4069 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
4070 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
4073 @node Function Portability
4074 @subsection Portability of C Functions
4075 @cindex Portability of C functions
4076 @cindex C function portability
4078 Most usual functions can either be missing, or be buggy, or be limited
4079 on some architectures. This section tries to make an inventory of these
4080 portability issues. By definition, this list always requires
4081 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
4086 @prindex @code{exit}
4087 On ancient hosts, @code{exit} returned @code{int}.
4088 This is because @code{exit} predates @code{void}, and there was a long
4089 tradition of it returning @code{int}.
4091 On current hosts, the problem more likely is that @code{exit} is not
4092 declared, due to C++ problems of some sort or another. For this reason
4093 we suggest that test programs not invoke @code{exit}, but return from
4094 @code{main} instead.
4098 @prindex @code{free}
4099 The C standard says a call @code{free (NULL)} does nothing, but
4100 some old systems don't support this (e.g., NextStep).
4106 @prindex @code{isinf}
4107 @prindex @code{isnan}
4108 The C99 standard says that @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} are
4109 macros. On some systems just macros are available
4110 (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} and Solaris 10), on
4111 some systems both macros and functions (e.g., glibc 2.3.2), and on some
4112 systems only functions (e.g., IRIX 6 and Solaris 9). In some cases
4113 these functions are declared in nonstandard headers like
4114 @code{<sunmath.h>} and defined in non-default libraries like
4115 @option{-lm} or @option{-lsunmath}.
4117 The C99 @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} macros work correctly with
4118 @code{long double} arguments, but pre-C99 systems that use functions
4119 typically assume @code{double} arguments. On such a system,
4120 @code{isinf} incorrectly returns true for a finite @code{long double}
4121 argument that is outside the range of @code{double}.
4123 To work around this porting mess, you can use code like the following.
4130 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isnan_ld (x) \
4131 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isnan_d (x) \
4133 static inline int isnan_f (float x) @{ return x != x; @}
4134 static inline int isnan_d (double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4135 static inline int isnan_ld (long double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4140 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isinf_ld (x) \
4141 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isinf_d (x) \
4143 static inline int isinf_f (float x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4144 static inline int isinf_d (double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4145 static inline int isinf_ld (long double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4149 Use @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{C Compiler}) so that this code works on
4150 compilers that lack the @code{inline} keyword. Some optimizing
4151 compilers mishandle these definitions, but systems with that bug
4152 typically have missing or broken @code{isnan} functions anyway, so it's
4153 probably not worth worrying about.
4157 @prindex @code{malloc}
4158 The C standard says a call @code{malloc (0)} is implementation
4159 dependent. It can return either @code{NULL} or a new non-null pointer.
4160 The latter is more common (e.g., the @acronym{GNU} C Library) but is by
4161 no means universal. @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC}
4162 can be used to insist on non-@code{NULL} (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4166 @prindex @code{putenv}
4167 Posix prefers @code{setenv} to @code{putenv}; among other things,
4168 @code{putenv} is not required of all Posix implementations, but
4171 Posix specifies that @code{putenv} puts the given string directly in
4172 @code{environ}, but some systems make a copy of it instead (e.g.,
4173 glibc 2.0, or @acronym{BSD}). And when a copy is made, @code{unsetenv} might
4174 not free it, causing a memory leak (e.g., Free@acronym{BSD} 4).
4176 On some systems @code{putenv ("FOO")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4177 environment, but this is not standard usage and it dumps core
4178 on some systems (e.g., AIX).
4180 On MinGW, a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4181 environment, rather than inserting it with an empty value.
4183 @item @code{realloc}
4185 @prindex @code{realloc}
4186 The C standard says a call @code{realloc (NULL, size)} is equivalent
4187 to @code{malloc (size)}, but some old systems don't support this (e.g.,
4190 @item @code{signal} handler
4192 @prindex @code{signal}
4193 Normally @code{signal} takes a handler function with a return type of
4194 @code{void}, but some old systems required @code{int} instead. Any
4195 actual @code{int} value returned is not used; this is only a
4196 difference in the function prototype demanded.
4198 All systems we know of in current use return @code{void}. The
4199 @code{int} was to support K&R C, where of course @code{void} is not
4200 available. @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL} (@pxref{Particular Types}) can be
4201 used to establish the correct type in all cases.
4203 @item @code{snprintf}
4204 @c @fuindex snprintf
4205 @prindex @code{snprintf}
4206 @c @fuindex vsnprintf
4207 @prindex @code{vsnprintf}
4208 The C99 standard says that if the output array isn't big enough
4209 and if no other errors occur, @code{snprintf} and @code{vsnprintf}
4210 truncate the output and return the number of bytes that ought to have
4211 been produced. Some older systems return the truncated length (e.g.,
4212 @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.0.x or @sc{irix} 6.5), some a negative value
4213 (e.g., earlier @acronym{GNU} C Library versions), and some the buffer
4214 length without truncation (e.g., 32-bit Solaris 7). Also, some buggy
4215 older systems ignore the length and overrun the buffer (e.g., 64-bit
4218 @item @code{sprintf}
4220 @prindex @code{sprintf}
4221 @c @fuindex vsprintf
4222 @prindex @code{vsprintf}
4223 The C standard says @code{sprintf} and @code{vsprintf} return the
4224 number of bytes written. On some ancient systems (SunOS 4 for
4225 instance) they return the buffer pointer instead, but these no
4226 longer need to be worried about.
4230 @prindex @code{sscanf}
4231 On various old systems, e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} 9, @code{sscanf} requires that its
4232 input string be writable (though it doesn't actually change it). This
4233 can be a problem when using @command{gcc} since it normally puts
4234 constant strings in read-only memory (@pxref{Incompatibilities,
4235 Incompatibilities of @acronym{GCC}, , gcc, Using and
4236 Porting the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection}). Apparently in some cases even
4237 having format strings read-only can be a problem.
4239 @item @code{strerror_r}
4240 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4241 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4242 Posix specifies that @code{strerror_r} returns an @code{int}, but many
4243 systems (e.g., @acronym{GNU} C Library version 2.2.4) provide a
4244 different version returning a @code{char *}. @code{AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4245 can detect which is in use (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4247 @item @code{strnlen}
4249 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4250 @acronym{AIX} 4.3 provides a broken version which produces the
4254 strnlen ("foobar", 0) = 0
4255 strnlen ("foobar", 1) = 3
4256 strnlen ("foobar", 2) = 2
4257 strnlen ("foobar", 3) = 1
4258 strnlen ("foobar", 4) = 0
4259 strnlen ("foobar", 5) = 6
4260 strnlen ("foobar", 6) = 6
4261 strnlen ("foobar", 7) = 6
4262 strnlen ("foobar", 8) = 6
4263 strnlen ("foobar", 9) = 6
4266 @item @code{sysconf}
4268 @prindex @code{sysconf}
4269 @code{_SC_PAGESIZE} is standard, but some older systems (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX}
4270 9) have @code{_SC_PAGE_SIZE} instead. This can be tested with
4275 @prindex @code{unlink}
4276 The Posix spec says that @code{unlink} causes the given file to be
4277 removed only after there are no more open file handles for it. Some
4278 non-Posix hosts have trouble with this requirement, though,
4279 and some @acronym{DOS} variants even corrupt the file system.
4281 @item @code{unsetenv}
4282 @c @fuindex unsetenv
4283 @prindex @code{unsetenv}
4284 On MinGW, @code{unsetenv} is not available, but a variable @samp{FOO}
4285 can be removed with a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")}, as described under
4286 @code{putenv} above.
4288 @item @code{va_copy}
4290 @prindex @code{va_copy}
4291 The C99 standard provides @code{va_copy} for copying
4292 @code{va_list} variables. It may be available in older environments
4293 too, though possibly as @code{__va_copy} (e.g., @command{gcc} in strict
4294 pre-C99 mode). These can be tested with @code{#ifdef}. A fallback to
4295 @code{memcpy (&dst, &src, sizeof (va_list))} gives maximum
4298 @item @code{va_list}
4300 @prindex @code{va_list}
4301 @code{va_list} is not necessarily just a pointer. It can be a
4302 @code{struct} (e.g., @command{gcc} on Alpha), which means @code{NULL} is
4303 not portable. Or it can be an array (e.g., @command{gcc} in some
4304 PowerPC configurations), which means as a function parameter it can be
4305 effectively call-by-reference and library routines might modify the
4306 value back in the caller (e.g., @code{vsnprintf} in the @acronym{GNU} C Library
4309 @item Signed @code{>>}
4310 Normally the C @code{>>} right shift of a signed type replicates the
4311 high bit, giving a so-called ``arithmetic'' shift. But care should be
4312 taken since Standard C doesn't require that behavior. On those
4313 few processors without a native arithmetic shift (for instance Cray
4314 vector systems) zero bits may be shifted in, the same as a shift of an
4317 @item Integer @code{/}
4318 C divides signed integers by truncating their quotient toward zero,
4319 yielding the same result as Fortran. However, before C99 the standard
4320 allowed C implementations to take the floor or ceiling of the quotient
4321 in some cases. Hardly any implementations took advantage of this
4322 freedom, though, and it's probably not worth worrying about this issue
4327 @node Particular Functions
4328 @subsection Particular Function Checks
4329 @cindex Function, checking
4331 These macros check for particular C functions---whether they exist, and
4332 in some cases how they respond when given certain arguments.
4334 @defmac AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
4335 @acindex{FUNC_ALLOCA}
4337 @cvindex HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4340 @prindex @code{alloca}
4342 Check how to get @code{alloca}. Tries to get a builtin version by
4343 checking for @file{alloca.h} or the predefined C preprocessor macros
4344 @code{__GNUC__} and @code{_AIX}. If this macro finds @file{alloca.h},
4345 it defines @code{HAVE_ALLOCA_H}.
4347 If those attempts fail, it looks for the function in the standard C
4348 library. If any of those methods succeed, it defines
4349 @code{HAVE_ALLOCA}. Otherwise, it sets the output variable
4350 @code{ALLOCA} to @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}alloca.o} and defines
4351 @code{C_ALLOCA} (so programs can periodically call @samp{alloca (0)} to
4352 garbage collect). This variable is separate from @code{LIBOBJS} so
4353 multiple programs can share the value of @code{ALLOCA} without needing
4354 to create an actual library, in case only some of them use the code in
4355 @code{LIBOBJS}. The @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}} prefix serves the same
4356 purpose as in @code{LIBOBJS} (@pxref{AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS}).
4358 This macro does not try to get @code{alloca} from the System V R3
4359 @file{libPW} or the System V R4 @file{libucb} because those libraries
4360 contain some incompatible functions that cause trouble. Some versions
4361 do not even contain @code{alloca} or contain a buggy version. If you
4362 still want to use their @code{alloca}, use @code{ar} to extract
4363 @file{alloca.o} from them instead of compiling @file{alloca.c}.
4365 Source files that use @code{alloca} should start with a piece of code
4366 like the following, to declare it properly.
4370 #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4371 # include <alloca.h>
4372 #elif defined __GNUC__
4373 # define alloca __builtin_alloca
4375 # define alloca __alloca
4376 #elif defined _MSC_VER
4377 # include <malloc.h>
4378 # define alloca _alloca
4380 # include <stddef.h>
4384 void *alloca (size_t);
4390 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHOWN
4391 @acindex{FUNC_CHOWN}
4393 @prindex @code{chown}
4394 If the @code{chown} function is available and works (in particular, it
4395 should accept @option{-1} for @code{uid} and @code{gid}), define
4400 @defmac AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
4401 @acindex{FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4402 @cvindex CLOSEDIR_VOID
4403 @c @fuindex closedir
4404 @prindex @code{closedir}
4405 If the @code{closedir} function does not return a meaningful value,
4406 define @code{CLOSEDIR_VOID}. Otherwise, callers ought to check its
4407 return value for an error indicator.
4409 Currently this test is implemented by running a test program. When
4410 cross compiling the pessimistic assumption that @code{closedir} does not
4411 return a meaningful value is made.
4413 This macro is obsolescent, as @code{closedir} returns a meaningful value
4414 on current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
4417 @defmac AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
4418 @acindex{FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE}
4419 @c @fuindex error_at_line
4420 @prindex @code{error_at_line}
4421 If the @code{error_at_line} function is not found, require an
4422 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{error}.
4425 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
4426 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH}
4428 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4429 If the @code{fnmatch} function conforms to Posix, define
4430 @code{HAVE_FNMATCH}. Detect common implementation bugs, for example,
4431 the bugs in Solaris 2.4.
4433 Unlike the other specific
4434 @code{AC_FUNC} macros, @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH} does not replace a
4435 broken/missing @code{fnmatch}. This is for historical reasons.
4436 See @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} below.
4438 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4439 @code{fnmatch-posix} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4442 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU
4443 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU}
4445 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4446 Behave like @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} (@emph{replace}) but also test
4447 whether @code{fnmatch} supports @acronym{GNU} extensions. Detect common
4448 implementation bugs, for example, the bugs in the @acronym{GNU} C
4451 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4452 @code{fnmatch-gnu} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4455 @defmac AC_FUNC_FORK
4457 @cvindex HAVE_VFORK_H
4458 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_FORK
4459 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4462 @prindex @code{fork}
4464 @prindex @code{vfork}
4466 This macro checks for the @code{fork} and @code{vfork} functions. If a
4467 working @code{fork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_FORK}. This macro
4468 checks whether @code{fork} is just a stub by trying to run it.
4470 If @file{vfork.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_VFORK_H}. If a working
4471 @code{vfork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_VFORK}. Otherwise,
4472 define @code{vfork} to be @code{fork} for backward compatibility with
4473 previous versions of @command{autoconf}. This macro checks for several known
4474 errors in implementations of @code{vfork} and considers the system to not
4475 have a working @code{vfork} if it detects any of them. It is not considered
4476 to be an implementation error if a child's invocation of @code{signal}
4477 modifies the parent's signal handler, since child processes rarely change
4478 their signal handlers.
4480 Since this macro defines @code{vfork} only for backward compatibility with
4481 previous versions of @command{autoconf} you're encouraged to define it
4482 yourself in new code:
4485 #ifndef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4492 @defmac AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
4493 @acindex{FUNC_FSEEKO}
4494 @cvindex _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
4496 @prindex @code{fseeko}
4497 If the @code{fseeko} function is available, define @code{HAVE_FSEEKO}.
4498 Define @code{_LARGEFILE_SOURCE} if necessary to make the prototype
4499 visible on some systems (e.g., glibc 2.2). Otherwise linkage problems
4500 may occur when compiling with @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} on
4501 largefile-sensitive systems where @code{off_t} does not default to a
4505 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETGROUPS
4506 @acindex{FUNC_GETGROUPS}
4507 @ovindex GETGROUPS_LIBS
4508 @c @fuindex getgroups
4509 @prindex @code{getgroups}
4510 If the @code{getgroups} function is available and works (unlike on
4511 Ultrix 4.3, where @samp{getgroups (0, 0)} always fails), define
4512 @code{HAVE_GETGROUPS}. Set @code{GETGROUPS_LIBS} to any libraries
4513 needed to get that function. This macro runs @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}.
4516 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
4517 @acindex{FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4522 @cvindex HAVE_NLIST_H
4523 @cvindex NLIST_NAME_UNION
4524 @cvindex GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
4525 @cvindex NEED_SETGID
4526 @cvindex C_GETLOADAVG
4528 @ovindex NEED_SETGID
4530 @ovindex GETLOADAVG_LIBS
4531 @c @fuindex getloadavg
4532 @prindex @code{getloadavg}
4533 Check how to get the system load averages. To perform its tests
4534 properly, this macro needs the file @file{getloadavg.c}; therefore, be
4535 sure to set the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory properly (see
4536 @ref{Generic Functions}, @code{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}).
4538 If the system has the @code{getloadavg} function, define
4539 @code{HAVE_GETLOADAVG}, and set @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to any libraries
4540 necessary to get that function. Also add @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to
4541 @code{LIBS}. Otherwise, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4542 @samp{getloadavg} with source code in @file{@var{dir}/getloadavg.c}, and
4543 possibly define several other C preprocessor macros and output
4548 Define @code{C_GETLOADAVG}.
4551 Define @code{SVR4}, @code{DGUX}, @code{UMAX}, or @code{UMAX4_3} if on
4556 If @file{nlist.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_NLIST_H}.
4559 If @samp{struct nlist} has an @samp{n_un.n_name} member, define
4560 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME}. The obsolete symbol
4561 @code{NLIST_NAME_UNION} is still defined, but do not depend upon it.
4564 Programs may need to be installed set-group-ID (or set-user-ID) for
4565 @code{getloadavg} to work. In this case, define
4566 @code{GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED}, set the output variable @code{NEED_SETGID}
4567 to @samp{true} (and otherwise to @samp{false}), and set
4568 @code{KMEM_GROUP} to the name of the group that should own the installed
4572 The @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
4573 use Gnulib's @code{getloadavg} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4576 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
4577 @acindex{FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4578 @cvindex HAVE_GETMNTENT
4579 @c @fuindex getmntent
4580 @prindex @code{getmntent}
4581 Check for @code{getmntent} in the standard C library, and then in the
4582 @file{sun}, @file{seq}, and @file{gen} libraries, for @sc{unicos},
4583 @sc{irix} 4, @sc{ptx}, and UnixWare, respectively. Then, if
4584 @code{getmntent} is available, define @code{HAVE_GETMNTENT}.
4587 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
4588 @acindex{FUNC_GETPGRP}
4589 @cvindex GETPGRP_VOID
4592 @prindex @code{getpgid}
4593 @prindex @code{getpgrp}
4594 Define @code{GETPGRP_VOID} if it is an error to pass 0 to
4595 @code{getpgrp}; this is the Posix behavior. On older @acronym{BSD}
4596 systems, you must pass 0 to @code{getpgrp}, as it takes an argument and
4597 behaves like Posix's @code{getpgid}.
4607 This macro does not check whether
4608 @code{getpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4609 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{getpgrp}.
4611 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{getpgrp}
4612 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4615 @defmac AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4616 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}
4617 @cvindex LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4619 @prindex @code{lstat}
4620 If @file{link} is a symbolic link, then @code{lstat} should treat
4621 @file{link/} the same as @file{link/.}. However, many older
4622 @code{lstat} implementations incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4624 It is safe to assume that if @code{lstat} incorrectly ignores
4625 trailing slashes, then other symbolic-link-aware functions like
4626 @code{unlink} also incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4628 If @code{lstat} behaves properly, define
4629 @code{LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}, otherwise require an
4630 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @code{lstat}.
4633 @defmac AC_FUNC_MALLOC
4634 @acindex{FUNC_MALLOC}
4635 @cvindex HAVE_MALLOC
4638 @prindex @code{malloc}
4639 If the @code{malloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4640 library @code{malloc} (i.e., @samp{malloc (0)} returns a valid
4641 pointer), define @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4642 @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4643 @samp{malloc}, and define @code{malloc} to @code{rpl_malloc} so that the
4644 native @code{malloc} is not used in the main project.
4646 Typically, the replacement file @file{malloc.c} should look like (note
4647 the @samp{#undef malloc}):
4650 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
4651 # include <config.h>
4655 #include <sys/types.h>
4659 /* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
4660 If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
4663 rpl_malloc (size_t n)
4672 @defmac AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
4673 @acindex{FUNC_MEMCMP}
4676 @prindex @code{memcmp}
4677 If the @code{memcmp} function is not available, or does not work on
4678 8-bit data (like the one on SunOS 4.1.3), or fails when comparing 16
4679 bytes or more and with at least one buffer not starting on a 4-byte
4680 boundary (such as the one on NeXT x86 OpenStep), require an
4681 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{memcmp}.
4683 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a working
4684 @code{memcmp}. New programs need not use this macro.
4687 @defmac AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC
4688 @acindex{FUNC_MBRTOWC}
4689 @cvindex HAVE_MBRTOWC
4691 @prindex @code{mbrtowc}
4692 Define @code{HAVE_MBRTOWC} to 1 if the function @code{mbrtowc} and the
4693 type @code{mbstate_t} are properly declared.
4696 @defmac AC_FUNC_MKTIME
4697 @acindex{FUNC_MKTIME}
4700 @prindex @code{mktime}
4701 If the @code{mktime} function is not available, or does not work
4702 correctly, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{mktime}.
4703 For the purposes of this test, @code{mktime} should conform to the
4704 Posix standard and should be the inverse of
4708 @defmac AC_FUNC_MMAP
4712 @prindex @code{mmap}
4713 If the @code{mmap} function exists and works correctly, define
4714 @code{HAVE_MMAP}. This checks only private fixed mapping of already-mapped
4718 @defmac AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
4719 @acindex{FUNC_OBSTACK}
4720 @cvindex HAVE_OBSTACK
4722 If the obstacks are found, define @code{HAVE_OBSTACK}, else require an
4723 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{obstack}.
4726 @defmac AC_FUNC_REALLOC
4727 @acindex{FUNC_REALLOC}
4728 @cvindex HAVE_REALLOC
4731 @prindex @code{realloc}
4732 If the @code{realloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4733 library @code{realloc} (i.e., @samp{realloc (NULL, 0)} returns a
4734 valid pointer), define @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4735 @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4736 @samp{realloc}, and define @code{realloc} to @code{rpl_realloc} so that
4737 the native @code{realloc} is not used in the main project. See
4738 @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC} for details.
4741 @defmac AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
4742 @acindex{FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES}
4743 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
4744 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
4745 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
4747 @prindex @code{select}
4748 Determines the correct type to be passed for each of the
4749 @code{select} function's arguments, and defines those types
4750 in @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234}, and
4751 @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} respectively. @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1} defaults
4752 to @samp{int}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234} defaults to @samp{int *},
4753 and @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} defaults to @samp{struct timeval *}.
4755 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{select} whose
4756 signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4759 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETPGRP
4760 @acindex{FUNC_SETPGRP}
4761 @cvindex SETPGRP_VOID
4763 @prindex @code{setpgrp}
4764 If @code{setpgrp} takes no argument (the Posix version), define
4765 @code{SETPGRP_VOID}. Otherwise, it is the @acronym{BSD} version, which takes
4766 two process IDs as arguments. This macro does not check whether
4767 @code{setpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4768 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{setpgrp}.
4770 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{setpgrp}
4771 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4774 @defmac AC_FUNC_STAT
4775 @defmacx AC_FUNC_LSTAT
4777 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT}
4778 @cvindex HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4779 @cvindex HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4781 @prindex @code{stat}
4783 @prindex @code{lstat}
4784 Determine whether @code{stat} or @code{lstat} have the bug that it
4785 succeeds when given the zero-length file name as argument. The @code{stat}
4786 and @code{lstat} from SunOS 4.1.4 and the Hurd (as of 1998-11-01) do
4789 If it does, then define @code{HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG} (or
4790 @code{HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG}) and ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ}
4793 These macros are obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
4794 New programs need not use these macros.
4797 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
4798 @acindex{FUNC_STRCOLL}
4799 @cvindex HAVE_STRCOLL
4801 @prindex @code{strcoll}
4802 If the @code{strcoll} function exists and works correctly, define
4803 @code{HAVE_STRCOLL}. This does a bit more than
4804 @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcoll)}, because some systems have incorrect
4805 definitions of @code{strcoll} that should not be used.
4808 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
4809 @acindex{FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4810 @cvindex HAVE_STRERROR_R
4811 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
4812 @cvindex STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
4813 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4814 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4815 If @code{strerror_r} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRERROR_R}, and if
4816 it is declared, define @code{HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R}. If it returns a
4817 @code{char *} message, define @code{STRERROR_R_CHAR_P}; otherwise it
4818 returns an @code{int} error number. The Thread-Safe Functions option of
4819 Posix requires @code{strerror_r} to return @code{int}, but
4820 many systems (including, for example, version 2.2.4 of the @acronym{GNU} C
4821 Library) return a @code{char *} value that is not necessarily equal to
4822 the buffer argument.
4825 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRFTIME
4826 @acindex{FUNC_STRFTIME}
4827 @cvindex HAVE_STRFTIME
4828 @c @fuindex strftime
4829 @prindex @code{strftime}
4830 Check for @code{strftime} in the @file{intl} library, for SCO Unix.
4831 Then, if @code{strftime} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRFTIME}.
4833 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems require the @file{intl}
4834 library for @code{strftime}. New programs need not use this macro.
4837 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOD
4838 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOD}
4841 @prindex @code{strtod}
4842 If the @code{strtod} function does not exist or doesn't work correctly,
4843 ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{strtod}. In this case,
4844 because @file{strtod.c} is likely to need @samp{pow}, set the output
4845 variable @code{POW_LIB} to the extra library needed.
4848 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOLD
4849 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOLD}
4850 @prindex @code{strtold}
4851 If the @code{strtold} function exists and conforms to C99, define
4852 @code{HAVE_STRTOLD}.
4855 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
4856 @acindex{FUNC_STRNLEN}
4857 @cvindex HAVE_STRNLEN
4859 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4860 If the @code{strnlen} function is not available, or is buggy (like the one
4861 from @acronym{AIX} 4.3), require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for it.
4864 @defmac AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
4865 @acindex{FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
4866 @cvindex HAVE_UTIME_NULL
4868 @prindex @code{utime}
4869 If @samp{utime (@var{file}, NULL)} sets @var{file}'s timestamp to
4870 the present, define @code{HAVE_UTIME_NULL}.
4872 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have a @code{utime}
4873 that behaves this way. New programs need not use this macro.
4876 @defmac AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
4877 @acindex{FUNC_VPRINTF}
4878 @cvindex HAVE_VPRINTF
4879 @cvindex HAVE_DOPRNT
4881 @prindex @code{vprintf}
4882 If @code{vprintf} is found, define @code{HAVE_VPRINTF}. Otherwise, if
4883 @code{_doprnt} is found, define @code{HAVE_DOPRNT}. (If @code{vprintf}
4884 is available, you may assume that @code{vfprintf} and @code{vsprintf}
4885 are also available.)
4887 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have @code{vprintf}.
4888 New programs need not use this macro.
4891 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH
4892 @acindex{REPLACE_FNMATCH}
4894 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4895 @hdrindex{fnmatch.h}
4896 If the @code{fnmatch} function does not conform to Posix (see
4897 @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH}), ask for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement.
4899 The files @file{fnmatch.c}, @file{fnmatch_loop.c}, and @file{fnmatch_.h}
4900 in the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory are assumed to contain a
4901 copy of the source code of @acronym{GNU} @code{fnmatch}. If necessary,
4902 this source code is compiled as an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement, and the
4903 @file{fnmatch_.h} file is linked to @file{fnmatch.h} so that it can be
4904 included in place of the system @code{<fnmatch.h>}.
4906 This macro is obsolescent, as it assumes the use of particular source
4907 files. New programs should use Gnulib's @code{fnmatch-posix} module,
4908 which provides this macro along with the source files. @xref{Gnulib}.
4913 @node Generic Functions
4914 @subsection Generic Function Checks
4916 These macros are used to find functions not covered by the ``particular''
4917 test macros. If the functions might be in libraries other than the
4918 default C library, first call @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} for those libraries.
4919 If you need to check the behavior of a function as well as find out
4920 whether it is present, you have to write your own test for
4921 it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
4923 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4924 @acindex{CHECK_FUNC}
4925 If C function @var{function} is available, run shell commands
4926 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just
4927 want to define a symbol if the function is available, consider using
4928 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} instead. This macro checks for functions with C
4929 linkage even when @code{AC_LANG(C++)} has been called, since C is more
4930 standardized than C++. (@pxref{Language Choice}, for more information
4931 about selecting the language for checks.)
4934 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4935 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS}
4936 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
4937 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
4938 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
4939 If @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
4940 execute when one of the functions is found. You can give it a value of
4941 @samp{break} to break out of the loop on the first match. If
4942 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed when one of the
4943 functions is not found.
4946 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE (@var{function}@dots{})
4947 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE}
4948 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
4949 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
4950 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
4951 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}. It generates the
4952 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
4953 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
4954 early during the @command{configure} run.
4959 Autoconf follows a philosophy that was formed over the years by those
4960 who have struggled for portability: isolate the portability issues in
4961 specific files, and then program as if you were in a Posix
4962 environment. Some functions may be missing or unfixable, and your
4963 package must be ready to replace them.
4965 Suitable replacements for many such problem functions are available from
4966 Gnulib (@pxref{Gnulib}).
4968 @defmac AC_LIBOBJ (@var{function})
4971 Specify that @samp{@var{function}.c} must be included in the executables
4972 to replace a missing or broken implementation of @var{function}.
4974 Technically, it adds @samp{@var{function}.$ac_objext} to the output
4975 variable @code{LIBOBJS} if it is not already in, and calls
4976 @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} for @samp{@var{function}.c}. You should not
4977 directly change @code{LIBOBJS}, since this is not traceable.
4980 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCE (@var{file})
4982 Specify that @var{file} might be needed to compile the project. If you
4983 need to know what files might be needed by a @file{configure.ac}, you
4984 should trace @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}. @var{file} must be a literal.
4986 This macro is called automatically from @code{AC_LIBOBJ}, but you must
4987 call it explicitly if you pass a shell variable to @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. In
4988 that case, since shell variables cannot be traced statically, you must
4989 pass to @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} any possible files that the shell variable
4990 might cause @code{AC_LIBOBJ} to need. For example, if you want to pass
4991 a variable @code{$foo_or_bar} to @code{AC_LIBOBJ} that holds either
4992 @code{"foo"} or @code{"bar"}, you should do:
4995 AC_LIBSOURCE([foo.c])
4996 AC_LIBSOURCE([bar.c])
4997 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5001 There is usually a way to avoid this, however, and you are encouraged to
5002 simply call @code{AC_LIBOBJ} with literal arguments.
5004 Note that this macro replaces the obsolete @code{AC_LIBOBJ_DECL}, with
5005 slightly different semantics: the old macro took the function name,
5006 e.g., @code{foo}, as its argument rather than the file name.
5009 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCES (@var{files})
5010 @acindex{LIBSOURCES}
5011 Like @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}, but accepts one or more @var{files} in a
5012 comma-separated M4 list. Thus, the above example might be rewritten:
5015 AC_LIBSOURCES([foo.c, bar.c])
5016 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5020 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR (@var{directory})
5021 @acindex{CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}
5022 Specify that @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement files are to be found in
5023 @var{directory}, a name relative to the top level of the
5024 source tree. The replacement directory defaults to @file{.}, the top
5025 level directory, and the most typical value is @file{lib}, corresponding
5026 to @samp{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR([lib])}.
5028 @command{configure} might need to know the replacement directory for the
5029 following reasons: (i) some checks use the replacement files, (ii) some
5030 macros bypass broken system headers by installing links to the
5031 replacement headers (iii) when used in conjunction with Automake,
5032 within each makefile, @var{directory} is used as a relative path
5033 from @code{$(top_srcdir)} to each object named in @code{LIBOBJS} and
5034 @code{LTLIBOBJS}, etc.
5039 It is common to merely check for the existence of a function, and ask
5040 for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement if missing. The following macro is
5041 a convenient shorthand.
5043 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{})
5044 @acindex{REPLACE_FUNCS}
5046 Like @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}, but uses @samp{AC_LIBOBJ(@var{function})} as
5047 @var{action-if-not-found}. You can declare your replacement function by
5048 enclosing the prototype in @samp{#ifndef HAVE_@var{function}}. If the
5049 system has the function, it probably declares it in a header file you
5050 should be including, so you shouldn't redeclare it lest your declaration
5055 @section Header Files
5056 @cindex Header, checking
5058 The following macros check for the presence of certain C header files.
5059 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a header file you need,
5060 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
5061 it, then you can use one of the general header-file check macros.
5064 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
5065 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
5066 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
5069 @node Header Portability
5070 @subsection Portability of Headers
5071 @cindex Portability of headers
5072 @cindex Header portability
5074 This section tries to collect knowledge about common headers, and the
5075 problems they cause. By definition, this list always requires
5076 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
5080 @item @file{limits.h}
5081 C99 says that @file{limits.h} defines @code{LLONG_MIN},
5082 @code{LLONG_MAX}, and @code{ULLONG_MAX}, but many almost-C99
5083 environments (e.g., default @acronym{GCC} 4.0.2 + glibc 2.4) do not
5086 @item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}
5087 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
5089 The C99 standard says that @file{inttypes.h} includes
5090 @file{stdint.h}, so there's no need to include @file{stdint.h}
5091 separately in a standard environment. Some implementations have
5092 @file{inttypes.h} but not @file{stdint.h} (e.g., Solaris 7), but we don't
5093 know of any implementation that has @file{stdint.h} but not
5096 @item @file{linux/irda.h}
5097 @hdrindex{linux/irda.h}
5098 It requires @file{linux/types.h} and @file{sys/socket.h}.
5100 @item @file{linux/random.h}
5101 @hdrindex{linux/random.h}
5102 It requires @file{linux/types.h}.
5104 @item @file{net/if.h}
5106 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{sys/socket.h} be included
5107 beforehand. One should run:
5110 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5111 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h], [], [],
5114 # include <stdlib.h>
5115 # include <stddef.h>
5117 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5118 # include <stdlib.h>
5121 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5122 # include <sys/socket.h>
5127 @item @file{netinet/if_ether.h}
5128 @hdrindex{netinet/if_ether.h}
5129 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{stdio.h} and
5130 @file{sys/socket.h} be included beforehand. One should run:
5133 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5134 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/if_ether.h], [], [],
5137 # include <stdlib.h>
5138 # include <stddef.h>
5140 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5141 # include <stdlib.h>
5144 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5145 # include <sys/socket.h>
5150 @item @file{stdint.h}
5151 See above, item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}.
5153 @item @file{stdlib.h}
5155 On many systems (e.g., Darwin), @file{stdio.h} is a prerequisite.
5157 @item @file{sys/mount.h}
5158 @hdrindex{sys/mount.h}
5159 On Free@acronym{BSD} 4.8 on ia32 and using gcc version 2.95.4,
5160 @file{sys/params.h} is a prerequisite.
5162 @item @file{sys/ptem.h}
5163 @hdrindex{sys/ptem.h}
5164 On Solaris 8, @file{sys/stream.h} is a prerequisite.
5166 @item @file{sys/socket.h}
5167 @hdrindex{sys/socket.h}
5168 On Darwin, @file{stdlib.h} is a prerequisite.
5170 @item @file{sys/ucred.h}
5171 @hdrindex{sys/ucred.h}
5172 On Tru64 5.1, @file{sys/types.h} is a prerequisite.
5174 @item @file{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5175 @hdrindex{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5176 Using XFree86, this header requires @file{X11/Xlib.h}, which is probably
5177 so required that you might not even consider looking for it.
5180 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h], [], [],
5181 [[#include <X11/Xlib.h>
5187 @node Particular Headers
5188 @subsection Particular Header Checks
5190 These macros check for particular system header files---whether they
5191 exist, and in some cases whether they declare certain symbols.
5193 @defmac AC_HEADER_ASSERT
5194 @acindex{HEADER_ASSERT}
5197 Check whether to enable assertions in the style of @file{assert.h}.
5198 Assertions are enabled by default, but the user can override this by
5199 invoking @command{configure} with the @option{--disable-assert} option.
5202 @defmac AC_HEADER_DIRENT
5203 @acindex{HEADER_DIRENT}
5204 @cvindex HAVE_DIRENT_H
5205 @cvindex HAVE_NDIR_H
5206 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5207 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5209 @hdrindex{sys/ndir.h}
5210 @hdrindex{sys/dir.h}
5212 Check for the following header files. For the first one that is
5213 found and defines @samp{DIR}, define the listed C preprocessor macro:
5215 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
5216 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
5217 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
5218 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
5219 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
5222 The directory-library declarations in your source code should look
5223 something like the following:
5227 #include <sys/types.h>
5228 #ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
5229 # include <dirent.h>
5230 # define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name)
5232 # define dirent direct
5233 # define NAMLEN(dirent) ((dirent)->d_namlen)
5234 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5235 # include <sys/ndir.h>
5237 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5238 # include <sys/dir.h>
5247 Using the above declarations, the program would declare variables to be
5248 of type @code{struct dirent}, not @code{struct direct}, and would access
5249 the length of a directory entry name by passing a pointer to a
5250 @code{struct dirent} to the @code{NAMLEN} macro.
5252 This macro also checks for the SCO Xenix @file{dir} and @file{x} libraries.
5254 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems with directory
5255 libraries have @code{<dirent.h>}. New programs need not use this macro.
5257 Also see @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} and
5258 @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE} (@pxref{Particular Structures}).
5261 @defmac AC_HEADER_MAJOR
5262 @acindex{HEADER_MAJOR}
5263 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
5264 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
5265 @hdrindex{sys/mkdev.h}
5266 @hdrindex{sys/sysmacros.h}
5267 If @file{sys/types.h} does not define @code{major}, @code{minor}, and
5268 @code{makedev}, but @file{sys/mkdev.h} does, define
5269 @code{MAJOR_IN_MKDEV}; otherwise, if @file{sys/sysmacros.h} does, define
5270 @code{MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS}.
5273 @defmac AC_HEADER_RESOLV
5274 @acindex{HEADER_RESOLV}
5275 @cvindex HAVE_RESOLV_H
5277 Checks for header @file{resolv.h}, checking for prerequisites first.
5278 To properly use @file{resolv.h}, your code should contain something like
5282 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
5283 # include <sys/types.h>
5285 #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
5286 # include <netinet/in.h> /* inet_ functions / structs */
5288 #ifdef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H
5289 # include <arpa/nameser.h> /* DNS HEADER struct */
5298 @defmac AC_HEADER_STAT
5299 @acindex{HEADER_STAT}
5300 @cvindex STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
5301 @hdrindex{sys/stat.h}
5302 If the macros @code{S_ISDIR}, @code{S_ISREG}, etc.@: defined in
5303 @file{sys/stat.h} do not work properly (returning false positives),
5304 define @code{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}. This is the case on Tektronix UTekV,
5305 Amdahl UTS and Motorola System V/88.
5307 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
5308 New programs need not use this macro.
5311 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
5312 @acindex{HEADER_STDBOOL}
5313 @cvindex HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5315 @hdrindex{stdbool.h}
5317 If @file{stdbool.h} exists and conforms to C99, define
5318 @code{HAVE_STDBOOL_H} to 1; if the type @code{_Bool} is defined, define
5319 @code{HAVE__BOOL} to 1. To fulfill the C99 requirements, your
5320 @file{system.h} could contain the following code:
5323 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5324 # include <stdbool.h>
5330 # define _Bool signed char
5336 # define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
5340 Alternatively you can use the @samp{stdbool} package of Gnulib
5341 (@pxref{Gnulib}); it packages the above code into a replacement header
5342 and contains a few other bells and whistles.
5347 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDC
5348 @acindex{HEADER_STDC}
5349 @cvindex STDC_HEADERS
5355 Define @code{STDC_HEADERS} if the system has C header files
5356 conforming to @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
5357 Specifically, this macro checks for @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdarg.h},
5358 @file{string.h}, and @file{float.h}; if the system has those, it
5359 probably has the rest of the C89 header files. This macro also
5360 checks whether @file{string.h} declares @code{memchr} (and thus
5361 presumably the other @code{mem} functions), whether @file{stdlib.h}
5362 declare @code{free} (and thus presumably @code{malloc} and other related
5363 functions), and whether the @file{ctype.h} macros work on characters
5364 with the high bit set, as the C standard requires.
5366 If you use this macro, your code can refer to @code{STDC_HEADERS} to
5367 determine whether the system has conforming header files (and probably C
5370 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have conforming header
5371 files. New programs need not use this macro.
5374 @hdrindex{strings.h}
5375 Nowadays @file{string.h} is part of the C standard and declares functions like
5376 @code{strcpy}, and @file{strings.h} is standardized by Posix and declares
5377 @acronym{BSD} functions like @code{bcopy}; but
5378 historically, string functions were a major sticking point in this area.
5379 If you still want to worry about portability to ancient systems without
5380 standard headers, there is so much variation
5381 that it is probably easier to declare the functions you use than to
5382 figure out exactly what the system header files declare. Some ancient systems
5383 contained a mix of functions from the C standard and from @acronym{BSD};
5384 some were mostly standard but lacked @samp{memmove}; some defined the
5385 @acronym{BSD} functions as macros in @file{string.h} or
5386 @file{strings.h}; some had only the @acronym{BSD} functions but
5387 @file{string.h}; some declared the memory functions in @file{memory.h},
5388 some in @file{string.h}; etc. It is probably sufficient to check for
5389 one string function and one memory function; if the library had the
5390 standard versions of those then it probably had most of the others.
5391 If you put the following in @file{configure.ac}:
5394 # This example is obsolescent.
5395 # Nowadays you can omit these macro calls.
5397 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr memcpy])
5401 then, in your code, you can use declarations like this:
5405 /* This example is obsolescent.
5406 Nowadays you can just #include <string.h>. */
5408 # include <string.h>
5410 # ifndef HAVE_STRCHR
5411 # define strchr index
5412 # define strrchr rindex
5414 char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
5415 # ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
5416 # define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5417 # define memmove(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5424 If you use a function like @code{memchr}, @code{memset}, @code{strtok},
5425 or @code{strspn}, which have no @acronym{BSD} equivalent, then macros don't
5426 suffice to port to ancient hosts; you must provide an implementation of
5427 each function. An easy
5428 way to incorporate your implementations only when needed (since the ones
5429 in system C libraries may be hand optimized) is to, taking @code{memchr}
5430 for example, put it in @file{memchr.c} and use
5431 @samp{AC_REPLACE_FUNCS([memchr])}.
5434 @defmac AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
5435 @acindex{HEADER_SYS_WAIT}
5436 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5437 @hdrindex{sys/wait.h}
5438 If @file{sys/wait.h} exists and is compatible with Posix, define
5439 @code{HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H}. Incompatibility can occur if @file{sys/wait.h}
5440 does not exist, or if it uses the old @acronym{BSD} @code{union wait} instead
5441 of @code{int} to store a status value. If @file{sys/wait.h} is not
5442 Posix compatible, then instead of including it, define the
5443 Posix macros with their usual interpretations. Here is an
5448 #include <sys/types.h>
5449 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5450 # include <sys/wait.h>
5453 # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
5456 # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
5462 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems are compatible with Posix.
5463 New programs need not use this macro.
5466 @cvindex _POSIX_VERSION
5468 @code{_POSIX_VERSION} is defined when @file{unistd.h} is included on
5469 Posix systems. If there is no @file{unistd.h}, it is definitely
5470 not a Posix system. However, some non-Posix systems do
5471 have @file{unistd.h}.
5473 The way to check whether the system supports Posix is:
5477 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
5478 # include <sys/types.h>
5479 # include <unistd.h>
5482 #ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
5483 /* Code for Posix systems. */
5488 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIME
5489 @acindex{HEADER_TIME}
5490 @cvindex TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5492 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5493 If a program may include both @file{time.h} and @file{sys/time.h},
5494 define @code{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}. On some ancient systems,
5495 @file{sys/time.h} included @file{time.h}, but @file{time.h} was not
5496 protected against multiple inclusion, so programs could not explicitly
5497 include both files. This macro is useful in programs that use, for
5498 example, @code{struct timeval} as well as
5499 @code{struct tm}. It is best used in conjunction with
5500 @code{HAVE_SYS_TIME_H}, which can be checked for using
5501 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h])}.
5505 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5506 # include <sys/time.h>
5509 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
5510 # include <sys/time.h>
5519 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems can include both files
5520 when they exist. New programs need not use this macro.
5524 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ
5525 @acindex{HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ}
5526 @cvindex GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5527 @hdrindex{sys/ioctl.h}
5528 @hdrindex{termios.h}
5529 @c FIXME: I need clarifications from Jim.
5530 If the use of @code{TIOCGWINSZ} requires @file{<sys/ioctl.h>}, then
5531 define @code{GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL}. Otherwise @code{TIOCGWINSZ} can be
5532 found in @file{<termios.h>}.
5538 #ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
5539 # include <termios.h>
5542 #ifdef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5543 # include <sys/ioctl.h>
5549 @node Generic Headers
5550 @subsection Generic Header Checks
5552 These macros are used to find system header files not covered by the
5553 ``particular'' test macros. If you need to check the contents of a header
5554 as well as find out whether it is present, you have to write your own
5555 test for it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5557 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADER (@var{header-file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5558 @acindex{CHECK_HEADER}
5559 If the system header file @var{header-file} is compilable, execute shell
5560 commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute
5561 @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just want to define a symbol if the
5562 header file is available, consider using @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5565 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5569 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS (@var{header-file}@dots{}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5570 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS}
5571 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5572 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5573 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5574 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals). If @var{action-if-found}
5575 is given, it is additional shell code to execute when one of the header
5576 files is found. You can give it a value of @samp{break} to break out of
5577 the loop on the first match. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it
5578 is executed when one of the header files is not found.
5580 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5584 Previous versions of Autoconf merely checked whether the header was
5585 accepted by the preprocessor. This was changed because the old test was
5586 inappropriate for typical uses. Headers are typically used to compile,
5587 not merely to preprocess, and the old behavior sometimes accepted
5588 headers that clashed at compile-time. If you need to check whether a
5589 header is preprocessable, you can use @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
5590 (@pxref{Running the Preprocessor}).
5592 This scheme, which improves the robustness of the test, also requires
5593 that you make sure that headers that must be included before the
5594 @var{header-file} be part of the @var{includes}, (@pxref{Default
5595 Includes}). If looking for @file{bar.h}, which requires that
5596 @file{foo.h} be included before if it exists, we suggest the following
5600 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h])
5601 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([bar.h], [], [],
5608 The following variant generates smaller, faster @command{configure}
5609 files if you do not need the full power of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}.
5611 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE (@var{header-file}@dots{})
5612 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE}
5613 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5614 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5615 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5616 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals).
5617 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}. It generates the
5618 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5619 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5620 early during the @command{configure} run.
5624 @section Declarations
5625 @cindex Declaration, checking
5627 The following macros check for the declaration of variables and
5628 functions. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5629 symbol you need, then you can use the general macros (@pxref{Generic
5630 Declarations}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5631 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5634 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
5635 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
5638 @node Particular Declarations
5639 @subsection Particular Declaration Checks
5641 There are no specific macros for declarations.
5643 @node Generic Declarations
5644 @subsection Generic Declaration Checks
5646 These macros are used to find declarations not covered by the ``particular''
5649 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECL (@var{symbol}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5650 @acindex{CHECK_DECL}
5651 If @var{symbol} (a function, variable, or constant) is not declared in
5652 @var{includes} and a declaration is needed, run the shell commands
5653 @var{action-if-not-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-found}. If no
5654 @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
5655 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
5657 This macro actually tests whether @var{symbol} is defined as a macro or
5658 can be used as an r-value, not whether it is really declared, because it
5659 is much safer to avoid
5660 introducing extra declarations when they are not needed.
5663 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS (@var{symbols}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5664 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS}
5665 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5666 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5667 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5668 @var{symbol} is declared, otherwise to @samp{0}. If
5669 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5670 execute when one of the function declarations is needed, otherwise
5671 @var{action-if-found} is executed.
5673 This macro uses an M4 list as first argument:
5675 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strdup])
5676 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strlen])
5677 AC_CHECK_DECLS([malloc, realloc, calloc, free])
5680 Unlike the other @samp{AC_CHECK_*S} macros, when a @var{symbol} is not
5681 declared, @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} is defined to @samp{0} instead
5682 of leaving @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} undeclared. When you are
5683 @emph{sure} that the check was performed, use
5684 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} in @code{#if}:
5687 #if !HAVE_DECL_SYMBOL
5688 extern char *symbol;
5693 If the test may have not been performed, however, because it is safer
5694 @emph{not} to declare a symbol than to use a declaration that conflicts
5695 with the system's one, you should use:
5698 #if defined HAVE_DECL_MALLOC && !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
5699 void *malloc (size_t *s);
5704 You fall into the second category only in extreme situations: either
5705 your files may be used without being configured, or they are used during
5706 the configuration. In most cases the traditional approach is enough.
5709 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE (@var{symbols})
5710 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS_ONCE}
5711 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5712 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5713 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5714 @var{symbol} is declared in the default include files, otherwise to
5715 @samp{0}. This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS}. It
5716 generates the checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is
5717 smaller and faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are
5718 always done once, early during the @command{configure} run.
5724 @cindex Structure, checking
5726 The following macros check for the presence of certain members in C
5727 structures. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5728 member you need, then you can use the general structure-member macros
5729 (@pxref{Generic Structures}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5730 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5733 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
5734 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
5737 @node Particular Structures
5738 @subsection Particular Structure Checks
5740 The following macros check for certain structures or structure members.
5742 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5743 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}
5744 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5745 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5746 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_ino}
5747 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}.
5749 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} indicates only the presence of
5750 @code{d_ino}, not whether its contents are always reliable.
5751 Traditionally, a zero @code{d_ino} indicated a deleted directory entry,
5752 though current systems hide this detail from the user and never return
5753 zero @code{d_ino} values.
5754 Many current systems report an incorrect @code{d_ino} for a directory
5755 entry that is a mount point.
5758 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5759 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}
5760 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5761 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5762 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_type}
5763 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}.
5766 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE
5767 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE}
5768 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
5769 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
5770 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blksize} member, define
5771 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE}. The former name,
5772 @code{HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in
5773 the future. This macro is obsoleted, and should be replaced by
5776 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize])
5780 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
5781 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
5782 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
5783 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
5785 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blocks} member, define
5786 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS}. Otherwise, require an
5787 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{fileblocks}. The former name,
5788 @code{HAVE_ST_BLOCKS} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in the
5792 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
5793 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_RDEV}
5794 @cvindex HAVE_ST_RDEV
5795 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
5796 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_rdev} member, define
5797 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV}. The former name for this macro,
5798 @code{HAVE_ST_RDEV}, is to be avoided as it will cease to be supported
5799 in the future. Actually, even the new macro is obsolete and should be
5802 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
5806 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TM
5808 @cvindex TM_IN_SYS_TIME
5810 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5811 If @file{time.h} does not define @code{struct tm}, define
5812 @code{TM_IN_SYS_TIME}, which means that including @file{sys/time.h}
5813 had better define @code{struct tm}.
5815 This macro is obsolescent, as @file{time.h} defines @code{struct tm} in
5816 current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
5819 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
5820 @acindex{STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
5821 @cvindex HAVE_TM_ZONE
5822 @cvindex HAVE_TZNAME
5823 Figure out how to get the current timezone. If @code{struct tm} has a
5824 @code{tm_zone} member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE} (and the
5825 obsoleted @code{HAVE_TM_ZONE}). Otherwise, if the external array
5826 @code{tzname} is found, define @code{HAVE_TZNAME}; if it is declared,
5827 define @code{HAVE_DECL_TZNAME}.
5830 @node Generic Structures
5831 @subsection Generic Structure Checks
5833 These macros are used to find structure members not covered by the
5834 ``particular'' test macros.
5836 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBER (@var{aggregate}.@var{member}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5837 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBER}
5838 Check whether @var{member} is a member of the aggregate @var{aggregate}.
5839 If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
5840 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
5843 AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct passwd.pw_gecos], [],
5844 [AC_MSG_ERROR([We need `passwd.pw_gecos'!])],
5848 You can use this macro for submembers:
5851 AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct top.middle.bot)
5855 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBERS (@var{members}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5856 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBERS}
5857 Check for the existence of each @samp{@var{aggregate}.@var{member}} of
5858 @var{members} using the previous macro. When @var{member} belongs to
5859 @var{aggregate}, define @code{HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}} (in all
5860 capitals, with spaces and dots replaced by underscores). If
5861 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is executed for each of the found
5862 members. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed for each
5863 of the members that could not be found.
5865 This macro uses M4 lists:
5867 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev, struct stat.st_blksize])
5877 The following macros check for C types, either builtin or typedefs. If
5878 there is no macro specifically defined to check for a type you need, and
5879 you don't need to check for any special properties of it, then you can
5880 use a general type-check macro.
5883 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
5884 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
5887 @node Particular Types
5888 @subsection Particular Type Checks
5890 @hdrindex{sys/types.h}
5893 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
5894 These macros check for particular C types in @file{sys/types.h},
5895 @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdint.h}, @file{inttypes.h} and others, if they
5898 The Gnulib @code{stdint} module is an alternate way to define many of
5899 these symbols; it is useful if you prefer your code to assume a
5900 C99-or-better environment. @xref{Gnulib}.
5902 @defmac AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
5903 @acindex{TYPE_GETGROUPS}
5904 @cvindex GETGROUPS_T
5905 Define @code{GETGROUPS_T} to be whichever of @code{gid_t} or @code{int}
5906 is the base type of the array argument to @code{getgroups}.
5909 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT8_T
5910 @acindex{TYPE_INT8_T}
5911 @cvindex HAVE_INT8_T
5913 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
5914 @code{int8_t}, define @code{int8_t} to a signed
5915 integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide and that uses two's complement
5916 representation, if such a type exists.
5917 If you are worried about porting to hosts that lack such a type, you can
5918 use the results of this macro in C89-or-later code as follows:
5922 # include <stdint.h>
5924 #if defined INT8_MAX || defined int8_t
5925 @emph{code using int8_t}
5927 @emph{complicated alternative using >8-bit 'signed char'}
5932 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT16_T
5933 @acindex{TYPE_INT16_T}
5934 @cvindex HAVE_INT16_T
5936 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
5939 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT32_T
5940 @acindex{TYPE_INT32_T}
5941 @cvindex HAVE_INT32_T
5943 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
5946 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT64_T
5947 @acindex{TYPE_INT64_T}
5948 @cvindex HAVE_INT64_T
5950 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
5953 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T
5954 @acindex{TYPE_INTMAX_T}
5955 @cvindex HAVE_INTMAX_T
5957 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intmax_t},
5958 define @code{HAVE_INTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intmax_t} to the
5959 widest signed integer type.
5962 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTPTR_T
5963 @acindex{TYPE_INTPTR_T}
5964 @cvindex HAVE_INTPTR_T
5966 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intptr_t},
5967 define @code{HAVE_INTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intptr_t} to a
5968 signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
5972 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE
5973 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE}
5974 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
5975 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type, define
5976 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}. The @code{long double} type might have the
5977 same range and precision as @code{double}.
5979 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{long
5980 double}. New programs need not use this macro.
5983 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
5984 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}
5985 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
5986 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
5987 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
5988 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}.
5991 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT
5992 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT}
5993 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
5994 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long long int} type, define
5995 @code{HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT}.
5998 @defmac AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T
5999 @acindex{TYPE_MBSTATE_T}
6002 Define @code{HAVE_MBSTATE_T} if @code{<wchar.h>} declares the
6003 @code{mbstate_t} type. Also, define @code{mbstate_t} to be a type if
6004 @code{<wchar.h>} does not declare it.
6007 @defmac AC_TYPE_MODE_T
6008 @acindex{TYPE_MODE_T}
6010 Define @code{mode_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6014 @defmac AC_TYPE_OFF_T
6015 @acindex{TYPE_OFF_T}
6017 Define @code{off_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6021 @defmac AC_TYPE_PID_T
6022 @acindex{TYPE_PID_T}
6024 Define @code{pid_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6028 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
6029 @acindex{TYPE_SIGNAL}
6032 If @file{signal.h} declares @code{signal} as returning a pointer to a
6033 function returning @code{void}, define @code{RETSIGTYPE} to be
6034 @code{void}; otherwise, define it to be @code{int}.
6036 Define signal handlers as returning type @code{RETSIGTYPE}:
6049 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
6050 @acindex{TYPE_SIZE_T}
6052 Define @code{size_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6056 @defmac AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
6057 @acindex{TYPE_SSIZE_T}
6059 Define @code{ssize_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6063 @defmac AC_TYPE_UID_T
6064 @acindex{TYPE_UID_T}
6067 Define @code{uid_t} and @code{gid_t} to suitable types, if standard
6068 headers do not define them.
6071 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
6072 @acindex{TYPE_UINT8_T}
6073 @cvindex HAVE_UINT8_T
6075 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6076 @code{uint8_t}, define @code{uint8_t} to an
6077 unsigned integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide, if such a type
6079 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for unsigned integers.
6082 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT16_T
6083 @acindex{TYPE_UINT16_T}
6084 @cvindex HAVE_UINT16_T
6086 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6089 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT32_T
6090 @acindex{TYPE_UINT32_T}
6091 @cvindex HAVE_UINT32_T
6093 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6096 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT64_T
6097 @acindex{TYPE_UINT64_T}
6098 @cvindex HAVE_UINT64_T
6100 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6103 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T
6104 @acindex{TYPE_UINTMAX_T}
6105 @cvindex HAVE_UINTMAX_T
6107 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintmax_t},
6108 define @code{HAVE_UINTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintmax_t} to the
6109 widest unsigned integer type.
6112 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTPTR_T
6113 @acindex{TYPE_UINTPTR_T}
6114 @cvindex HAVE_UINTPTR_T
6116 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintptr_t},
6117 define @code{HAVE_UINTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintptr_t} to an
6118 unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6122 @defmac AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6123 @acindex{TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}
6124 @cvindex HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6125 If the C compiler supports a working @code{unsigned long long int} type,
6126 define @code{HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}.
6130 @subsection Generic Type Checks
6132 These macros are used to check for types not covered by the ``particular''
6135 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6136 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
6137 Check whether @var{type} is defined. It may be a compiler builtin type
6138 or defined by the @var{includes} (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6140 In C, @var{type} must be a type-name, so that the expression @samp{sizeof
6141 (@var{type})} is valid (but @samp{sizeof ((@var{type}))} is not). The
6142 same test is applied when compiling for C++, which means that in C++
6143 @var{type} should be a type-id and should not be an anonymous
6144 @samp{struct} or @samp{union}.
6148 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPES (@var{types}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6149 @acindex{CHECK_TYPES}
6150 For each @var{type} of the @var{types} that is defined, define
6151 @code{HAVE_@var{type}} (in all capitals). Each @var{type} must follow
6152 the rules of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}. If no @var{includes} are
6153 specified, the default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}). If
6154 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to execute
6155 when one of the types is found. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given,
6156 it is executed when one of the types is not found.
6158 This macro uses M4 lists:
6160 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
6161 AC_CHECK_TYPES([unsigned long long int, uintmax_t])
6166 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide to another version of
6167 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, broken by design. In order to keep backward
6168 compatibility, a simple heuristic, quite safe but not totally, is
6169 implemented. In case of doubt, read the documentation of the former
6170 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, see @ref{Obsolete Macros}.
6173 @node Compilers and Preprocessors
6174 @section Compilers and Preprocessors
6176 @cindex Preprocessors
6179 All the tests for compilers (@code{AC_PROG_CC}, @code{AC_PROG_CXX},
6180 @code{AC_PROG_F77}) define the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on
6181 the output of the compiler, typically to the empty string if
6182 Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6185 They also define the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the
6186 output of the compiler, after @file{.c} files have been excluded, typically
6187 to @samp{o} if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6189 If the compiler being used does not produce executables, the tests fail. If
6190 the executables can't be run, and cross-compilation is not enabled, they
6191 fail too. @xref{Manual Configuration}, for more on support for cross
6195 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
6196 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
6197 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
6198 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
6199 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
6200 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
6201 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
6204 @node Specific Compiler Characteristics
6205 @subsection Specific Compiler Characteristics
6207 Some compilers exhibit different behaviors.
6210 @item Static/Dynamic Expressions
6211 Autoconf relies on a trick to extract one bit of information from the C
6212 compiler: using negative array sizes. For instance the following
6213 excerpt of a C source demonstrates how to test whether @samp{int} objects are 4
6217 static int test_array[sizeof (int) == 4 ? 1 : -1];
6221 To our knowledge, there is a single compiler that does not support this
6222 trick: the @acronym{HP} C compilers (the real ones, not only the ``bundled'') on
6223 @acronym{HP-UX} 11.00.
6224 They incorrectly reject the above program with the diagnostic
6225 ``Variable-length arrays cannot have static storage.''
6226 This bug comes from @acronym{HP} compilers' mishandling of @code{sizeof (int)},
6227 not from the @code{? 1 : -1}, and
6228 Autoconf works around this problem by casting @code{sizeof (int)} to
6229 @code{long int} before comparing it.
6232 @node Generic Compiler Characteristics
6233 @subsection Generic Compiler Characteristics
6235 @defmac AC_CHECK_SIZEOF (@var{type-or-expr}, @ovar{unused}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6236 @acindex{CHECK_SIZEOF}
6237 Define @code{SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be
6238 the size in bytes of @var{type-or-expr}, which may be either a type or
6239 an expression returning a value that has a size. If the expression
6240 @samp{sizeof (@var{type-or-expr})} is invalid, the result is 0. If no
6241 @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6242 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6244 This macro now works even when cross-compiling. The @var{unused}
6245 argument was used when cross-compiling.
6247 For example, the call
6250 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int *])
6254 defines @code{SIZEOF_INT_P} to be 8 on DEC Alpha AXP systems.
6257 @defmac AC_CHECK_ALIGNOF (@var{type}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6258 @acindex{CHECK_ALIGNOF}
6259 Define @code{ALIGNOF_@var{type}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be the
6260 alignment in bytes of @var{type}. @samp{@var{type} y;} must be valid as
6261 a structure member declaration. If @samp{type} is unknown, the result
6262 is 0. If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6263 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6266 @defmac AC_COMPUTE_INT (@var{var}, @var{expression}, @dvar{includes, default-includes}, @ovar{action-if-fails})
6267 @acindex{COMPUTE_INT}
6268 Store into the shell variable @var{var} the value of the integer
6269 @var{expression}. The
6270 value should fit in an initializer in a C variable of type @code{signed
6271 long}. To support cross compilation (in which case, the macro only works on
6272 hosts that use twos-complement arithmetic), it should be possible to evaluate
6273 the expression at compile-time. If no @var{includes} are specified, the default
6274 includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6276 Execute @var{action-if-fails} if the value cannot be determined correctly.
6279 @defmac AC_LANG_WERROR
6280 @acindex{LANG_WERROR}
6281 Normally Autoconf ignores warnings generated by the compiler, linker, and
6282 preprocessor. If this macro is used, warnings count as fatal
6283 errors for the current language. This macro is useful when the
6284 results of configuration are used where warnings are unacceptable; for
6285 instance, if parts of a program are built with the @acronym{GCC}
6287 option. If the whole program is built using @option{-Werror} it is
6288 often simpler to put @option{-Werror} in the compiler flags (@code{CFLAGS},
6295 OpenMP (@url{http://www.openmp.org/}) specifies extensions of C, C++,
6296 and Fortran that simplify optimization of shared memory parallelism,
6297 which is a common problem on multicore CPUs.
6299 If the current language is C, the macro @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the
6300 variable @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} to the C compiler flags needed for
6301 supporting OpenMP@. @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} is set to empty if the
6302 compiler already supports OpenMP, if it has no way to activate OpenMP
6303 support, or if the user rejects OpenMP support by invoking
6304 @samp{configure} with the @samp{--disable-openmp} option.
6306 @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} needs to be used when compiling programs, when
6307 preprocessing program source, and when linking programs. Therefore you
6308 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to the @code{CFLAGS} of C programs
6309 that use OpenMP@. If you preprocess OpenMP-specific C code, you also
6310 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to @code{CPPFLAGS}. The presence of
6311 OpenMP support is revealed at compile time by the preprocessor macro
6314 Linking a program with @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} typically adds one more
6315 shared library to the program's dependencies, so its use is recommended
6316 only on programs that actually require OpenMP.
6318 If the current language is C++, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the variable
6319 @code{OPENMP_CXXFLAGS}, suitably for the C++ compiler. The same remarks
6322 If the current language is Fortran 77 or Fortran, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets
6323 the variable @code{OPENMP_FFLAGS} or @code{OPENMP_FCFLAGS},
6324 respectively. Similar remarks as for C hold, except that
6325 @code{CPPFLAGS} is not used for Fortran, and no preprocessor macro
6326 signals OpenMP support.
6330 @subsection C Compiler Characteristics
6332 The following macros provide ways to find and exercise a C Compiler.
6333 There are a few constructs that ought to be avoided, but do not deserve
6334 being checked for, since they can easily be worked around.
6337 @item Don't use lines containing solitary backslashes
6338 They tickle a bug in the @acronym{HP-UX} C compiler (checked on
6339 @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20,
6340 11.00, and 11i). When given the following source:
6345 * A comment with backslash-newlines in it. %@{ %@} *\
6349 " A string with backslash-newlines in it %@{ %@} \\
6351 char apostrophe = '\\
6359 the compiler incorrectly fails with the diagnostics ``Non-terminating
6360 comment at end of file'' and ``Missing @samp{#endif} at end of file.''
6361 Removing the lines with solitary backslashes solves the problem.
6363 @item Don't compile several files at once if output matters to you
6364 Some compilers, such as @acronym{HP}'s, report names of files being
6365 compiled when given more than one file operand. For instance:
6374 This can cause problems if you observe the output of the compiler to
6375 detect failures. Invoking @samp{cc -c a.c && cc -c b.c && cc -o c a.o
6376 b.o} solves the issue.
6378 @item Don't rely on @code{#error} failing
6379 The @sc{irix} C compiler does not fail when #error is preprocessed; it
6380 simply emits a diagnostic and continues, exiting successfully. So,
6381 instead of an error directive like @code{#error "Unsupported word size"}
6382 it is more portable to use an invalid directive like @code{#Unsupported
6383 word size} in Autoconf tests. In ordinary source code, @code{#error} is
6384 OK, since installers with inadequate compilers like @sc{irix} can simply
6385 examine these compilers' diagnostic output.
6387 @item Don't rely on correct @code{#line} support
6388 On Solaris, @command{c89} (at least Sun C 5.3 through 5.8)
6389 diagnoses @code{#line} directives whose line
6390 numbers are greater than 32767. Nothing in Posix
6391 makes this invalid. That is why Autoconf stopped issuing
6392 @code{#line} directives.
6395 @defmac AC_PROG_CC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6399 Determine a C compiler to use. If @code{CC} is not already set in the
6400 environment, check for @code{gcc} and @code{cc}, then for other C
6401 compilers. Set output variable @code{CC} to the name of the compiler
6404 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6405 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C compilers to
6406 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6407 alternative search list for the C compiler. For example, if you didn't
6408 like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CC} like
6412 AC_PROG_CC([gcc cl cc])
6415 If the C compiler does not handle function prototypes correctly by
6416 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6417 so. This macro tries various options that select standard-conformance
6418 modes on various systems.
6420 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6421 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90); if not, the shell
6423 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}. See also
6424 @code{AC_C_PROTOTYPES} below.
6426 If using the @acronym{GNU} C compiler, set shell variable @code{GCC} to
6427 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CFLAGS} was not already set, set
6428 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C compiler (@option{-O2} on systems
6429 where @acronym{GCC} does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for
6433 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C_O
6434 @acindex{PROG_CC_C_O}
6435 @cvindex NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6436 If the C compiler does not accept the @option{-c} and @option{-o} options
6437 simultaneously, define @code{NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}. This macro actually
6438 tests both the compiler found by @code{AC_PROG_CC}, and, if different,
6439 the first @code{cc} in the path. The test fails if one fails. This
6440 macro was created for @acronym{GNU} Make to choose the default C compilation
6448 Set output variable @code{CPP} to a command that runs the
6449 C preprocessor. If @samp{$CC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6450 It is only portable to run @code{CPP} on files with a @file{.c}
6453 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6454 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6455 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6456 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported.
6457 For most preprocessors, though, warnings do not cause include-file
6458 tests to fail unless @code{AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR} is also specified.
6461 @defmac AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR
6462 @acindex{PROG_CPP_WERROR}
6464 This acts like @code{AC_PROG_CPP}, except it treats warnings from the
6465 preprocessor as errors even if the preprocessor exit status indicates
6466 success. This is useful for avoiding headers that generate mandatory
6467 warnings, such as deprecation notices.
6471 The following macros check for C compiler or machine architecture
6472 features. To check for characteristics not listed here, use
6473 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
6474 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}).
6476 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
6477 @acindex{PROG_CC_STDC}
6478 If the C compiler cannot compile @acronym{ISO} Standard C (currently
6479 C99), try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it work.
6480 If the compiler does not support C99, fall back to supporting
6481 @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
6483 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6484 set to accept Standard C; if not, the shell variable
6485 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.
6488 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C89
6489 @acindex{PROG_CC_C89}
6490 If the C compiler is not in @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90) mode by
6491 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6492 so. This macro tries various options that select @acronym{ANSI} C89 on
6493 some system or another. It considers the compiler to be in
6494 @acronym{ANSI} C89 mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
6496 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6497 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89; if not, the shell variable
6498 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}.
6500 This macro is called automatically by @code{AC_PROG_CC}.
6503 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C99
6504 @acindex{PROG_CC_C99}
6505 If the C compiler is not in C99 mode by default, try to add an
6506 option to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries
6507 various options that select C99 on some system or another. It
6508 considers the compiler to be in C99 mode if it handles @code{_Bool},
6509 @code{//} comments, flexible array members, @code{inline}, signed and
6510 unsigned @code{long long int}, mixed code and declarations, named
6511 initialization of structs,
6512 @code{restrict}, @code{va_copy}, varargs macros, variable declarations
6513 in @code{for} loops, and variable length arrays.
6515 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6516 set to accept C99; if not, the shell variable
6517 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c99} is set to @samp{no}.
6520 @defmac AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
6521 @acindex{HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A}
6522 Define @samp{HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A} to 1 if the C compiler understands
6525 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers understand @samp{\a}.
6526 New programs need not use this macro.
6529 @defmac AC_C_BIGENDIAN (@ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-unknown}, @ovar{action-if-universal})
6530 @acindex{C_BIGENDIAN}
6531 @cvindex WORDS_BIGENDIAN
6533 If words are stored with the most significant byte first (like Motorola
6534 and SPARC CPUs), execute @var{action-if-true}. If words are stored with
6535 the least significant byte first (like Intel and VAX CPUs), execute
6536 @var{action-if-false}.
6538 This macro runs a test-case if endianness cannot be determined from the
6539 system header files. When cross-compiling, the test-case is not run but
6540 grep'ed for some magic values. @var{action-if-unknown} is executed if
6541 the latter case fails to determine the byte sex of the host system.
6543 In some cases a single run of a compiler can generate code for multiple
6544 architectures. This can happen, for example, when generating Mac OS X
6545 universal binary files, which work on both PowerPC and Intel
6546 architectures. In this case, the different variants might be for
6547 different architectures whose endiannesses differ. If
6548 @command{configure} detects this, it executes @var{action-if-universal}
6549 instead of @var{action-if-unknown}.
6551 The default for @var{action-if-true} is to define
6552 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}. The default for @var{action-if-false} is to do
6553 nothing. The default for @var{action-if-unknown} is to
6554 abort configure and tell the installer how to bypass this test.
6555 And finally, the default for @var{action-if-universal} is to define
6556 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} or not, depending on the architecture that the
6557 code is being generated for.
6559 If you use this macro without specifying @var{action-if-universal}, you
6560 should also use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; otherwise
6561 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} may be set incorrectly for Mac OS X universal
6568 If the C compiler does not fully support the @code{const} keyword,
6569 define @code{const} to be empty. Some C compilers that do
6570 not define @code{__STDC__} do support @code{const}; some compilers that
6571 define @code{__STDC__} do not completely support @code{const}. Programs
6572 can simply use @code{const} as if every C compiler supported it; for
6573 those that don't, the makefile or configuration header file
6574 defines it as empty.
6576 Occasionally installers use a C++ compiler to compile C code, typically
6577 because they lack a C compiler. This causes problems with @code{const},
6578 because C and C++ treat @code{const} differently. For example:
6585 is valid in C but not in C++. These differences unfortunately cannot be
6586 papered over by defining @code{const} to be empty.
6588 If @command{autoconf} detects this situation, it leaves @code{const} alone,
6589 as this generally yields better results in practice. However, using a
6590 C++ compiler to compile C code is not recommended or supported, and
6591 installers who run into trouble in this area should get a C compiler
6592 like @acronym{GCC} to compile their C code.
6594 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{const}.
6595 New programs need not use this macro.
6598 @defmac AC_C_RESTRICT
6599 @acindex{C_RESTRICT}
6601 If the C compiler recognizes a variant spelling for the @code{restrict}
6602 keyword (@code{__restrict}, @code{__restrict__}, or @code{_Restrict}),
6603 then define @code{restrict} to that; this is more likely to do the right
6604 thing with compilers that support language variants where plain
6605 @code{restrict} is not a keyword. Otherwise, if the C compiler
6606 recognizes the @code{restrict} keyword, don't do anything.
6607 Otherwise, define @code{restrict} to be empty.
6608 Thus, programs may simply use @code{restrict} as if every C compiler
6609 supported it; for those that do not, the makefile
6610 or configuration header defines it away.
6612 Although support in C++ for the @code{restrict} keyword is not
6613 required, several C++ compilers do accept the keyword.
6614 This macro works for them, too.
6617 @defmac AC_C_VOLATILE
6618 @acindex{C_VOLATILE}
6620 If the C compiler does not understand the keyword @code{volatile},
6621 define @code{volatile} to be empty. Programs can simply use
6622 @code{volatile} as if every C compiler supported it; for those that do
6623 not, the makefile or configuration header defines it as
6626 If the correctness of your program depends on the semantics of
6627 @code{volatile}, simply defining it to be empty does, in a sense, break
6628 your code. However, given that the compiler does not support
6629 @code{volatile}, you are at its mercy anyway. At least your
6630 program compiles, when it wouldn't before.
6631 @xref{Volatile Objects}, for more about @code{volatile}.
6633 In general, the @code{volatile} keyword is a standard C feature, so
6634 you might expect that @code{volatile} is available only when
6635 @code{__STDC__} is defined. However, Ultrix 4.3's native compiler does
6636 support volatile, but does not define @code{__STDC__}.
6638 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{volatile}.
6639 New programs need not use this macro.
6645 If the C compiler supports the keyword @code{inline}, do nothing.
6646 Otherwise define @code{inline} to @code{__inline__} or @code{__inline}
6647 if it accepts one of those, otherwise define @code{inline} to be empty.
6650 @defmac AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
6651 @acindex{C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6652 @cvindex __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
6653 If the C type @code{char} is unsigned, define @code{__CHAR_UNSIGNED__},
6654 unless the C compiler predefines it.
6657 @defmac AC_C_STRINGIZE
6658 @acindex{C_STRINGIZE}
6659 @cvindex HAVE_STRINGIZE
6660 If the C preprocessor supports the stringizing operator, define
6661 @code{HAVE_STRINGIZE}. The stringizing operator is @samp{#} and is
6662 found in macros such as this:
6668 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support the
6669 stringizing operator. New programs need not use this macro.
6672 @defmac AC_C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
6673 @acindex{C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER}
6674 @cvindex FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
6675 If the C compiler supports flexible array members, define
6676 @code{FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER} to nothing; otherwise define it to 1.
6677 That way, a declaration like this:
6683 double val[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
6688 will let applications use the ``struct hack'' even with compilers that
6689 do not support flexible array members. To allocate and use such an
6690 object, you can use code like this:
6694 size_t n = compute_value_count ();
6696 malloc (offsetof (struct s, val)
6697 + n * sizeof (double));
6699 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
6700 p->val[i] = compute_value (i);
6704 @defmac AC_C_VARARRAYS
6705 @acindex{C_VARARRAYS}
6706 @cvindex HAVE_C_VARARRAYS
6707 If the C compiler supports variable-length arrays, define
6708 @code{HAVE_C_VARARRAYS}. A variable-length array is an array of automatic
6709 storage duration whose length is determined at run time, when the array
6715 @cvindex HAVE_TYPEOF
6717 If the C compiler supports @acronym{GCC}'s @code{typeof} syntax either
6719 through a different spelling of the keyword (e.g., @code{__typeof__}),
6720 define @code{HAVE_TYPEOF}. If the support is available only through a
6721 different spelling, define @code{typeof} to that spelling.
6724 @defmac AC_C_PROTOTYPES
6725 @acindex{C_PROTOTYPES}
6727 @cvindex __PROTOTYPES
6729 If function prototypes are understood by the compiler (as determined by
6730 @code{AC_PROG_CC}), define @code{PROTOTYPES} and @code{__PROTOTYPES}.
6731 Defining @code{__PROTOTYPES} is for the benefit of
6732 header files that cannot use macros that infringe on user name space.
6734 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support prototypes.
6735 New programs need not use this macro.
6738 @defmac AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
6739 @acindex{PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
6741 Add @option{-traditional} to output variable @code{CC} if using the
6742 @acronym{GNU} C compiler and @code{ioctl} does not work properly without
6743 @option{-traditional}. That usually happens when the fixed header files
6744 have not been installed on an old system.
6746 This macro is obsolescent, since current versions of the @acronym{GNU} C
6747 compiler fix the header files automatically when installed.
6752 @subsection C++ Compiler Characteristics
6755 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6759 Determine a C++ compiler to use. Check whether the environment variable
6760 @code{CXX} or @code{CCC} (in that order) is set; if so, then set output
6761 variable @code{CXX} to its value.
6763 Otherwise, if the macro is invoked without an argument, then search for
6764 a C++ compiler under the likely names (first @code{g++} and @code{c++}
6765 then other names). If none of those checks succeed, then as a last
6766 resort set @code{CXX} to @code{g++}.
6768 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6769 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C++ compilers to
6770 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6771 alternative search list for the C++ compiler. For example, if you
6772 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CXX}
6776 AC_PROG_CXX([gcc cl KCC CC cxx cc++ xlC aCC c++ g++])
6779 If using the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler, set shell variable @code{GXX} to
6780 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CXXFLAGS} was not already set, set
6781 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler (@option{-O2} on
6782 systems where G++ does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other
6786 @defmac AC_PROG_CXXCPP
6787 @acindex{PROG_CXXCPP}
6789 Set output variable @code{CXXCPP} to a command that runs the C++
6790 preprocessor. If @samp{$CXX -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6791 It is portable to run @code{CXXCPP} only on files with a @file{.c},
6792 @file{.C}, @file{.cc}, or @file{.cpp} extension.
6794 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6795 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6796 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6797 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported. However,
6798 it is not known whether such broken preprocessors exist for C++.
6801 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX_C_O
6802 @acindex{PROG_CXX_C_O}
6803 @cvindex CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6804 Test whether the C++ compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
6805 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O},
6810 @node Objective C Compiler
6811 @subsection Objective C Compiler Characteristics
6814 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6818 Determine an Objective C compiler to use. If @code{OBJC} is not already
6819 set in the environment, check for Objective C compilers. Set output
6820 variable @code{OBJC} to the name of the compiler found.
6822 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6823 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C compilers to
6824 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6825 alternative search list for the Objective C compiler. For example, if you
6826 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_OBJC}
6830 AC_PROG_OBJC([gcc objcc objc])
6833 If using the @acronym{GNU} Objective C compiler, set shell variable
6834 @code{GOBJC} to @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{OBJCFLAGS} was not
6835 already set, set it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} Objective C
6836 compiler (@option{-O2} on systems where @command{gcc} does not accept
6837 @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other compilers.
6840 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJCPP
6841 @acindex{PROG_OBJCPP}
6843 Set output variable @code{OBJCPP} to a command that runs the Objective C
6844 preprocessor. If @samp{$OBJC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6848 @node Erlang Compiler and Interpreter
6849 @subsection Erlang Compiler and Interpreter Characteristics
6852 Autoconf defines the following macros for determining paths to the essential
6853 Erlang/OTP programs:
6855 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
6856 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERLC}
6859 Determine an Erlang compiler to use. If @code{ERLC} is not already set in the
6860 environment, check for @command{erlc}. Set output variable @code{ERLC} to the
6861 complete path of the compiler command found. In addition, if @code{ERLCFLAGS}
6862 is not set in the environment, set it to an empty value.
6864 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
6865 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erlc} program. For
6866 example, to look for @command{erlc} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
6870 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
6874 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERLC (@ovar{path})
6875 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERLC}
6876 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC} macro, that prints an
6877 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erlc}
6878 program is not found.
6881 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @ovar{path})
6882 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERL}
6884 Determine an Erlang interpreter to use. If @code{ERL} is not already set in the
6885 environment, check for @command{erl}. Set output variable @code{ERL} to the
6886 complete path of the interpreter command found.
6888 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
6889 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erl} program. For
6890 example, to look for @command{erl} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
6894 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
6898 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERL (@ovar{path})
6899 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERL}
6900 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL} macro, that prints an
6901 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erl}
6902 program is not found.
6906 @node Fortran Compiler
6907 @subsection Fortran Compiler Characteristics
6911 The Autoconf Fortran support is divided into two categories: legacy
6912 Fortran 77 macros (@code{F77}), and modern Fortran macros (@code{FC}).
6913 The former are intended for traditional Fortran 77 code, and have output
6914 variables like @code{F77}, @code{FFLAGS}, and @code{FLIBS}. The latter
6915 are for newer programs that can (or must) compile under the newer
6916 Fortran standards, and have output variables like @code{FC},
6917 @code{FCFLAGS}, and @code{FCLIBS}.
6919 Except for two new macros @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} and
6920 @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} (see below), the @code{FC} and @code{F77} macros
6921 behave almost identically, and so they are documented together in this
6925 @defmac AC_PROG_F77 (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6929 Determine a Fortran 77 compiler to use. If @code{F77} is not already
6930 set in the environment, then check for @code{g77} and @code{f77}, and
6931 then some other names. Set the output variable @code{F77} to the name
6932 of the compiler found.
6934 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6935 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran 77
6936 compilers to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to
6937 specify an alternative search list for the Fortran 77 compiler. For
6938 example, if you didn't like the default order, then you could invoke
6939 @code{AC_PROG_F77} like this:
6942 AC_PROG_F77([fl32 f77 fort77 xlf g77 f90 xlf90])
6945 If using @code{g77} (the @acronym{GNU} Fortran 77 compiler), then
6946 set the shell variable @code{G77} to @samp{yes}.
6947 If the output variable @code{FFLAGS} was not already set in the
6948 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @code{g77} (or @option{-O2}
6949 where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise, set
6950 @code{FFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran 77 compilers.
6953 @defmac AC_PROG_FC (@ovar{compiler-search-list}, @ovar{dialect})
6957 Determine a Fortran compiler to use. If @code{FC} is not already set in
6958 the environment, then @code{dialect} is a hint to indicate what Fortran
6959 dialect to search for; the default is to search for the newest available
6960 dialect. Set the output variable @code{FC} to the name of the compiler
6963 By default, newer dialects are preferred over older dialects, but if
6964 @code{dialect} is specified then older dialects are preferred starting
6965 with the specified dialect. @code{dialect} can currently be one of
6966 Fortran 77, Fortran 90, or Fortran 95. However, this is only a hint of
6967 which compiler @emph{name} to prefer (e.g., @code{f90} or @code{f95}),
6968 and no attempt is made to guarantee that a particular language standard
6969 is actually supported. Thus, it is preferable that you avoid the
6970 @code{dialect} option, and use AC_PROG_FC only for code compatible with
6971 the latest Fortran standard.
6973 This macro may, alternatively, be invoked with an optional first argument
6974 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran
6975 compilers to search for, just as in @code{AC_PROG_F77}.
6977 If the output variable @code{FCFLAGS} was not already set in the
6978 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @acronym{GNU} @code{g77} (or
6979 @option{-O2} where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise,
6980 set @code{FCFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran compilers.
6983 @defmac AC_PROG_F77_C_O
6984 @defmacx AC_PROG_FC_C_O
6985 @acindex{PROG_F77_C_O}
6986 @acindex{PROG_FC_C_O}
6987 @cvindex F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6988 @cvindex FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6989 Test whether the Fortran compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
6990 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O} or
6991 @code{FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}, respectively, if it does not.
6994 The following macros check for Fortran compiler characteristics.
6995 To check for characteristics not listed here, use
6996 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
6997 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}), making sure to first set the
6998 current language to Fortran 77 or Fortran via @code{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])}
6999 or @code{AC_LANG(Fortran)} (@pxref{Language Choice}).
7002 @defmac AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7003 @defmacx AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7004 @acindex{F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7006 @acindex{FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7008 Determine the linker flags (e.g., @option{-L} and @option{-l}) for the
7009 @dfn{Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries} that are required to
7010 successfully link a Fortran program or shared library. The output
7011 variable @code{FLIBS} or @code{FCLIBS} is set to these flags (which
7012 should be included after @code{LIBS} when linking).
7014 This macro is intended to be used in those situations when it is
7015 necessary to mix, e.g., C++ and Fortran source code in a single
7016 program or shared library (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , ,
7017 automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}).
7019 For example, if object files from a C++ and Fortran compiler must be
7020 linked together, then the C++ compiler/linker must be used for linking
7021 (since special C++-ish things need to happen at link time like calling
7022 global constructors, instantiating templates, enabling exception
7025 However, the Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries must be linked in
7026 as well, but the C++ compiler/linker doesn't know by default how to add
7027 these Fortran 77 libraries. Hence, this macro was created to determine
7028 these Fortran libraries.
7030 The macros @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7031 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} are probably also necessary to
7032 link C/C++ with Fortran; see below.
7035 @defmac AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7036 @defmacx AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7037 @acindex{F77_DUMMY_MAIN}
7038 @cvindex F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7039 With many compilers, the Fortran libraries detected by
7040 @code{AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} or @code{AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} provide
7041 their own @code{main} entry function that initializes things like
7042 Fortran I/O, and which then calls a user-provided entry function named
7043 (say) @code{MAIN__} to run the user's program. The
7044 @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7045 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros figure out how to deal with
7048 When using Fortran for purely numerical functions (no I/O, etc.)@: often
7049 one prefers to provide one's own @code{main} and skip the Fortran
7050 library initializations. In this case, however, one may still need to
7051 provide a dummy @code{MAIN__} routine in order to prevent linking errors
7052 on some systems. @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN}
7053 detects whether any such routine is @emph{required} for linking, and
7054 what its name is; the shell variable @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7055 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} holds this name, @code{unknown} when no solution
7056 was found, and @code{none} when no such dummy main is needed.
7058 By default, @var{action-if-found} defines @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7059 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} to the name of this routine (e.g., @code{MAIN__})
7060 @emph{if} it is required. @var{action-if-not-found} defaults to
7061 exiting with an error.
7063 In order to link with Fortran routines, the user's C/C++ program should
7064 then include the following code to define the dummy main if it is
7068 #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7072 int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() @{ return 1; @}
7076 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7078 Note that this macro is called automatically from @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS}
7079 or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}; there is generally no need to call it
7080 explicitly unless one wants to change the default actions.
7089 As discussed above, many Fortran libraries allow you to provide an entry
7090 point called (say) @code{MAIN__} instead of the usual @code{main}, which
7091 is then called by a @code{main} function in the Fortran libraries that
7092 initializes things like Fortran I/O@. The
7093 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros detect whether it is
7094 @emph{possible} to utilize such an alternate main function, and defines
7095 @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} to the name of the function. (If no
7096 alternate main function name is found, @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} are
7097 simply defined to @code{main}.)
7099 Thus, when calling Fortran routines from C that perform things like I/O,
7100 one should use this macro and declare the "main" function like so:
7106 int F77_MAIN(int argc, char *argv[]);
7109 (Again, replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7112 @defmac AC_F77_WRAPPERS
7113 @defmacx AC_FC_WRAPPERS
7114 @acindex{F77_WRAPPERS}
7117 @acindex{FC_WRAPPERS}
7120 Defines C macros @code{F77_FUNC (name, NAME)}, @code{FC_FUNC (name, NAME)},
7121 @code{F77_FUNC_(name, NAME)}, and @code{FC_FUNC_(name, NAME)} to properly
7122 mangle the names of C/C++ identifiers, and identifiers with underscores,
7123 respectively, so that they match the name-mangling scheme used by the
7126 Fortran is case-insensitive, and in order to achieve this the Fortran
7127 compiler converts all identifiers into a canonical case and format. To
7128 call a Fortran subroutine from C or to write a C function that is
7129 callable from Fortran, the C program must explicitly use identifiers in
7130 the format expected by the Fortran compiler. In order to do this, one
7131 simply wraps all C identifiers in one of the macros provided by
7132 @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}. For example, suppose
7133 you have the following Fortran 77 subroutine:
7136 subroutine foobar (x, y)
7137 double precision x, y
7143 You would then declare its prototype in C or C++ as:
7146 #define FOOBAR_F77 F77_FUNC (foobar, FOOBAR)
7148 extern "C" /* prevent C++ name mangling */
7150 void FOOBAR_F77(double *x, double *y);
7153 Note that we pass both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the
7154 function name to @code{F77_FUNC} so that it can select the right one.
7155 Note also that all parameters to Fortran 77 routines are passed as
7156 pointers (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , , automake, @acronym{GNU}
7159 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7161 Although Autoconf tries to be intelligent about detecting the
7162 name-mangling scheme of the Fortran compiler, there may be Fortran
7163 compilers that it doesn't support yet. In this case, the above code
7164 generates a compile-time error, but some other behavior
7165 (e.g., disabling Fortran-related features) can be induced by checking
7166 whether @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} is defined.
7168 Now, to call that routine from a C program, we would do something like:
7172 double x = 2.7183, y;
7173 FOOBAR_F77 (&x, &y);
7177 If the Fortran identifier contains an underscore (e.g., @code{foo_bar}),
7178 you should use @code{F77_FUNC_} or @code{FC_FUNC_} instead of
7179 @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} (with the same arguments). This is
7180 because some Fortran compilers mangle names differently if they contain
7184 @defmac AC_F77_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7185 @defmacx AC_FC_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7188 Given an identifier @var{name}, set the shell variable @var{shellvar} to
7189 hold the mangled version @var{name} according to the rules of the
7190 Fortran linker (see also @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or
7191 @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}). @var{shellvar} is optional; if it is not
7192 supplied, the shell variable is simply @var{name}. The purpose of
7193 this macro is to give the caller a way to access the name-mangling
7194 information other than through the C preprocessor as above, for example,
7195 to call Fortran routines from some language other than C/C++.
7198 @defmac AC_FC_SRCEXT (@var{ext}, @ovar{action-if-success}, @ovar{action-if-failure})
7200 By default, the @code{FC} macros perform their tests using a @file{.f}
7201 extension for source-code files. Some compilers, however, only enable
7202 newer language features for appropriately named files, e.g., Fortran 90
7203 features only for @file{.f90} files. On the other hand, some other
7204 compilers expect all source files to end in @file{.f} and require
7205 special flags to support other file name extensions. The
7206 @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} macro deals with both of these issues.
7208 The @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} tries to get the @code{FC} compiler to accept files
7209 ending with the extension .@var{ext} (i.e., @var{ext} does @emph{not}
7210 contain the dot). If any special compiler flags are needed for this, it
7211 stores them in the output variable @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext}. This
7212 extension and these flags are then used for all subsequent @code{FC} tests
7213 (until @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} is called again).
7215 For example, you would use @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)} to employ the
7216 @file{.f90} extension in future tests, and it would set a
7217 @code{FCFLAGS_f90} output variable with any extra flags that are needed
7218 to compile such files.
7220 The @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can @emph{not} be simply absorbed into
7221 @code{FCFLAGS}, for two reasons based on the limitations of some
7222 compilers. First, only one @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can be used at a
7223 time, so files with different extensions must be compiled separately.
7224 Second, @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} must appear @emph{immediately} before
7225 the source-code file name when compiling. So, continuing the example
7226 above, you might compile a @file{foo.f90} file in your makefile with the
7231 $(FC) -c $(FCFLAGS) $(FCFLAGS_f90) '$(srcdir)/foo.f90'
7234 If @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} succeeds in compiling files with the @var{ext}
7235 extension, it calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If
7236 it fails, and cannot find a way to make the @code{FC} compiler accept such
7237 files, it calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an
7242 @defmac AC_FC_FREEFORM (@ovar{action-if-success}, @ovar{action-if-failure})
7243 @acindex{FC_FREEFORM}
7245 The @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} tries to ensure that the Fortran compiler
7246 (@code{$FC}) allows free-format source code (as opposed to the older
7247 fixed-format style from Fortran 77). If necessary, it may add some
7248 additional flags to @code{FCFLAGS}.
7250 This macro is most important if you are using the default @file{.f}
7251 extension, since many compilers interpret this extension as indicating
7252 fixed-format source unless an additional flag is supplied. If you
7253 specify a different extension with @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}, such as
7254 @file{.f90} or @file{.f95}, then @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} ordinarily
7255 succeeds without modifying @code{FCFLAGS}.
7257 If @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} succeeds in compiling free-form source, it
7258 calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
7259 calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an error
7263 @node System Services
7264 @section System Services
7266 The following macros check for operating system services or capabilities.
7271 @cindex X Window System
7272 Try to locate the X Window System include files and libraries. If the
7273 user gave the command line options @option{--x-includes=@var{dir}} and
7274 @option{--x-libraries=@var{dir}}, use those directories.
7276 If either or both were not given, get the missing values by running
7277 @code{xmkmf} (or an executable pointed to by the @code{XMKMF}
7278 environment variable) on a trivial @file{Imakefile} and examining the
7279 makefile that it produces. Setting @code{XMKMF} to @samp{false}
7280 disables this method.
7282 If this method fails to find the X Window System, @command{configure}
7283 looks for the files in several directories where they often reside.
7284 If either method is successful, set the shell variables
7285 @code{x_includes} and @code{x_libraries} to their locations, unless they
7286 are in directories the compiler searches by default.
7288 If both methods fail, or the user gave the command line option
7289 @option{--without-x}, set the shell variable @code{no_x} to @samp{yes};
7290 otherwise set it to the empty string.
7293 @defmac AC_PATH_XTRA
7297 @ovindex X_EXTRA_LIBS
7299 @cvindex X_DISPLAY_MISSING
7300 An enhanced version of @code{AC_PATH_X}. It adds the C compiler flags
7301 that X needs to output variable @code{X_CFLAGS}, and the X linker flags
7302 to @code{X_LIBS}. Define @code{X_DISPLAY_MISSING} if X is not
7305 This macro also checks for special libraries that some systems need in
7306 order to compile X programs. It adds any that the system needs to
7307 output variable @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS}. And it checks for special X11R6
7308 libraries that need to be linked with before @option{-lX11}, and adds
7309 any found to the output variable @code{X_PRE_LIBS}.
7311 @c This is an incomplete kludge. Make a real way to do it.
7312 @c If you need to check for other X functions or libraries yourself, then
7313 @c after calling this macro, add the contents of @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS} to
7314 @c @code{LIBS} temporarily, like this: (FIXME - add example)
7317 @defmac AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
7318 @acindex{SYS_INTERPRETER}
7319 Check whether the system supports starting scripts with a line of the
7320 form @samp{#!/bin/sh} to select the interpreter to use for the script.
7321 After running this macro, shell code in @file{configure.ac} can check
7322 the shell variable @code{interpval}; it is set to @samp{yes}
7323 if the system supports @samp{#!}, @samp{no} if not.
7326 @defmac AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
7327 @acindex{SYS_LARGEFILE}
7328 @cvindex _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
7329 @cvindex _LARGE_FILES
7331 @cindex Large file support
7334 @uref{http://www.unix-systems.org/@/version2/@/whatsnew/@/lfs20mar.html,
7335 large-file support}. On some hosts, one must use special compiler
7336 options to build programs that can access large files. Append any such
7337 options to the output variable @code{CC}. Define
7338 @code{_FILE_OFFSET_BITS} and @code{_LARGE_FILES} if necessary.
7340 Large-file support can be disabled by configuring with the
7341 @option{--disable-largefile} option.
7343 If you use this macro, check that your program works even when
7344 @code{off_t} is wider than @code{long int}, since this is common when
7345 large-file support is enabled. For example, it is not correct to print
7346 an arbitrary @code{off_t} value @code{X} with @code{printf ("%ld",
7349 The LFS introduced the @code{fseeko} and @code{ftello} functions to
7350 replace their C counterparts @code{fseek} and @code{ftell} that do not
7351 use @code{off_t}. Take care to use @code{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO} to make their
7352 prototypes available when using them and large-file support is
7356 @defmac AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7357 @acindex{SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7358 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7359 If the system supports file names longer than 14 characters, define
7360 @code{HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
7363 @defmac AC_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS
7364 @acindex{SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS}
7365 @cindex Posix termios headers
7366 @cindex termios Posix headers
7367 Check to see if the Posix termios headers and functions are available on the
7368 system. If so, set the shell variable @code{ac_cv_sys_posix_termios} to
7369 @samp{yes}. If not, set the variable to @samp{no}.
7372 @node Posix Variants
7373 @section Posix Variants
7375 The following macros check for certain operating systems that need
7376 special treatment for some programs, due to exceptional oddities in
7377 their header files or libraries. These macros are warts; they will be
7378 replaced by a more systematic approach, based on the functions they make
7379 available or the environments they provide.
7383 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
7384 If on @acronym{AIX}, define @code{_ALL_SOURCE}.
7385 Allows the use of some @acronym{BSD}
7386 functions. Should be called before any macros that run the C compiler.
7389 @defmac AC_GNU_SOURCE
7390 @acindex{GNU_SOURCE}
7391 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
7392 If using the @acronym{GNU} C library, define @code{_GNU_SOURCE}.
7393 Allows the use of some @acronym{GNU} functions. Should be called
7394 before any macros that run the C compiler.
7397 @defmac AC_ISC_POSIX
7400 For @sc{interactive} Systems Corporation Unix, add @option{-lcposix} to output
7401 variable @code{LIBS} if necessary for Posix facilities. Call this
7402 after @code{AC_PROG_CC} and before any other macros that use Posix
7405 This macro is obsolescent, as @sc{interactive} Unix is obsolete, and Sun
7406 dropped support for it on 2006-07-23. New programs need not use this
7413 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
7414 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7415 If on Minix, define @code{_MINIX} and @code{_POSIX_SOURCE} and define
7416 @code{_POSIX_1_SOURCE} to be 2. This allows the use of Posix
7417 facilities. Should be called before any macros that run the C compiler.
7420 @defmac AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
7421 @acindex{USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7422 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
7423 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
7425 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7426 @cvindex _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7427 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
7428 @cvindex _TANDEM_SOURCE
7429 @cvindex __EXTENSIONS__
7430 If possible, enable extensions to Posix on hosts that normally disable
7431 the extensions, typically due to standards-conformance namespace issues.
7432 This may involve defining @code{__EXTENSIONS__} and
7433 @code{_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS}, which are macros used by Solaris.
7434 It also defines @code{_TANDEM_SOURCE} for the @acronym{HP} NonStop platform.
7435 This macro also has the combined effects of @code{AC_GNU_SOURCE},
7436 @code{AC_AIX}, and @code{AC_MINIX}.
7440 @node Erlang Libraries
7441 @section Erlang Libraries
7442 @cindex Erlang, Library, checking
7444 The following macros check for an installation of Erlang/OTP, and for the
7445 presence of certain Erlang libraries. All those macros require the
7446 configuration of an Erlang interpreter and an Erlang compiler
7447 (@pxref{Erlang Compiler and Interpreter}).
7449 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR
7450 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR}
7451 @ovindex ERLANG_ROOT_DIR
7453 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_ROOT_DIR} to the path to the base directory
7454 in which Erlang/OTP is installed (as returned by Erlang's @code{code:root_dir/0}
7455 function). The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled when running
7456 @command{configure}.
7459 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR
7460 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
7461 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR
7463 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_LIB_DIR} to the path of the library
7464 directory of Erlang/OTP (as returned by Erlang's
7465 @code{code:lib_dir/0} function), which subdirectories each contain an installed
7466 Erlang/OTP library. The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled
7467 when running @command{configure}.
7470 @defmac AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7471 @acindex{ERLANG_CHECK_LIB}
7472 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7473 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}
7475 Test whether the Erlang/OTP library @var{library} is installed by
7476 calling Erlang's @code{code:lib_dir/1} function. The result of this
7477 test is cached if caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
7478 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the library
7479 is installed; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell commands to
7480 run if it is not. Additionally, if the library is installed, the output
7481 variable @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} is set to the path to the
7482 library installation directory, and the output variable
7483 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the version number that is
7484 part of the subdirectory name, if it is in the standard form
7485 (@code{@var{library}-@var{version}}). If the directory name does not
7486 have a version part, @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the
7487 empty string. If the library is not installed,
7488 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} and
7489 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} are set to @code{"not found"}. For
7490 example, to check if library @code{stdlib} is installed:
7493 AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib],
7494 [echo "stdlib version \"$ERLANG_LIB_VER_stdlib\""
7495 echo "is installed in \"$ERLANG_LIB_DIR_stdlib\""],
7496 [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])])
7500 In addition to the above macros, which test installed Erlang libraries, the
7501 following macros determine the paths to the directories into which newly built
7502 Erlang libraries are to be installed:
7504 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7505 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
7506 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7508 Set the @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} output variable to the directory into
7509 which every built Erlang library should be installed in a separate subdirectory.
7510 If this variable is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs,
7511 its default value is @code{$ERLANG_LIB_DIR}, which value is set by the
7512 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR} macro.
7515 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR (@var{library}, @var{version})
7516 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
7517 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7519 Set the @samp{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} output variable to the
7520 directory into which the built Erlang library @var{library} version
7521 @var{version} should be installed. If this variable is not set in the
7522 environment when @command{configure} runs, its default value is
7523 @samp{$ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR/@var{library}-@var{version}}, the value of the
7524 @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} variable being set by the
7525 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} macro.
7532 @c ========================================================= Writing Tests
7535 @chapter Writing Tests
7537 If the existing feature tests don't do something you need, you have to
7538 write new ones. These macros are the building blocks. They provide
7539 ways for other macros to check whether various kinds of features are
7540 available and report the results.
7542 This chapter contains some suggestions and some of the reasons why the
7543 existing tests are written the way they are. You can also learn a lot
7544 about how to write Autoconf tests by looking at the existing ones. If
7545 something goes wrong in one or more of the Autoconf tests, this
7546 information can help you understand the assumptions behind them, which
7547 might help you figure out how to best solve the problem.
7549 These macros check the output of the compiler system of the current
7550 language (@pxref{Language Choice}). They do not cache the results of
7551 their tests for future use (@pxref{Caching Results}), because they don't
7552 know enough about the information they are checking for to generate a
7553 cache variable name. They also do not print any messages, for the same
7554 reason. The checks for particular kinds of features call these macros
7555 and do cache their results and print messages about what they're
7558 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
7559 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
7560 @xref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for how to do that.
7563 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
7564 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
7565 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
7566 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
7567 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
7568 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
7569 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
7570 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
7573 @node Language Choice
7574 @section Language Choice
7577 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts check for the C compiler and
7578 its features by default. Packages that use other programming languages
7579 (maybe more than one, e.g., C and C++) need to test features of the
7580 compilers for the respective languages. The following macros determine
7581 which programming language is used in the subsequent tests in
7582 @file{configure.ac}.
7584 @defmac AC_LANG (@var{language})
7585 Do compilation tests using the compiler, preprocessor, and file
7586 extensions for the specified @var{language}.
7588 Supported languages are:
7592 Do compilation tests using @code{CC} and @code{CPP} and use extension
7593 @file{.c} for test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{CPPFLAGS} with
7594 @code{CPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{CFLAGS} with @code{CC}.
7597 Do compilation tests using @code{CXX} and @code{CXXCPP} and use
7598 extension @file{.C} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7599 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{CXXCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7600 @code{CXXFLAGS} with @code{CXX}.
7603 Do compilation tests using @code{F77} and use extension @file{.f} for
7604 test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{FFLAGS}.
7607 Do compilation tests using @code{FC} and use extension @file{.f} (or
7608 whatever has been set by @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}) for test programs. Use
7609 compilation flags: @code{FCFLAGS}.
7615 Compile and execute tests using @code{ERLC} and @code{ERL} and use extension
7616 @file{.erl} for test Erlang modules. Use compilation flags: @code{ERLCFLAGS}.
7619 Do compilation tests using @code{OBJC} and @code{OBJCPP} and use
7620 extension @file{.m} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7621 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{OBJCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7622 @code{OBJCFLAGS} with @code{OBJC}.
7626 @defmac AC_LANG_PUSH (@var{language})
7628 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack, and
7629 then select the @var{language}. Use this macro and @code{AC_LANG_POP}
7630 in macros that need to temporarily switch to a particular language.
7633 @defmac AC_LANG_POP (@ovar{language})
7635 Select the language that is saved on the top of the stack, as set by
7636 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH}, and remove it from the stack.
7638 If given, @var{language} specifies the language we just @emph{quit}. It
7639 is a good idea to specify it when it's known (which should be the
7640 case@dots{}), since Autoconf detects inconsistencies.
7643 AC_LANG_PUSH([Fortran 77])
7644 # Perform some tests on Fortran 77.
7646 AC_LANG_POP([Fortran 77])
7650 @defmac AC_LANG_ASSERT (@var{language})
7651 @acindex{LANG_ASSERT} Check statically that the current language is
7652 @var{language}. You should use this in your language specific macros
7653 to avoid that they be called with an inappropriate language.
7655 This macro runs only at @command{autoconf} time, and incurs no cost at
7656 @command{configure} time. Sadly enough and because Autoconf is a two
7657 layer language @footnote{Because M4 is not aware of Sh code,
7658 especially conditionals, some optimizations that look nice statically
7659 may produce incorrect results at runtime.}, the macros
7660 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} and @code{AC_LANG_POP} cannot be ``optimizing'',
7661 therefore as much as possible you ought to avoid using them to wrap
7662 your code, rather, require from the user to run the macro with a
7663 correct current language, and check it with @code{AC_LANG_ASSERT}.
7664 And anyway, that may help the user understand she is running a Fortran
7665 macro while expecting a result about her Fortran 77 compiler@dots{}
7669 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_CPP
7670 @acindex{REQUIRE_CPP}
7671 Ensure that whichever preprocessor would currently be used for tests has
7672 been found. Calls @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}) with an
7673 argument of either @code{AC_PROG_CPP} or @code{AC_PROG_CXXCPP},
7674 depending on which language is current.
7678 @node Writing Test Programs
7679 @section Writing Test Programs
7681 Autoconf tests follow a common scheme: feed some program with some
7682 input, and most of the time, feed a compiler with some source file.
7683 This section is dedicated to these source samples.
7686 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
7687 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
7688 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
7692 @subsection Guidelines for Test Programs
7694 The most important rule to follow when writing testing samples is:
7696 @center @emph{Look for realism.}
7698 This motto means that testing samples must be written with the same
7699 strictness as real programs are written. In particular, you should
7700 avoid ``shortcuts'' and simplifications.
7702 Don't just play with the preprocessor if you want to prepare a
7703 compilation. For instance, using @command{cpp} to check whether a header is
7704 functional might let your @command{configure} accept a header which
7705 causes some @emph{compiler} error. Do not hesitate to check a header with
7706 other headers included before, especially required headers.
7708 Make sure the symbols you use are properly defined, i.e., refrain for
7709 simply declaring a function yourself instead of including the proper
7712 Test programs should not write to standard output. They
7713 should exit with status 0 if the test succeeds, and with status 1
7714 otherwise, so that success
7715 can be distinguished easily from a core dump or other failure;
7716 segmentation violations and other failures produce a nonzero exit
7717 status. Unless you arrange for @code{exit} to be declared, test
7718 programs should @code{return}, not @code{exit}, from @code{main},
7719 because on many systems @code{exit} is not declared by default.
7721 Test programs can use @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} to check the values of
7722 preprocessor macros defined by tests that have already run. For
7723 example, if you call @code{AC_HEADER_STDBOOL}, then later on in
7724 @file{configure.ac} you can have a test program that includes
7725 @file{stdbool.h} conditionally:
7729 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
7730 # include <stdbool.h>
7735 Both @code{#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H} and @code{#ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H} will
7736 work with any standard C compiler. Some developers prefer @code{#if}
7737 because it is easier to read, while others prefer @code{#ifdef} because
7738 it avoids diagnostics with picky compilers like @acronym{GCC} with the
7739 @option{-Wundef} option.
7741 If a test program needs to use or create a data file, give it a name
7742 that starts with @file{conftest}, such as @file{conftest.data}. The
7743 @command{configure} script cleans up by running @samp{rm -f -r conftest*}
7744 after running test programs and if the script is interrupted.
7746 @node Test Functions
7747 @subsection Test Functions
7749 These days it's safe to assume support for function prototypes
7750 (introduced in C89).
7752 Functions that test programs declare should also be conditionalized for
7753 C++, which requires @samp{extern "C"} prototypes. Make sure to not
7754 include any header files containing clashing prototypes.
7760 void *valloc (size_t);
7763 If a test program calls a function with invalid parameters (just to see
7764 whether it exists), organize the program to ensure that it never invokes
7765 that function. You can do this by calling it in another function that is
7766 never invoked. You can't do it by putting it after a call to
7767 @code{exit}, because @acronym{GCC} version 2 knows that @code{exit}
7769 and optimizes out any code that follows it in the same block.
7771 If you include any header files, be sure to call the functions
7772 relevant to them with the correct number of arguments, even if they are
7773 just 0, to avoid compilation errors due to prototypes. @acronym{GCC}
7775 has internal prototypes for several functions that it automatically
7776 inlines; for example, @code{memcpy}. To avoid errors when checking for
7777 them, either pass them the correct number of arguments or redeclare them
7778 with a different return type (such as @code{char}).
7781 @node Generating Sources
7782 @subsection Generating Sources
7784 Autoconf provides a set of macros that can be used to generate test
7785 source files. They are written to be language generic, i.e., they
7786 actually depend on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}) to
7787 ``format'' the output properly.
7790 @defmac AC_LANG_CONFTEST (@var{source})
7791 @acindex{LANG_CONFTEST}
7792 Save the @var{source} text in the current test source file:
7793 @file{conftest.@var{extension}} where the @var{extension} depends on the
7796 Note that the @var{source} is evaluated exactly once, like regular
7797 Autoconf macro arguments, and therefore (i) you may pass a macro
7798 invocation, (ii) if not, be sure to double quote if needed.
7801 @defmac AC_LANG_SOURCE (@var{source})
7802 @acindex{LANG_SOURCE}
7803 Expands into the @var{source}, with the definition of
7804 all the @code{AC_DEFINE} performed so far.
7807 For instance executing (observe the double quotation!):
7810 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7811 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
7812 [Greetings string.])
7815 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]])])
7816 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
7826 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
7827 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
7828 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
7829 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
7830 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
7831 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
7833 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
7836 When the test language is Fortran or Erlang, the @code{AC_DEFINE} definitions
7837 are not automatically translated into constants in the source code by this
7840 @defmac AC_LANG_PROGRAM (@var{prologue}, @var{body})
7841 @acindex{LANG_PROGRAM}
7842 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
7843 then @var{body} as body of the main function (e.g., @code{main} in
7844 C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE}, the features of the latter are
7851 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7852 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
7853 [Greetings string.])
7855 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
7856 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])])
7857 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
7867 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
7868 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
7869 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
7870 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
7871 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
7872 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
7874 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
7884 In Erlang tests, the created source file is that of an Erlang module called
7885 @code{conftest} (@file{conftest.erl}). This module defines and exports at least
7886 one @code{start/0} function, which is called to perform the test. The
7887 @var{prologue} is optional code that is inserted between the module header and
7888 the @code{start/0} function definition. @var{body} is the body of the
7889 @code{start/0} function without the final period (@pxref{Runtime}, about
7890 constraints on this function's behavior).
7895 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7898 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[-define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").]],
7899 [[io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])]])])
7909 -define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").
7911 io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])
7915 @defmac AC_LANG_CALL (@var{prologue}, @var{function})
7917 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
7918 then a call to the @var{function} as body of the main function (e.g.,
7919 @code{main} in C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the feature
7920 of the latter are available.
7922 This function will probably be replaced in the future by a version
7923 which would enable specifying the arguments. The use of this macro is
7924 not encouraged, as it violates strongly the typing system.
7926 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
7929 @defmac AC_LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY (@var{function})
7930 @acindex{LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY}
7931 Expands into a source file which uses the @var{function} in the body of
7932 the main function (e.g., @code{main} in C). Since it uses
7933 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the features of the latter are available.
7935 As @code{AC_LANG_CALL}, this macro is documented only for completeness.
7936 It is considered to be severely broken, and in the future will be
7937 removed in favor of actual function calls (with properly typed
7940 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
7943 @node Running the Preprocessor
7944 @section Running the Preprocessor
7946 Sometimes one might need to run the preprocessor on some source file.
7947 @emph{Usually it is a bad idea}, as you typically need to @emph{compile}
7948 your project, not merely run the preprocessor on it; therefore you
7949 certainly want to run the compiler, not the preprocessor. Resist the
7950 temptation of following the easiest path.
7952 Nevertheless, if you need to run the preprocessor, then use
7953 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
7955 The macros described in this section cannot be used for tests in Erlang or
7956 Fortran, since those languages require no preprocessor.
7958 @defmac AC_PREPROC_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
7959 @acindex{PREPROC_IFELSE}
7960 Run the preprocessor of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice})
7961 on the @var{input}, run the shell commands @var{action-if-true} on
7962 success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The @var{input} can be made
7963 by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
7965 This macro uses @code{CPPFLAGS}, but not @code{CFLAGS}, because
7966 @option{-g}, @option{-O}, etc.@: are not valid options to many C
7969 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
7970 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
7976 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7977 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
7978 [Greetings string.])
7980 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
7981 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])],
7982 [AC_MSG_RESULT([OK])],
7983 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([unexpected preprocessor failure])])
7990 checking for gcc... gcc
7991 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
7992 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
7993 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
7994 checking for suffix of executables...
7995 checking for suffix of object files... o
7996 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
7997 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
7998 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
7999 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
8005 The macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}) used to play the
8006 role of @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but double quotes its argument, making
8007 it impossible to use it to elaborate sources. You are encouraged to
8008 get rid of your old use of the macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} in favor of
8009 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but, in the first place, are you sure you need
8010 to run the @emph{preprocessor} and not the compiler?
8012 @defmac AC_EGREP_HEADER (@var{pattern}, @var{header-file}, @var{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8013 @acindex{EGREP_HEADER}
8014 If the output of running the preprocessor on the system header file
8015 @var{header-file} matches the extended regular expression
8016 @var{pattern}, execute shell commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise
8017 execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8020 @defmac AC_EGREP_CPP (@var{pattern}, @var{program}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8022 @var{program} is the text of a C or C++ program, on which shell
8023 variable, back quote, and backslash substitutions are performed. If the
8024 output of running the preprocessor on @var{program} matches the
8025 extended regular expression @var{pattern}, execute shell commands
8026 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8031 @node Running the Compiler
8032 @section Running the Compiler
8034 To check for a syntax feature of the current language's (@pxref{Language
8035 Choice}) compiler, such as whether it recognizes a certain keyword, or
8036 simply to try some library feature, use @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} to try
8037 to compile a small program that uses that feature.
8039 @defmac AC_COMPILE_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
8040 @acindex{COMPILE_IFELSE}
8041 Run the compiler and compilation flags of the current language
8042 (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell commands
8043 @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The
8044 @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8046 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8047 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to link; use
8048 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Running the
8053 For tests in Erlang, the @var{input} must be the source code of a module named
8054 @code{conftest}. @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} generates a @file{conftest.beam}
8055 file that can be interpreted by the Erlang virtual machine (@code{ERL}). It is
8056 recommended to use @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} to specify the test program, to ensure
8057 that the Erlang module has the right name.
8059 @node Running the Linker
8060 @section Running the Linker
8062 To check for a library, a function, or a global variable, Autoconf
8063 @command{configure} scripts try to compile and link a small program that
8064 uses it. This is unlike Metaconfig, which by default uses @code{nm} or
8065 @code{ar} on the C library to try to figure out which functions are
8066 available. Trying to link with the function is usually a more reliable
8067 approach because it avoids dealing with the variations in the options
8068 and output formats of @code{nm} and @code{ar} and in the location of the
8069 standard libraries. It also allows configuring for cross-compilation or
8070 checking a function's runtime behavior if needed. On the other hand,
8071 it can be slower than scanning the libraries once, but accuracy is more
8072 important than speed.
8074 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} is used to compile test programs to test for
8075 functions and global variables. It is also used by @code{AC_CHECK_LIB}
8076 to check for libraries (@pxref{Libraries}), by adding the library being
8077 checked for to @code{LIBS} temporarily and trying to link a small
8081 @defmac AC_LINK_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
8082 @acindex{LINK_IFELSE}
8083 Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current
8084 language (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell
8085 commands @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false}
8086 otherwise. The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and
8089 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8090 current compilation flags.
8092 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8093 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to execute the program;
8094 use @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Runtime}).
8097 The @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} macro cannot be used for Erlang tests, since Erlang
8098 programs are interpreted and do not require linking.
8103 @section Checking Runtime Behavior
8105 Sometimes you need to find out how a system performs at runtime, such
8106 as whether a given function has a certain capability or bug. If you
8107 can, make such checks when your program runs instead of when it is
8108 configured. You can check for things like the machine's endianness when
8109 your program initializes itself.
8111 If you really need to test for a runtime behavior while configuring,
8112 you can write a test program to determine the result, and compile and
8113 run it using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. Avoid running test programs if
8114 possible, because this prevents people from configuring your package for
8117 @defmac AC_RUN_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
8118 @acindex{RUN_IFELSE}
8119 If @var{program} compiles and links successfully and returns an exit
8120 status of 0 when executed, run shell commands @var{action-if-true}.
8121 Otherwise, run shell commands @var{action-if-false}.
8123 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8124 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8125 compilation flags of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}).
8127 If the compiler being used does not produce executables that run on the
8128 system where @command{configure} is being run, then the test program is
8129 not run. If the optional shell commands @var{action-if-cross-compiling}
8130 are given, they are run instead. Otherwise, @command{configure} prints
8131 an error message and exits.
8133 In the @var{action-if-false} section, the failing exit status is
8134 available in the shell variable @samp{$?}. This exit status might be
8135 that of a failed compilation, or it might be that of a failed program
8138 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8139 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
8142 Try to provide a pessimistic default value to use when cross-compiling
8143 makes runtime tests impossible. You do this by passing the optional
8144 last argument to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. @command{autoconf} prints a
8145 warning message when creating @command{configure} each time it
8146 encounters a call to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} with no
8147 @var{action-if-cross-compiling} argument given. You may ignore the
8148 warning, though users cannot configure your package for
8149 cross-compiling. A few of the macros distributed with Autoconf produce
8150 this warning message.
8152 To configure for cross-compiling you can also choose a value for those
8153 parameters based on the canonical system name (@pxref{Manual
8154 Configuration}). Alternatively, set up a test results cache file with
8155 the correct values for the host system (@pxref{Caching Results}).
8157 @ovindex cross_compiling
8158 To provide a default for calls of @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} that are embedded
8159 in other macros, including a few of the ones that come with Autoconf,
8160 you can test whether the shell variable @code{cross_compiling} is set to
8161 @samp{yes}, and then use an alternate method to get the results instead
8162 of calling the macros.
8164 A C or C++ runtime test should be portable.
8165 @xref{Portable C and C++}.
8167 Erlang tests must exit themselves the Erlang VM by calling the @code{halt/1}
8168 function: the given status code is used to determine the success of the test
8169 (status is @code{0}) or its failure (status is different than @code{0}), as
8170 explained above. It must be noted that data output through the standard output
8171 (e.g., using @code{io:format/2}) may be truncated when halting the VM.
8172 Therefore, if a test must output configuration information, it is recommended
8173 to create and to output data into the temporary file named @file{conftest.out},
8174 using the functions of module @code{file}. The @code{conftest.out} file is
8175 automatically deleted by the @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} macro. For instance, a
8176 simplified implementation of Autoconf's @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR} macro is:
8179 AC_INIT([LibdirTest], [1.0], [bug-libdirtest@@example.org])
8183 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [dnl
8184 file:write_file("conftest.out", code:lib_dir()),
8186 [echo "code:lib_dir() returned: `cat conftest.out`"],
8187 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([test Erlang program execution failed])])
8192 @section Systemology
8195 This section aims at presenting some systems and pointers to
8196 documentation. It may help you addressing particular problems reported
8199 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix-conforming systems} are
8200 derived from the @uref{http://www.bell-labs.com/history/unix/, Unix
8203 The @uref{http://bhami.com/rosetta.html, Rosetta Stone for Unix}
8204 contains a table correlating the features of various Posix-conforming
8205 systems. @uref{http://www.levenez.com/unix/, Unix History} is a
8206 simplified diagram of how many Unix systems were derived from each
8209 @uref{http://heirloom.sourceforge.net/, The Heirloom Project}
8210 provides some variants of traditional implementations of Unix utilities.
8215 Darwin is also known as Mac OS X@. Beware that the file system @emph{can} be
8216 case-preserving, but case insensitive. This can cause nasty problems,
8217 since for instance the installation attempt for a package having an
8218 @file{INSTALL} file can result in @samp{make install} report that
8219 nothing was to be done!
8221 That's all dependent on whether the file system is a UFS (case
8222 sensitive) or HFS+ (case preserving). By default Apple wants you to
8223 install the OS on HFS+. Unfortunately, there are some pieces of
8224 software which really need to be built on UFS@. We may want to rebuild
8225 Darwin to have both UFS and HFS+ available (and put the /local/build
8228 @item @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8229 @cindex @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8230 @c FIXME: Please, if you feel like writing something more precise,
8231 @c it'd be great. In particular, I can't understand the difference with
8233 @acronym{QNX} is a realtime operating system running on Intel architecture
8234 meant to be scalable from the small embedded systems to the hundred
8235 processor super-computer. It claims to be Posix certified. More
8236 information is available on the
8237 @uref{http://www.qnx.com/, @acronym{QNX} home page}.
8241 @uref{http://h30097.www3.hp.com/@/docs/,
8242 Documentation of several versions of Tru64} is available in different
8245 @item Unix version 7
8246 @cindex Unix version 7
8248 Officially this was called the ``Seventh Edition'' of ``the @sc{unix}
8249 time-sharing system'' but we use the more-common name ``Unix version 7''.
8250 Documentation is available in the
8251 @uref{http://plan9.bell-labs.com/@/7thEdMan/, Unix Seventh Edition Manual}.
8252 Previous versions of Unix are called ``Unix version 6'', etc., but
8253 they were not as widely used.
8257 @node Multiple Cases
8258 @section Multiple Cases
8260 Some operations are accomplished in several possible ways, depending on
8261 the OS variant. Checking for them essentially requires a ``case
8262 statement''. Autoconf does not directly provide one; however, it is
8263 easy to simulate by using a shell variable to keep track of whether a
8264 way to perform the operation has been found yet.
8266 Here is an example that uses the shell variable @code{fstype} to keep
8267 track of whether the remaining cases need to be checked.
8271 AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to get file system type])
8273 # The order of these tests is important.
8274 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statvfs.h>
8275 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8276 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_STATVFS], [1],
8277 [Define if statvfs exists.])
8279 if test $fstype = no; then
8280 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8281 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8282 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_USG_STATFS], [1],
8283 [Define if USG statfs.])
8286 if test $fstype = no; then
8287 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8288 #include <sys/vmount.h>]])]),
8289 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_AIX_STATFS], [1],
8290 [Define if AIX statfs.])
8293 # (more cases omitted here)
8294 AC_MSG_RESULT([$fstype])
8298 @c ====================================================== Results of Tests.
8301 @chapter Results of Tests
8303 Once @command{configure} has determined whether a feature exists, what can
8304 it do to record that information? There are four sorts of things it can
8305 do: define a C preprocessor symbol, set a variable in the output files,
8306 save the result in a cache file for future @command{configure} runs, and
8307 print a message letting the user know the result of the test.
8310 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
8311 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
8312 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
8313 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
8314 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
8317 @node Defining Symbols
8318 @section Defining C Preprocessor Symbols
8320 A common action to take in response to a feature test is to define a C
8321 preprocessor symbol indicating the results of the test. That is done by
8322 calling @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}.
8324 By default, @code{AC_OUTPUT} places the symbols defined by these macros
8325 into the output variable @code{DEFS}, which contains an option
8326 @option{-D@var{symbol}=@var{value}} for each symbol defined. Unlike in
8327 Autoconf version 1, there is no variable @code{DEFS} defined while
8328 @command{configure} is running. To check whether Autoconf macros have
8329 already defined a certain C preprocessor symbol, test the value of the
8330 appropriate cache variable, as in this example:
8333 AC_CHECK_FUNC([vprintf], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_VPRINTF], [1],
8334 [Define if vprintf exists.])])
8335 if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != yes; then
8336 AC_CHECK_FUNC([_doprnt], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DOPRNT], [1],
8337 [Define if _doprnt exists.])])
8341 If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} has been called, then instead of creating
8342 @code{DEFS}, @code{AC_OUTPUT} creates a header file by substituting the
8343 correct values into @code{#define} statements in a template file.
8344 @xref{Configuration Headers}, for more information about this kind of
8347 @defmac AC_DEFINE (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8348 @defmacx AC_DEFINE (@var{variable})
8350 Define @var{variable} to @var{value} (verbatim), by defining a C
8351 preprocessor macro for @var{variable}. @var{variable} should be a C
8352 identifier, optionally suffixed by a parenthesized argument list to
8353 define a C preprocessor macro with arguments. The macro argument list,
8354 if present, should be a comma-separated list of C identifiers, possibly
8355 terminated by an ellipsis @samp{...} if C99 syntax is employed.
8356 @var{variable} should not contain comments, white space, trigraphs,
8357 backslash-newlines, universal character names, or non-@acronym{ASCII}
8360 @var{value} should not contain literal newlines, and if you are not
8361 using @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} it should not contain any @samp{#}
8362 characters, as @command{make} tends to eat them. To use a shell variable,
8363 use @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} instead.
8364 @var{description} is only useful if you are using
8365 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}. In this case, @var{description} is put into
8366 the generated @file{config.h.in} as the comment before the macro define.
8367 The following example defines the C preprocessor variable
8368 @code{EQUATION} to be the string constant @samp{"$a > $b"}:
8371 AC_DEFINE([EQUATION], ["$a > $b"],
8375 If neither @var{value} nor @var{description} are given, then
8376 @var{value} defaults to 1 instead of to the empty string. This is for
8377 backwards compatibility with older versions of Autoconf, but this usage
8378 is obsolescent and may be withdrawn in future versions of Autoconf.
8380 If the @var{variable} is a literal string, it is passed to
8381 @code{m4_pattern_allow} (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8383 If multiple @code{AC_DEFINE} statements are executed for the same
8384 @var{variable} name (not counting any parenthesized argument list),
8388 @defmac AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8389 @defmacx AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable})
8390 @acindex{DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8391 Like @code{AC_DEFINE}, but three shell expansions are
8392 performed---once---on @var{variable} and @var{value}: variable expansion
8393 (@samp{$}), command substitution (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping
8394 (@samp{\}). Single and double quote characters in the value have no
8395 special meaning. Use this macro instead of @code{AC_DEFINE} when
8396 @var{variable} or @var{value} is a shell variable. Examples:
8399 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([config_machfile], ["$machfile"],
8400 [Configuration machine file.])
8401 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETGROUPS_T], [$ac_cv_type_getgroups],
8402 [getgroups return type.])
8403 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([$ac_tr_hdr], [1],
8404 [Translated header name.])
8408 Due to a syntactical bizarreness of the Bourne shell, do not use
8409 semicolons to separate @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8410 calls from other macro calls or shell code; that can cause syntax errors
8411 in the resulting @command{configure} script. Use either blanks or
8412 newlines. That is, do this:
8415 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8416 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]) LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8423 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8424 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4])
8425 LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8432 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8433 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]); LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8436 @node Setting Output Variables
8437 @section Setting Output Variables
8438 @cindex Output variables
8440 Another way to record the results of tests is to set @dfn{output
8441 variables}, which are shell variables whose values are substituted into
8442 files that @command{configure} outputs. The two macros below create new
8443 output variables. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, for a list of output
8444 variables that are always available.
8446 @defmac AC_SUBST (@var{variable}, @ovar{value})
8448 Create an output variable from a shell variable. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8449 substitute the variable @var{variable} into output files (typically one
8450 or more makefiles). This means that @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8451 replaces instances of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in input files with the
8452 value that the shell variable @var{variable} has when @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8453 is called. The value can contain any non-@code{NUL} character, including
8455 Variable occurrences should not overlap: e.g., an input file should
8456 not contain @samp{@@@var{var1}@@@var{var2}@@} if @var{var1} and @var{var2}
8458 The substituted value is not rescanned for more output variables;
8459 occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in the value are inserted
8460 literally into the output file. (The algorithm uses the special marker
8461 @code{|#_!!_#|} internally, so neither the substituted value nor the
8462 output file may contain @code{|#_!!_#|}.)
8464 If @var{value} is given, in addition assign it to @var{variable}.
8466 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8467 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8470 @defmac AC_SUBST_FILE (@var{variable})
8471 @acindex{SUBST_FILE}
8472 Another way to create an output variable from a shell variable. Make
8473 @code{AC_OUTPUT} insert (without substitutions) the contents of the file
8474 named by shell variable @var{variable} into output files. This means
8475 that @code{AC_OUTPUT} replaces instances of
8476 @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in output files (such as @file{Makefile.in})
8477 with the contents of the file that the shell variable @var{variable}
8478 names when @code{AC_OUTPUT} is called. Set the variable to
8479 @file{/dev/null} for cases that do not have a file to insert.
8480 This substitution occurs only when the @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} is on a
8481 line by itself, optionally surrounded by spaces and tabs. The
8482 substitution replaces the whole line, including the spaces, tabs, and
8483 the terminating newline.
8485 This macro is useful for inserting makefile fragments containing
8486 special dependencies or other @code{make} directives for particular host
8487 or target types into makefiles. For example, @file{configure.ac}
8491 AC_SUBST_FILE([host_frag])
8492 host_frag=$srcdir/conf/sun4.mh
8496 and then a @file{Makefile.in} could contain:
8502 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8503 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8506 @cindex Precious Variable
8507 @cindex Variable, Precious
8508 Running @command{configure} in varying environments can be extremely
8509 dangerous. If for instance the user runs @samp{CC=bizarre-cc
8510 ./configure}, then the cache, @file{config.h}, and many other output
8511 files depend upon @command{bizarre-cc} being the C compiler. If
8512 for some reason the user runs @command{./configure} again, or if it is
8513 run via @samp{./config.status --recheck}, (@xref{Automatic Remaking},
8514 and @pxref{config.status Invocation}), then the configuration can be
8515 inconsistent, composed of results depending upon two different
8518 Environment variables that affect this situation, such as @samp{CC}
8519 above, are called @dfn{precious variables}, and can be declared as such
8520 by @code{AC_ARG_VAR}.
8522 @defmac AC_ARG_VAR (@var{variable}, @var{description})
8524 Declare @var{variable} is a precious variable, and include its
8525 @var{description} in the variable section of @samp{./configure --help}.
8527 Being precious means that
8530 @var{variable} is substituted via @code{AC_SUBST}.
8533 The value of @var{variable} when @command{configure} was launched is
8534 saved in the cache, including if it was not specified on the command
8535 line but via the environment. Indeed, while @command{configure} can
8536 notice the definition of @code{CC} in @samp{./configure CC=bizarre-cc},
8537 it is impossible to notice it in @samp{CC=bizarre-cc ./configure},
8538 which, unfortunately, is what most users do.
8540 We emphasize that it is the @emph{initial} value of @var{variable} which
8541 is saved, not that found during the execution of @command{configure}.
8542 Indeed, specifying @samp{./configure FOO=foo} and letting
8543 @samp{./configure} guess that @code{FOO} is @code{foo} can be two
8547 @var{variable} is checked for consistency between two
8548 @command{configure} runs. For instance:
8551 $ @kbd{./configure --silent --config-cache}
8552 $ @kbd{CC=cc ./configure --silent --config-cache}
8553 configure: error: `CC' was not set in the previous run
8554 configure: error: changes in the environment can compromise \
8556 configure: error: run `make distclean' and/or \
8557 `rm config.cache' and start over
8561 and similarly if the variable is unset, or if its content is changed.
8565 @var{variable} is kept during automatic reconfiguration
8566 (@pxref{config.status Invocation}) as if it had been passed as a command
8567 line argument, including when no cache is used:
8570 $ @kbd{CC=/usr/bin/cc ./configure undeclared_var=raboof --silent}
8571 $ @kbd{./config.status --recheck}
8572 running CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/sh /bin/sh ./configure undeclared_var=raboof \
8573 CC=/usr/bin/cc --no-create --no-recursion
8578 @node Special Chars in Variables
8579 @section Special Characters in Output Variables
8580 @cindex Output variables, special characters in
8582 Many output variables are intended to be evaluated both by
8583 @command{make} and by the shell. Some characters are expanded
8584 differently in these two contexts, so to avoid confusion these
8585 variables' values should not contain any of the following characters:
8588 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < > ? [ \ ^ ` |
8591 Also, these variables' values should neither contain newlines, nor start
8592 with @samp{~}, nor contain white space or @samp{:} immediately followed
8593 by @samp{~}. The values can contain nonempty sequences of white space
8594 characters like tabs and spaces, but each such sequence might
8595 arbitrarily be replaced by a single space during substitution.
8597 These restrictions apply both to the values that @command{configure}
8598 computes, and to the values set directly by the user. For example, the
8599 following invocations of @command{configure} are problematic, since they
8600 attempt to use special characters within @code{CPPFLAGS} and white space
8601 within @code{$(srcdir)}:
8604 CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"' '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure'
8606 '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure' CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"'
8609 @node Caching Results
8610 @section Caching Results
8613 To avoid checking for the same features repeatedly in various
8614 @command{configure} scripts (or in repeated runs of one script),
8615 @command{configure} can optionally save the results of many checks in a
8616 @dfn{cache file} (@pxref{Cache Files}). If a @command{configure} script
8617 runs with caching enabled and finds a cache file, it reads the results
8618 of previous runs from the cache and avoids rerunning those checks. As a
8619 result, @command{configure} can then run much faster than if it had to
8620 perform all of the checks every time.
8622 @defmac AC_CACHE_VAL (@var{cache-id}, @var{commands-to-set-it})
8624 Ensure that the results of the check identified by @var{cache-id} are
8625 available. If the results of the check were in the cache file that was
8626 read, and @command{configure} was not given the @option{--quiet} or
8627 @option{--silent} option, print a message saying that the result was
8628 cached; otherwise, run the shell commands @var{commands-to-set-it}. If
8629 the shell commands are run to determine the value, the value is
8630 saved in the cache file just before @command{configure} creates its output
8631 files. @xref{Cache Variable Names}, for how to choose the name of the
8632 @var{cache-id} variable.
8634 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8635 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8638 @defmac AC_CACHE_CHECK (@var{message}, @var{cache-id}, @var{commands-to-set-it})
8639 @acindex{CACHE_CHECK}
8640 A wrapper for @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} that takes care of printing the
8641 messages. This macro provides a convenient shorthand for the most
8642 common way to use these macros. It calls @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} for
8643 @var{message}, then @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} with the @var{cache-id} and
8644 @var{commands} arguments, and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} with @var{cache-id}.
8646 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8647 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8650 It is common to find buggy macros using @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} or
8651 @code{AC_CACHE_CHECK}, because people are tempted to call
8652 @code{AC_DEFINE} in the @var{commands-to-set-it}. Instead, the code that
8653 @emph{follows} the call to @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} should call
8654 @code{AC_DEFINE}, by examining the value of the cache variable. For
8655 instance, the following macro is broken:
8659 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8660 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
8661 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
8662 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes
8663 if test "$my_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8664 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8665 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8672 This fails if the cache is enabled: the second time this macro is run,
8673 @code{TRUE_WORKS} @emph{will not be defined}. The proper implementation
8678 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8679 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
8680 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
8681 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes])
8682 if test "$my_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8683 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8684 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8690 Also, @var{commands-to-set-it} should not print any messages, for
8691 example with @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}; do that before calling
8692 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, so the messages are printed regardless of whether
8693 the results of the check are retrieved from the cache or determined by
8694 running the shell commands.
8697 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
8698 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
8699 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
8702 @node Cache Variable Names
8703 @subsection Cache Variable Names
8704 @cindex Cache variable
8706 The names of cache variables should have the following format:
8709 @var{package-prefix}_cv_@var{value-type}_@var{specific-value}_@ovar{additional-options}
8713 for example, @samp{ac_cv_header_stat_broken} or
8714 @samp{ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional}. The parts of the variable name are:
8717 @item @var{package-prefix}
8718 An abbreviation for your package or organization; the same prefix you
8719 begin local Autoconf macros with, except lowercase by convention.
8720 For cache values used by the distributed Autoconf macros, this value is
8724 Indicates that this shell variable is a cache value. This string
8725 @emph{must} be present in the variable name, including the leading
8728 @item @var{value-type}
8729 A convention for classifying cache values, to produce a rational naming
8730 system. The values used in Autoconf are listed in @ref{Macro Names}.
8732 @item @var{specific-value}
8733 Which member of the class of cache values this test applies to.
8734 For example, which function (@samp{alloca}), program (@samp{gcc}), or
8735 output variable (@samp{INSTALL}).
8737 @item @var{additional-options}
8738 Any particular behavior of the specific member that this test applies to.
8739 For example, @samp{broken} or @samp{set}. This part of the name may
8740 be omitted if it does not apply.
8743 The values assigned to cache variables may not contain newlines.
8744 Usually, their values are Boolean (@samp{yes} or @samp{no}) or the
8745 names of files or functions; so this is not an important restriction.
8748 @subsection Cache Files
8750 A cache file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
8751 tests run on one system so they can be shared between configure scripts
8752 and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. If its contents
8753 are invalid for some reason, the user may delete or edit it.
8755 By default, @command{configure} uses no cache file,
8756 to avoid problems caused by accidental
8757 use of stale cache files.
8759 To enable caching, @command{configure} accepts @option{--config-cache} (or
8760 @option{-C}) to cache results in the file @file{config.cache}.
8761 Alternatively, @option{--cache-file=@var{file}} specifies that
8762 @var{file} be the cache file. The cache file is created if it does not
8763 exist already. When @command{configure} calls @command{configure} scripts in
8764 subdirectories, it uses the @option{--cache-file} argument so that they
8765 share the same cache. @xref{Subdirectories}, for information on
8766 configuring subdirectories with the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro.
8768 @file{config.status} only pays attention to the cache file if it is
8769 given the @option{--recheck} option, which makes it rerun
8770 @command{configure}.
8772 It is wrong to try to distribute cache files for particular system types.
8773 There is too much room for error in doing that, and too much
8774 administrative overhead in maintaining them. For any features that
8775 can't be guessed automatically, use the standard method of the canonical
8776 system type and linking files (@pxref{Manual Configuration}).
8778 The site initialization script can specify a site-wide cache file to
8779 use, instead of the usual per-program cache. In this case, the cache
8780 file gradually accumulates information whenever someone runs a new
8781 @command{configure} script. (Running @command{configure} merges the new cache
8782 results with the existing cache file.) This may cause problems,
8783 however, if the system configuration (e.g., the installed libraries or
8784 compilers) changes and the stale cache file is not deleted.
8786 @node Cache Checkpointing
8787 @subsection Cache Checkpointing
8789 If your configure script, or a macro called from @file{configure.ac}, happens
8790 to abort the configure process, it may be useful to checkpoint the cache
8791 a few times at key points using @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE}. Doing so
8792 reduces the amount of time it takes to rerun the configure script with
8793 (hopefully) the error that caused the previous abort corrected.
8795 @c FIXME: Do we really want to document this guy?
8796 @defmac AC_CACHE_LOAD
8797 @acindex{CACHE_LOAD}
8798 Loads values from existing cache file, or creates a new cache file if a
8799 cache file is not found. Called automatically from @code{AC_INIT}.
8802 @defmac AC_CACHE_SAVE
8803 @acindex{CACHE_SAVE}
8804 Flushes all cached values to the cache file. Called automatically from
8805 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, but it can be quite useful to call
8806 @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE} at key points in @file{configure.ac}.
8812 @r{ @dots{} AC_INIT, etc. @dots{}}
8814 # Checks for programs.
8817 @r{ @dots{} more program checks @dots{}}
8822 # Checks for libraries.
8823 AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])
8824 AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [connect])
8825 @r{ @dots{} more lib checks @dots{}}
8830 # Might abort@dots{}
8831 AM_PATH_GTK([1.0.2], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
8832 AM_PATH_GTKMM([0.9.5], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
8834 @r{ @dots{} AC_OUTPUT, etc. @dots{}}
8837 @node Printing Messages
8838 @section Printing Messages
8839 @cindex Messages, from @command{configure}
8841 @command{configure} scripts need to give users running them several kinds
8842 of information. The following macros print messages in ways appropriate
8843 for each kind. The arguments to all of them get enclosed in shell
8844 double quotes, so the shell performs variable and back-quote
8845 substitution on them.
8847 These macros are all wrappers around the @command{echo} shell command.
8848 They direct output to the appropriate file descriptor (@pxref{File
8849 Descriptor Macros}).
8850 @command{configure} scripts should rarely need to run @command{echo} directly
8851 to print messages for the user. Using these macros makes it easy to
8852 change how and when each kind of message is printed; such changes need
8853 only be made to the macro definitions and all the callers change
8856 To diagnose static issues, i.e., when @command{autoconf} is run, see
8857 @ref{Reporting Messages}.
8859 @defmac AC_MSG_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
8860 @acindex{MSG_CHECKING}
8861 Notify the user that @command{configure} is checking for a particular
8862 feature. This macro prints a message that starts with @samp{checking }
8863 and ends with @samp{...} and no newline. It must be followed by a call
8864 to @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} to print the result of the check and the
8865 newline. The @var{feature-description} should be something like
8866 @samp{whether the Fortran compiler accepts C++ comments} or @samp{for
8869 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
8870 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
8873 @defmac AC_MSG_RESULT (@var{result-description})
8874 @acindex{MSG_RESULT}
8875 Notify the user of the results of a check. @var{result-description} is
8876 almost always the value of the cache variable for the check, typically
8877 @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or a file name. This macro should follow a call
8878 to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}, and the @var{result-description} should be
8879 the completion of the message printed by the call to
8880 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}.
8882 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
8883 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
8886 @defmac AC_MSG_NOTICE (@var{message})
8887 @acindex{MSG_NOTICE}
8888 Deliver the @var{message} to the user. It is useful mainly to print a
8889 general description of the overall purpose of a group of feature checks,
8893 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking if stack overflow is detectable])
8896 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
8897 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
8900 @defmac AC_MSG_ERROR (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
8902 Notify the user of an error that prevents @command{configure} from
8903 completing. This macro prints an error message to the standard error
8904 output and exits @command{configure} with @var{exit-status} (1 by default).
8905 @var{error-description} should be something like @samp{invalid value
8908 The @var{error-description} should start with a lower-case letter, and
8909 ``cannot'' is preferred to ``can't''.
8912 @defmac AC_MSG_FAILURE (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
8913 @acindex{MSG_FAILURE}
8914 This @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} wrapper notifies the user of an error that
8915 prevents @command{configure} from completing @emph{and} that additional
8916 details are provided in @file{config.log}. This is typically used when
8917 abnormal results are found during a compilation.
8920 @defmac AC_MSG_WARN (@var{problem-description})
8922 Notify the @command{configure} user of a possible problem. This macro
8923 prints the message to the standard error output; @command{configure}
8924 continues running afterward, so macros that call @code{AC_MSG_WARN} should
8925 provide a default (back-up) behavior for the situations they warn about.
8926 @var{problem-description} should be something like @samp{ln -s seems to
8932 @c ====================================================== Programming in M4.
8934 @node Programming in M4
8935 @chapter Programming in M4
8938 Autoconf is written on top of two layers: @dfn{M4sugar}, which provides
8939 convenient macros for pure M4 programming, and @dfn{M4sh}, which
8940 provides macros dedicated to shell script generation.
8942 As of this version of Autoconf, these two layers are still experimental,
8943 and their interface might change in the future. As a matter of fact,
8944 @emph{anything that is not documented must not be used}.
8947 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
8948 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
8949 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
8950 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
8951 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
8955 @section M4 Quotation
8956 @cindex M4 quotation
8959 @c FIXME: Grmph, yet another quoting myth: quotation has *never*
8960 @c prevented `expansion' of $1. Unless it refers to the expansion
8961 @c of the value of $1? Anyway, we need a rewrite here@enddots{}
8963 The most common problem with existing macros is an improper quotation.
8964 This section, which users of Autoconf can skip, but which macro writers
8965 @emph{must} read, first justifies the quotation scheme that was chosen
8966 for Autoconf and then ends with a rule of thumb. Understanding the
8967 former helps one to follow the latter.
8970 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
8971 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
8972 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
8973 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
8974 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
8975 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
8978 @node Active Characters
8979 @subsection Active Characters
8981 To fully understand where proper quotation is important, you first need
8982 to know what the special characters are in Autoconf: @samp{#} introduces
8983 a comment inside which no macro expansion is performed, @samp{,}
8984 separates arguments, @samp{[} and @samp{]} are the quotes themselves,
8985 and finally @samp{(} and @samp{)} (which M4 tries to match by
8988 In order to understand the delicate case of macro calls, we first have
8989 to present some obvious failures. Below they are ``obvious-ified'',
8990 but when you find them in real life, they are usually in disguise.
8992 Comments, introduced by a hash and running up to the newline, are opaque
8993 tokens to the top level: active characters are turned off, and there is
8997 # define([def], ine)
8998 @result{}# define([def], ine)
9001 Each time there can be a macro expansion, there is a quotation
9002 expansion, i.e., one level of quotes is stripped:
9008 @result{}int tab[10];
9011 Without this in mind, the reader might try hopelessly to use her macro
9015 define([array], [int tab[10];])
9023 How can you correctly output the intended results@footnote{Using
9027 @node One Macro Call
9028 @subsection One Macro Call
9030 Let's proceed on the interaction between active characters and macros
9031 with this small macro, which just returns its first argument:
9038 The two pairs of quotes above are not part of the arguments of
9039 @code{define}; rather, they are understood by the top level when it
9040 tries to find the arguments of @code{define}. Therefore, assuming
9041 @code{car} is not already defined, it is equivalent to write:
9048 But, while it is acceptable for a @file{configure.ac} to avoid unnecessary
9049 quotes, it is bad practice for Autoconf macros which must both be more
9050 robust and also advocate perfect style.
9052 At the top level, there are only two possibilities: either you
9058 [car(foo, bar, baz)]
9059 @result{}car(foo, bar, baz)
9062 Let's pay attention to the special characters:
9066 @error{}EOF in argument list
9069 The closing parenthesis is hidden in the comment; with a hypothetical
9070 quoting, the top level understood it this way:
9077 Proper quotation, of course, fixes the problem:
9084 Here are more examples:
9107 With this in mind, we can explore the cases where macros invoke
9111 @node Quotation and Nested Macros
9112 @subsection Quotation and Nested Macros
9114 The examples below use the following macros:
9118 define([active], [ACT, IVE])
9119 define([array], [int tab[10]])
9122 Each additional embedded macro call introduces other possible
9123 interesting quotations:
9134 In the first case, the top level looks for the arguments of @code{car},
9135 and finds @samp{active}. Because M4 evaluates its arguments
9136 before applying the macro, @samp{active} is expanded, which results in:
9144 In the second case, the top level gives @samp{active} as first and only
9145 argument of @code{car}, which results in:
9153 i.e., the argument is evaluated @emph{after} the macro that invokes it.
9154 In the third case, @code{car} receives @samp{[active]}, which results in:
9162 exactly as we already saw above.
9164 The example above, applied to a more realistic example, gives:
9171 car([[int tab[10];]])
9172 @result{}int tab[10];
9176 Huh? The first case is easily understood, but why is the second wrong,
9177 and the third right? To understand that, you must know that after
9178 M4 expands a macro, the resulting text is immediately subjected
9179 to macro expansion and quote removal. This means that the quote removal
9180 occurs twice---first before the argument is passed to the @code{car}
9181 macro, and second after the @code{car} macro expands to the first
9184 As the author of the Autoconf macro @code{car}, you then consider it to
9185 be incorrect that your users have to double-quote the arguments of
9186 @code{car}, so you ``fix'' your macro. Let's call it @code{qar} for
9190 define([qar], [[$1]])
9194 and check that @code{qar} is properly fixed:
9198 @result{}int tab[10];
9202 Ahhh! That's much better.
9204 But note what you've done: now that the arguments are literal strings,
9205 if the user wants to use the results of expansions as arguments, she has
9206 to use an @emph{unquoted} macro call:
9214 where she wanted to reproduce what she used to do with @code{car}:
9222 Worse yet: she wants to use a macro that produces a set of @code{cpp}
9226 define([my_includes], [#include <stdio.h>])
9228 @result{}#include <stdio.h>
9230 @error{}EOF in argument list
9233 This macro, @code{qar}, because it double quotes its arguments, forces
9234 its users to leave their macro calls unquoted, which is dangerous.
9235 Commas and other active symbols are interpreted by M4 before
9236 they are given to the macro, often not in the way the users expect.
9237 Also, because @code{qar} behaves differently from the other macros,
9238 it's an exception that should be avoided in Autoconf.
9240 @node Changequote is Evil
9241 @subsection @code{changequote} is Evil
9242 @cindex @code{changequote}
9244 The temptation is often high to bypass proper quotation, in particular
9245 when it's late at night. Then, many experienced Autoconf hackers
9246 finally surrender to the dark side of the force and use the ultimate
9247 weapon: @code{changequote}.
9249 The M4 builtin @code{changequote} belongs to a set of primitives that
9250 allow one to adjust the syntax of the language to adjust it to one's
9251 needs. For instance, by default M4 uses @samp{`} and @samp{'} as
9252 quotes, but in the context of shell programming (and actually of most
9253 programming languages), that's about the worst choice one can make:
9254 because of strings and back-quoted expressions in shell code (such as
9255 @samp{'this'} and @samp{`that`}), because of literal characters in usual
9256 programming languages (as in @samp{'0'}), there are many unbalanced
9257 @samp{`} and @samp{'}. Proper M4 quotation then becomes a nightmare, if
9258 not impossible. In order to make M4 useful in such a context, its
9259 designers have equipped it with @code{changequote}, which makes it
9260 possible to choose another pair of quotes. M4sugar, M4sh, Autoconf, and
9261 Autotest all have chosen to use @samp{[} and @samp{]}. Not especially
9262 because they are unlikely characters, but @emph{because they are
9263 characters unlikely to be unbalanced}.
9265 There are other magic primitives, such as @code{changecom} to specify
9266 what syntactic forms are comments (it is common to see
9267 @samp{changecom(<!--, -->)} when M4 is used to produce HTML pages),
9268 @code{changeword} and @code{changesyntax} to change other syntactic
9269 details (such as the character to denote the @var{n}th argument, @samp{$} by
9270 default, the parenthesis around arguments, etc.).
9272 These primitives are really meant to make M4 more useful for specific
9273 domains: they should be considered like command line options:
9274 @option{--quotes}, @option{--comments}, @option{--words}, and
9275 @option{--syntax}. Nevertheless, they are implemented as M4 builtins, as
9276 it makes M4 libraries self contained (no need for additional options).
9278 There lies the problem@enddots{}
9282 The problem is that it is then tempting to use them in the middle of an
9283 M4 script, as opposed to its initialization. This, if not carefully
9284 thought out, can lead to disastrous effects: @emph{you are changing the
9285 language in the middle of the execution}. Changing and restoring the
9286 syntax is often not enough: if you happened to invoke macros in between,
9287 these macros are lost, as the current syntax is probably not
9288 the one they were implemented with.
9290 @c FIXME: I've been looking for a short, real case example, but I
9295 @subsection Quadrigraphs
9296 @cindex quadrigraphs
9297 @cindex @samp{@@S|@@}
9298 @cindex @samp{@@&t@@}
9299 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
9300 @c @cindex @samp{@@<:@@}
9301 @c @cindex @samp{@@:>@@}
9302 @c @cindex @samp{@@%:@@}
9304 When writing an Autoconf macro you may occasionally need to generate
9305 special characters that are difficult to express with the standard
9306 Autoconf quoting rules. For example, you may need to output the regular
9307 expression @samp{[^[]}, which matches any character other than @samp{[}.
9308 This expression contains unbalanced brackets so it cannot be put easily
9311 You can work around this problem by using one of the following
9327 Quadrigraphs are replaced at a late stage of the translation process,
9328 after @command{m4} is run, so they do not get in the way of M4 quoting.
9329 For example, the string @samp{^@@<:@@}, independently of its quotation,
9330 appears as @samp{^[} in the output.
9332 The empty quadrigraph can be used:
9335 @item to mark trailing spaces explicitly
9337 Trailing spaces are smashed by @command{autom4te}. This is a feature.
9339 @item to produce other quadrigraphs
9341 For instance @samp{@@<@@&t@@:@@} produces @samp{@@<:@@}.
9343 @item to escape @emph{occurrences} of forbidden patterns
9345 For instance you might want to mention @code{AC_FOO} in a comment, while
9346 still being sure that @command{autom4te} still catches unexpanded
9347 @samp{AC_*}. Then write @samp{AC@@&t@@_FOO}.
9350 The name @samp{@@&t@@} was suggested by Paul Eggert:
9353 I should give some credit to the @samp{@@&t@@} pun. The @samp{&} is my
9354 own invention, but the @samp{t} came from the source code of the
9355 @sc{algol68c} compiler, written by Steve Bourne (of Bourne shell fame),
9356 and which used @samp{mt} to denote the empty string. In C, it would
9357 have looked like something like:
9360 char const mt[] = "";
9364 but of course the source code was written in Algol 68.
9366 I don't know where he got @samp{mt} from: it could have been his own
9367 invention, and I suppose it could have been a common pun around the
9368 Cambridge University computer lab at the time.
9371 @node Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9372 @subsection Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9374 To conclude, the quotation rule of thumb is:
9376 @center @emph{One pair of quotes per pair of parentheses.}
9378 Never over-quote, never under-quote, in particular in the definition of
9379 macros. In the few places where the macros need to use brackets
9380 (usually in C program text or regular expressions), properly quote
9381 @emph{the arguments}!
9383 It is common to read Autoconf programs with snippets like:
9387 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9389 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9390 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9392 changequote([, ])dnl
9393 [atoi (*tzname);], ac_cv_var_tzname=yes, ac_cv_var_tzname=no)
9397 which is incredibly useless since @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is @emph{already}
9398 double quoting, so you just need:
9403 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9404 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9407 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9408 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9412 The M4-fluent reader might note that these two examples are rigorously
9413 equivalent, since M4 swallows both the @samp{changequote(<<, >>)}
9414 and @samp{<<} @samp{>>} when it @dfn{collects} the arguments: these
9415 quotes are not part of the arguments!
9417 Simplified, the example above is just doing this:
9420 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9422 changequote([, ])dnl
9432 With macros that do not double quote their arguments (which is the
9433 rule), double-quote the (risky) literals:
9436 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
9438 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9439 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9441 [atoi (*tzname);])],
9442 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9443 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9446 Please note that the macro @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is obsolete, so you really
9447 should be using @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} instead.
9449 @xref{Quadrigraphs}, for what to do if you run into a hopeless case
9450 where quoting does not suffice.
9452 When you create a @command{configure} script using newly written macros,
9453 examine it carefully to check whether you need to add more quotes in
9454 your macros. If one or more words have disappeared in the M4
9455 output, you need more quotes. When in doubt, quote.
9457 However, it's also possible to put on too many layers of quotes. If
9458 this happens, the resulting @command{configure} script may contain
9459 unexpanded macros. The @command{autoconf} program checks for this problem
9460 by looking for the string @samp{AC_} in @file{configure}. However, this
9461 heuristic does not work in general: for example, it does not catch
9462 overquoting in @code{AC_DEFINE} descriptions.
9465 @c ---------------------------------------- Using autom4te
9467 @node Using autom4te
9468 @section Using @command{autom4te}
9470 The Autoconf suite, including M4sugar, M4sh, and Autotest, in addition
9471 to Autoconf per se, heavily rely on M4. All these different uses
9472 revealed common needs factored into a layer over M4:
9473 @command{autom4te}@footnote{
9475 Yet another great name from Lars J. Aas.
9479 @command{autom4te} is a preprocessor that is like @command{m4}.
9480 It supports M4 extensions designed for use in tools like Autoconf.
9483 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
9484 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
9487 @node autom4te Invocation
9488 @subsection Invoking @command{autom4te}
9490 The command line arguments are modeled after M4's:
9493 autom4te @var{options} @var{files}
9498 where the @var{files} are directly passed to @command{m4}. By default,
9499 @acronym{GNU} M4 is found during configuration, but the environment
9501 @env{M4} can be set to tell @command{autom4te} where to look. In addition
9502 to the regular expansion, it handles the replacement of the quadrigraphs
9503 (@pxref{Quadrigraphs}), and of @samp{__oline__}, the current line in the
9504 output. It supports an extended syntax for the @var{files}:
9507 @item @var{file}.m4f
9508 This file is an M4 frozen file. Note that @emph{all the previous files
9509 are ignored}. See the option @option{--melt} for the rationale.
9512 If found in the library path, the @var{file} is included for expansion,
9513 otherwise it is ignored instead of triggering a failure.
9518 Of course, it supports the Autoconf common subset of options:
9523 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
9527 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
9531 Report processing steps.
9535 Don't remove the temporary files and be even more verbose.
9537 @item --include=@var{dir}
9539 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations
9542 @item --output=@var{file}
9543 @itemx -o @var{file}
9544 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
9545 for the standard output.
9550 As an extension of @command{m4}, it includes the following options:
9553 @item --warnings=@var{category}
9554 @itemx -W @var{category}
9556 @c FIXME: Point to the M4sugar macros, not Autoconf's.
9557 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
9558 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
9559 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
9564 report all the warnings
9570 treats warnings as errors
9572 @item no-@var{category}
9573 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
9576 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
9577 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
9578 honored. @samp{autom4te -W @var{category}} actually
9579 behaves as if you had run:
9582 autom4te --warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}
9586 For example, if you want to disable defaults and @env{WARNINGS}
9587 of @command{autom4te}, but enable the warnings about obsolete
9588 constructs, you would use @option{-W none,obsolete}.
9591 @cindex Macro invocation stack
9592 @command{autom4te} displays a back trace for errors, but not for
9593 warnings; if you want them, just pass @option{-W error}.
9597 Do not use frozen files. Any argument @code{@var{file}.m4f} is
9598 replaced by @code{@var{file}.m4}. This helps tracing the macros which
9599 are executed only when the files are frozen, typically
9600 @code{m4_define}. For instance, running:
9603 autom4te --melt 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9607 is roughly equivalent to running:
9610 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 4.m4 input.m4
9617 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9624 m4 --reload-state=4.m4f input.m4
9629 Produce a frozen state file. @command{autom4te} freezing is stricter
9630 than M4's: it must produce no warnings, and no output other than empty
9631 lines (a line with white space is @emph{not} empty) and comments
9632 (starting with @samp{#}). Unlike @command{m4}'s similarly-named option,
9633 this option takes no argument:
9636 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze --output=3.m4f
9643 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze-state=3.m4f
9646 @item --mode=@var{octal-mode}
9647 @itemx -m @var{octal-mode}
9648 Set the mode of the non-traces output to @var{octal-mode}; by default
9654 @cindex @file{autom4te.cache}
9655 As another additional feature over @command{m4}, @command{autom4te}
9656 caches its results. @acronym{GNU} M4 is able to produce a regular
9657 output and traces at the same time. Traces are heavily used in the
9658 @acronym{GNU} Build System: @command{autoheader} uses them to build
9659 @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoreconf} to determine what
9660 @acronym{GNU} Build System components are used, @command{automake} to
9661 ``parse'' @file{configure.ac} etc. To avoid recomputation,
9662 traces are cached while performing regular expansion,
9663 and conversely. This cache is (actually, the caches are) stored in
9664 the directory @file{autom4te.cache}. @emph{It can safely be removed}
9665 at any moment (especially if for some reason @command{autom4te}
9666 considers it is trashed).
9669 @item --cache=@var{directory}
9670 @itemx -C @var{directory}
9671 Specify the name of the directory where the result should be cached.
9672 Passing an empty value disables caching. Be sure to pass a relative
9673 file name, as for the time being, global caches are not supported.
9676 Don't cache the results.
9680 If a cache is used, consider it obsolete (but update it anyway).
9685 Because traces are so important to the @acronym{GNU} Build System,
9686 @command{autom4te} provides high level tracing features as compared to
9687 M4, and helps exploiting the cache:
9690 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
9691 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
9692 Trace the invocations of @var{macro} according to the @var{format}.
9693 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments can be used to list several macros.
9694 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments for a single macro are not
9695 cumulative; instead, you should just make @var{format} as long as
9698 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
9699 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}. It can
9700 use the following special escapes:
9704 The character @samp{$}.
9707 The file name from which @var{macro} is called.
9710 The line number from which @var{macro} is called.
9713 The depth of the @var{macro} call. This is an M4 technical detail that
9714 you probably don't want to know about.
9717 The name of the @var{macro}.
9720 The @var{num}th argument of the call to @var{macro}.
9724 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}@@
9725 All the arguments passed to @var{macro}, separated by the character
9726 @var{sep} or the string @var{separator} (@samp{,} by default). Each
9727 argument is quoted, i.e., enclosed in a pair of square brackets.
9731 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}*
9732 As above, but the arguments are not quoted.
9736 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}%
9737 As above, but the arguments are not quoted, all new line characters in
9738 the arguments are smashed, and the default separator is @samp{:}.
9740 The escape @samp{$%} produces single-line trace outputs (unless you put
9741 newlines in the @samp{separator}), while @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*} do
9745 @xref{autoconf Invocation}, for examples of trace uses.
9747 @item --preselect=@var{macro}
9748 @itemx -p @var{macro}
9749 Cache the traces of @var{macro}, but do not enable traces. This is
9750 especially important to save CPU cycles in the future. For instance,
9751 when invoked, @command{autoconf} preselects all the macros that
9752 @command{autoheader}, @command{automake}, @command{autoreconf}, etc.,
9753 trace, so that running @command{m4} is not needed to trace them: the
9754 cache suffices. This results in a huge speed-up.
9759 @cindex Autom4te Library
9760 Finally, @command{autom4te} introduces the concept of @dfn{Autom4te
9761 libraries}. They consists in a powerful yet extremely simple feature:
9762 sets of combined command line arguments:
9765 @item --language=@var{language}
9766 @itemx -l @var{language}
9767 Use the @var{language} Autom4te library. Current languages include:
9771 create M4sugar output.
9774 create M4sh executable shell scripts.
9777 create Autotest executable test suites.
9779 @item Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4
9780 create Autoconf executable configure scripts without
9781 reading @file{aclocal.m4}.
9784 create Autoconf executable configure scripts. This language inherits
9785 all the characteristics of @code{Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4} and
9786 additionally reads @file{aclocal.m4}.
9789 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
9791 Prepend directory @var{dir} to the search path. This is used to include
9792 the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
9796 @cindex @file{autom4te.cfg}
9797 As an example, if Autoconf is installed in its default location,
9798 @file{/usr/local}, the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sugar foo.m4} is
9799 strictly equivalent to the command:
9802 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
9803 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f --warnings syntax foo.m4
9807 Recursive expansion applies here: the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sh foo.m4}
9808 is the same as @samp{autom4te --language M4sugar m4sugar/m4sh.m4f
9812 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
9813 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f m4sugar/m4sh.m4f --mode 777 foo.m4
9817 The definition of the languages is stored in @file{autom4te.cfg}.
9819 @node Customizing autom4te
9820 @subsection Customizing @command{autom4te}
9822 One can customize @command{autom4te} via @file{~/.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
9823 as found in the user home directory), and @file{./.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
9824 as found in the directory from which @command{autom4te} is run). The
9825 order is first reading @file{autom4te.cfg}, then @file{~/.autom4te.cfg},
9826 then @file{./.autom4te.cfg}, and finally the command line arguments.
9828 In these text files, comments are introduced with @code{#}, and empty
9829 lines are ignored. Customization is performed on a per-language basis,
9830 wrapped in between a @samp{begin-language: "@var{language}"},
9831 @samp{end-language: "@var{language}"} pair.
9833 Customizing a language stands for appending options (@pxref{autom4te
9834 Invocation}) to the current definition of the language. Options, and
9835 more generally arguments, are introduced by @samp{args:
9836 @var{arguments}}. You may use the traditional shell syntax to quote the
9839 As an example, to disable Autoconf caches (@file{autom4te.cache})
9840 globally, include the following lines in @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}:
9843 ## ------------------ ##
9844 ## User Preferences. ##
9845 ## ------------------ ##
9847 begin-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
9849 end-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
9853 @node Programming in M4sugar
9854 @section Programming in M4sugar
9857 M4 by itself provides only a small, but sufficient, set of all-purpose
9858 macros. M4sugar introduces additional generic macros. Its name was
9859 coined by Lars J. Aas: ``Readability And Greater Understanding Stands 4
9863 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
9864 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
9865 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
9866 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
9867 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
9870 @node Redefined M4 Macros
9871 @subsection Redefined M4 Macros
9893 With a few exceptions, all the M4 native macros are moved in the
9894 @samp{m4_} pseudo-namespace, e.g., M4sugar renames @code{define} as
9895 @code{m4_define} etc.
9897 Some M4 macros are redefined, and are slightly incompatible with their
9902 This macro kept its original name: no @code{m4_dnl} is defined.
9905 @defmac m4_defn (@var{macro})
9907 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
9908 defined. See @code{m4_undefine}.
9911 @defmac m4_exit (@var{exit-status})
9913 This macro corresponds to @code{m4exit}.
9916 @defmac m4_if (@var{comment})
9917 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @ovar{not-equal})
9918 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @dots{})
9920 This macro corresponds to @code{ifelse}.
9923 @defmac m4_include (@var{file})
9924 @defmacx m4_sinclude (@var{file})
9927 Like the M4 builtins, but warn against multiple inclusions of @var{file}.
9930 @defmac m4_bpatsubst (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
9932 This macro corresponds to @code{patsubst}. The name @code{m4_patsubst}
9933 is kept for future versions of M4sh, on top of @acronym{GNU} M4 which will
9934 provide extended regular expression syntax via @code{epatsubst}.
9937 @defmac m4_popdef (@var{macro})
9939 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
9940 defined. See @code{m4_undefine}.
9943 @defmac m4_bregexp (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
9945 This macro corresponds to @code{regexp}. The name @code{m4_regexp}
9946 is kept for future versions of M4sh, on top of @acronym{GNU} M4 which will
9947 provide extended regular expression syntax via @code{eregexp}.
9950 @defmac m4_wrap (@var{text})
9952 This macro corresponds to @code{m4wrap}.
9954 Posix requires arguments of multiple @code{m4wrap} calls to be
9955 reprocessed at @acronym{EOF} in the same order as the original calls.
9956 @acronym{GNU} M4 versions through 1.4.x, however, reprocess them in
9957 reverse order. Your code should not depend on the order.
9959 Also, Posix requires @code{m4wrap} to ignore its second and succeeding
9960 arguments, but @acronym{GNU} M4 versions through 1.4.x concatenate the
9961 arguments with intervening spaces. Your code should not pass more than
9964 You are encouraged to end @var{text} with @samp{[]}, to avoid unexpected
9965 token pasting between consecutive invocations of @code{m4_wrap}, as in:
9968 m4_define([foo], [bar])
9969 m4_define([foofoo], [OUCH])
9976 @defmac m4_undefine (@var{macro})
9978 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
9982 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [m4_undefine([@var{macro}])])
9986 to recover the behavior of the builtin.
9989 @defmac m4_maketemp (@var{template})
9990 @defmacx m4_mkstemp (@var{template})
9993 Posix requires @code{maketemp} to replace the trailing @samp{X}
9994 characters in @var{template} with the process id, without regards to the
9995 existence of a file by that name, but this a security hole. When this
9996 was pointed out to the Posix folks, they agreed to invent a new macro
9997 @code{mkstemp} that always creates a uniquely named file, but not all
9998 versions of @acronym{GNU} M4 support the new macro. In M4sugar,
9999 @code{m4_maketemp} and @code{m4_mkstemp} are synonyms for each other,
10000 and both have the secure semantics regardless of which macro the
10001 underlying M4 provides.
10005 @node Looping constructs
10006 @subsection Looping constructs
10008 The following macros implement loops in M4.
10010 @defmac m4_for (@var{var}, @var{first}, @var{last}, @ovar{step}, @var{expression})
10012 Loop over the numeric values between @var{first} and @var{last}
10013 including bounds by increments of @var{step}. For each iteration,
10014 expand @var{expression} with the numeric value assigned to @var{var}.
10015 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to @samp{1} or @samp{-1} depending
10016 on the order of the limits. If given, @var{step} has to match this
10020 @defmac m4_foreach (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
10022 Loop over the comma-separated M4 list @var{list}, assigning each value
10023 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}. The following example
10027 m4_foreach([myvar], [[foo], [bar, baz]],
10034 @defmac m4_foreach_w (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
10035 @msindex{foreach_w}
10036 Loop over the white-space-separated list @var{list}, assigning each value
10037 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}.
10039 The deprecated macro @code{AC_FOREACH} is an alias of
10040 @code{m4_foreach_w}.
10045 @node Evaluation Macros
10046 @subsection Evaluation Macros
10048 The following macros give some control over the order of the evaluation
10049 by adding or removing levels of quotes. They are meant for hard-core M4
10052 @defmac m4_dquote (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10054 Return the arguments as a quoted list of quoted arguments.
10057 @defmac m4_quote (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10059 Return the arguments as a single entity, i.e., wrap them into a pair of
10063 The following example aims at emphasizing the difference between (i), not
10064 using these macros, (ii), using @code{m4_quote}, and (iii), using
10068 $ @kbd{cat example.m4}
10069 # Overquote, so that quotes are visible.
10070 m4_define([show], [$[]1 = [$1], $[]@@ = [$@@]])
10071 m4_define([mkargs], [1, 2, 3])
10072 m4_define([arg1], [[$1]])
10075 show(m4_quote(a, b))
10076 show(m4_dquote(a, b))
10079 arg1(m4_defn([mkargs]))
10080 arg1(m4_quote(mkargs))
10081 arg1(m4_dquote(mkargs))
10082 $ @kbd{autom4te -l m4sugar example.m4}
10083 $1 = a, $@@ = [a],[b]
10084 $1 = a,b, $@@ = [a,b]
10085 $1 = [a],[b], $@@ = [[a],[b]]
10095 @node Text processing Macros
10096 @subsection Text processing Macros
10098 The following macros may be used to manipulate strings in M4.
10099 They are not intended for casual use.
10101 @defmac m4_re_escape (@var{string})
10102 @msindex{re_escape}
10103 Backslash-escape all characters in @var{string} that are active in
10107 @defmac m4_tolower (@var{string})
10108 @defmacx m4_toupper (@var{string})
10111 Return @var{string} with letters converted to upper or lower case,
10115 @defmac m4_split (@var{string}, @ovar{regexp})
10117 Split @var{string} into an M4 list of elements quoted by @samp{[} and
10118 @samp{]}, while keeping white space at the beginning and at the end.
10119 If @var{regexp} is given, use it instead of @samp{[\t ]+} for splitting.
10120 If @var{string} is empty, the result is an empty list.
10123 @defmac m4_normalize (@var{string})
10124 @msindex{normalize}
10125 Remove leading and trailing spaces and tabs, sequences of
10126 backslash-then-newline, and replace multiple spaces and tabs with a
10130 @defmac m4_append (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
10131 @defmacx m4_append_uniq (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
10133 @msindex{append_uniq}
10134 Redefine @var{macro-name} to its former contents with @var{separator}
10135 and @var{string} added at the end. If @var{macro-name} was undefined
10136 before (but not if it was defined but empty), then no @var{separator} is
10137 added. @code{m4_append} can be used to grow strings, and
10138 @code{m4_append_uniq} to grow strings without duplicating substrings.
10143 @node Forbidden Patterns
10144 @subsection Forbidden Patterns
10145 @cindex Forbidden patterns
10146 @cindex Patterns, forbidden
10148 M4sugar provides a means to define suspicious patterns, patterns
10149 describing tokens which should not be found in the output. For
10150 instance, if an Autoconf @file{configure} script includes tokens such as
10151 @samp{AC_DEFINE}, or @samp{dnl}, then most probably something went
10152 wrong (typically a macro was not evaluated because of overquotation).
10154 M4sugar forbids all the tokens matching @samp{^m4_} and @samp{^dnl$}.
10156 @defmac m4_pattern_forbid (@var{pattern})
10157 @msindex{pattern_forbid}
10158 Declare that no token matching @var{pattern} must be found in the output.
10159 Comments are not checked; this can be a problem if, for instance, you
10160 have some macro left unexpanded after an @samp{#include}. No consensus
10161 is currently found in the Autoconf community, as some people consider it
10162 should be valid to name macros in comments (which doesn't make sense to
10163 the author of this documentation, as @samp{#}-comments should document
10164 the output, not the input, documented by @samp{dnl} comments).
10167 Of course, you might encounter exceptions to these generic rules, for
10168 instance you might have to refer to @samp{$m4_flags}.
10170 @defmac m4_pattern_allow (@var{pattern})
10171 @msindex{pattern_allow}
10172 Any token matching @var{pattern} is allowed, including if it matches an
10173 @code{m4_pattern_forbid} pattern.
10176 @node Programming in M4sh
10177 @section Programming in M4sh
10179 @c FIXME: Eventually will become a chapter, as it is not related to
10180 @c programming in M4 per se.
10182 M4sh, pronounced ``mash'', is aiming at producing portable Bourne shell
10183 scripts. This name was coined by Lars J. Aas, who notes that,
10184 according to the Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary (1913):
10187 Mash \Mash\, n. [Akin to G. meisch, maisch, meische, maische, mash,
10188 wash, and prob.@: to AS. miscian to mix. See ``Mix''.]
10192 A mass of mixed ingredients reduced to a soft pulpy state by beating or
10196 A mixture of meal or bran and water fed to animals.
10199 A mess; trouble. [Obs.] --Beau.@: & Fl.
10204 For the time being, it is not mature enough to be widely used.
10206 M4sh provides portable alternatives for some common shell constructs
10207 that unfortunately are not portable in practice.
10209 @c Deprecated, to be replaced by a better API
10211 @defmac AS_BASENAME (@var{file-name})
10213 Output the non-directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
10214 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
10215 @code{base=`AS_BASENAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{base} to @samp{three}.
10219 @defmac AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE
10220 @asindex{BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}
10221 Set up the shell to be more compatible with the Bourne shell as
10222 standardized by Posix, if possible. This may involve setting
10223 environment variables, or setting options, or similar
10224 implementation-specific actions.
10227 @defmac AS_CASE (@var{word}, @ovar{pattern1}, @ovar{if-matched1}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10229 Expand into a shell @samp{case} statement, where @var{word} is matched
10230 against one or more patterns. @var{if-matched} is run if the
10231 corresponding pattern matched @var{word}, else @var{default} is run.
10234 @defmac AS_DIRNAME (@var{file-name})
10236 Output the directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
10237 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
10238 @code{dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{dir} to @samp{/one/two}.
10241 @defmac AS_IF (@var{test1}, @ovar{run-if-true1}, @dots{}, @ovar{run-if-false})
10243 Run shell code @var{test1}. If @var{test1} exits with a zero status then
10244 run shell code @var{run-if-true1}, else examine further tests. If no test
10245 exits with a zero status, run shell code @var{run-if-false}, with
10246 simplifications if either @var{run-if-true1} or @var{run-if-false1}
10247 is empty. For example,
10250 AS_IF([test "$foo" = yes], [HANDLE_FOO([yes])],
10251 [test "$foo" != no], [HANDLE_FOO([maybe])],
10252 [echo foo not specified])
10256 ensures any required macros of @code{HANDLE_FOO}
10257 are expanded before the first test.
10260 @defmac AS_MKDIR_P (@var{file-name})
10262 Make the directory @var{file-name}, including intervening directories
10263 as necessary. This is equivalent to @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}},
10264 except that it is portable to older versions of @command{mkdir} that
10265 lack support for the @option{-p} option. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P}
10266 succeeds if @var{file-name} is a symbolic link to an existing directory,
10267 even though Posix is unclear whether @samp{mkdir -p} should
10268 succeed in that case. If creation of @var{file-name} fails, exit the
10271 Also see the @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
10274 @defmac AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
10275 @asindex{SHELL_SANITIZE}
10276 Initialize the shell suitably for @code{configure} scripts. This has
10277 the effect of @code{AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}, and sets some other
10278 environment variables for predictable results from configuration tests.
10279 For example, it sets @env{LC_ALL} to change to the default C locale.
10280 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
10283 @defmac AS_TR_CPP (@var{expression})
10285 Transform @var{expression} into a valid right-hand side for a C @code{#define}.
10289 # This outputs "#define HAVE_CHAR_P 1".
10291 echo "#define AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_$type]) 1"
10295 @defmac AS_TR_SH (@var{expression})
10297 Transform @var{expression} into a valid shell variable name. For example:
10300 # This outputs "Have it!".
10301 header="sys/some file.h"
10302 AS_TR_SH([HAVE_$header])=yes
10303 if test "$HAVE_sys_some_file_h" = yes; then echo "Have it!"; fi
10307 @defmac AS_SET_CATFILE (@var{var}, @var{dir}, @var{file})
10308 @asindex{SET_CATFILE}
10309 Set the shell variable @var{var} to @var{dir}/@var{file}, but
10310 optimizing the common cases (@var{dir} or @var{file} is @samp{.},
10311 @var{file} is absolute, etc.).
10315 @node File Descriptor Macros
10316 @section File Descriptor Macros
10318 @cindex standard input
10319 @cindex file descriptors
10320 @cindex descriptors
10321 @cindex low-level output
10322 @cindex output, low-level
10324 The following macros define file descriptors used to output messages
10325 (or input values) from @file{configure} scripts.
10329 echo "$wombats found" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
10330 echo 'Enter desired kangaroo count:' >&AS_MESSAGE_FD
10331 read kangaroos <&AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD`
10335 However doing so is seldom needed, because Autoconf provides higher
10336 level macros as described below.
10338 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_FD
10339 @asindex{MESSAGE_FD}
10340 The file descriptor for @samp{checking for...} messages and results.
10341 Normally this directs messages to the standard output, however when
10342 @command{configure} is run with the @option{-q} option, messages sent to
10343 @code{AS_MESSAGE_FD} are discarded.
10345 If you want to display some messages, consider using one of the printing
10346 macros (@pxref{Printing Messages}) instead. Copies of messages output
10347 via these macros are also recorded in @file{config.log}.
10350 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
10351 @asindex{MESSAGE_LOG_FD}
10353 The file descriptor for messages logged to @file{config.log}. Macros
10354 that run tools, like @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the
10355 Compiler}), redirect all output to this descriptor. You may want to do
10356 so if you develop such a low-level macro.
10359 @defmac AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD
10360 @asindex{ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}
10361 The file descriptor for the original standard input.
10363 When @command{configure} runs, it may accidentally execute an
10364 interactive command that has the same name as the non-interactive meant
10365 to be used or checked. If the standard input was the terminal, such
10366 interactive programs would cause @command{configure} to stop, pending
10367 some user input. Therefore @command{configure} redirects its standard
10368 input from @file{/dev/null} during its initialization. This is not
10369 normally a problem, since @command{configure} normally does not need
10372 In the extreme case where your @file{configure} script really needs to
10373 obtain some values from the original standard input, you can read them
10374 explicitly from @code{AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}.
10378 @c =================================================== Writing Autoconf Macros.
10380 @node Writing Autoconf Macros
10381 @chapter Writing Autoconf Macros
10383 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
10384 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
10385 Here are some instructions and guidelines for writing Autoconf macros.
10388 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
10389 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
10390 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
10391 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
10392 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
10393 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
10396 @node Macro Definitions
10397 @section Macro Definitions
10400 Autoconf macros are defined using the @code{AC_DEFUN} macro, which is
10401 similar to the M4 builtin @code{m4_define} macro. In addition to
10402 defining a macro, @code{AC_DEFUN} adds to it some code that is used to
10403 constrain the order in which macros are called (@pxref{Prerequisite
10406 An Autoconf macro definition looks like this:
10409 AC_DEFUN(@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
10412 You can refer to any arguments passed to the macro as @samp{$1},
10413 @samp{$2}, etc. @xref{Definitions, , How to define new macros, m4.info,
10414 @acronym{GNU} M4}, for more complete information on writing M4 macros.
10416 Be sure to properly quote both the @var{macro-body} @emph{and} the
10417 @var{macro-name} to avoid any problems if the macro happens to have
10418 been previously defined.
10420 Each macro should have a header comment that gives its prototype, and a
10421 brief description. When arguments have default values, display them in
10422 the prototype. For example:
10425 # AC_MSG_ERROR(ERROR, [EXIT-STATUS = 1])
10426 # --------------------------------------
10427 m4_define([AC_MSG_ERROR],
10428 [@{ AS_MESSAGE([error: $1], [2])
10429 exit m4_default([$2], [1]); @}])
10432 Comments about the macro should be left in the header comment. Most
10433 other comments make their way into @file{configure}, so just keep
10434 using @samp{#} to introduce comments.
10437 If you have some special comments about pure M4 code, comments
10438 that make no sense in @file{configure} and in the header comment, then
10439 use the builtin @code{dnl}: it causes M4 to discard the text
10440 through the next newline.
10442 Keep in mind that @code{dnl} is rarely needed to introduce comments;
10443 @code{dnl} is more useful to get rid of the newlines following macros
10444 that produce no output, such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
10448 @section Macro Names
10450 All of the Autoconf macros have all-uppercase names starting with
10451 @samp{AC_} to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with other
10452 text. All shell variables that they use for internal purposes have
10453 mostly-lowercase names starting with @samp{ac_}. To ensure that your
10454 macros don't conflict with present or future Autoconf macros, you should
10455 prefix your own macro names and any shell variables they use with some
10456 other sequence. Possibilities include your initials, or an abbreviation
10457 for the name of your organization or software package.
10459 Most of the Autoconf macros' names follow a structured naming convention
10460 that indicates the kind of feature check by the name. The macro names
10461 consist of several words, separated by underscores, going from most
10462 general to most specific. The names of their cache variables use the
10463 same convention (@pxref{Cache Variable Names}, for more information on
10466 The first word of the name after @samp{AC_} usually tells the category
10467 of the feature being tested. Here are the categories used in Autoconf for
10468 specific test macros, the kind of macro that you are more likely to
10469 write. They are also used for cache variables, in all-lowercase. Use
10470 them where applicable; where they're not, invent your own categories.
10474 C language builtin features.
10476 Declarations of C variables in header files.
10478 Functions in libraries.
10480 Posix group owners of files.
10486 The base names of programs.
10488 Members of aggregates.
10490 Operating system features.
10492 C builtin or declared types.
10494 C variables in libraries.
10497 After the category comes the name of the particular feature being
10498 tested. Any further words in the macro name indicate particular aspects
10499 of the feature. For example, @code{AC_PROG_CC_STDC} checks whether the
10500 C compiler supports @acronym{ISO} Standard C.
10502 An internal macro should have a name that starts with an underscore;
10503 Autoconf internals should therefore start with @samp{_AC_}.
10504 Additionally, a macro that is an internal subroutine of another macro
10505 should have a name that starts with an underscore and the name of that
10506 other macro, followed by one or more words saying what the internal
10507 macro does. For example, @code{AC_PATH_X} has internal macros
10508 @code{_AC_PATH_X_XMKMF} and @code{_AC_PATH_X_DIRECT}.
10510 @node Reporting Messages
10511 @section Reporting Messages
10512 @cindex Messages, from @command{autoconf}
10514 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal,
10515 they should report them using these macros. For dynamic issues, i.e.,
10516 when @command{configure} is run, see @ref{Printing Messages}.
10518 @defmac AC_DIAGNOSE (@var{category}, @var{message})
10520 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
10521 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. You are
10522 encouraged to use standard categories, which currently include:
10526 messages that don't fall into one of the following categories. Use of an
10527 empty @var{category} is equivalent.
10530 related to cross compilation issues.
10533 use of an obsolete construct.
10536 dubious syntactic constructs, incorrectly ordered macro calls.
10540 @defmac AC_WARNING (@var{message})
10542 Equivalent to @samp{AC_DIAGNOSE([syntax], @var{message})}, but you are
10543 strongly encouraged to use a finer grained category.
10546 @defmac AC_FATAL (@var{message})
10548 Report a severe error @var{message}, and have @command{autoconf} die.
10551 When the user runs @samp{autoconf -W error}, warnings from
10552 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE} and @code{AC_WARNING} are reported as error, see
10553 @ref{autoconf Invocation}.
10555 @node Dependencies Between Macros
10556 @section Dependencies Between Macros
10557 @cindex Dependencies between macros
10559 Some Autoconf macros depend on other macros having been called first in
10560 order to work correctly. Autoconf provides a way to ensure that certain
10561 macros are called if needed and a way to warn the user if macros are
10562 called in an order that might cause incorrect operation.
10565 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
10566 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
10567 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
10570 @node Prerequisite Macros
10571 @subsection Prerequisite Macros
10572 @cindex Prerequisite macros
10573 @cindex Macros, prerequisites
10575 A macro that you write might need to use values that have previously
10576 been computed by other macros. For example, @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}
10577 examines the output of @code{flex} or @code{lex}, so it depends on
10578 @code{AC_PROG_LEX} having been called first to set the shell variable
10581 Rather than forcing the user of the macros to keep track of the
10582 dependencies between them, you can use the @code{AC_REQUIRE} macro to do
10583 it automatically. @code{AC_REQUIRE} can ensure that a macro is only
10584 called if it is needed, and only called once.
10586 @defmac AC_REQUIRE (@var{macro-name})
10588 If the M4 macro @var{macro-name} has not already been called, call it
10589 (without any arguments). Make sure to quote @var{macro-name} with
10590 square brackets. @var{macro-name} must have been defined using
10591 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
10592 that it has been called.
10594 @code{AC_REQUIRE} must be used inside a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}; it
10595 must not be called from the top level.
10598 @code{AC_REQUIRE} is often misunderstood. It really implements
10599 dependencies between macros in the sense that if one macro depends upon
10600 another, the latter is expanded @emph{before} the body of the
10601 former. To be more precise, the required macro is expanded before
10602 the outermost defined macro in the current expansion stack.
10603 In particular, @samp{AC_REQUIRE([FOO])} is not replaced with the body of
10604 @code{FOO}. For instance, this definition of macros:
10608 AC_DEFUN([TRAVOLTA],
10609 [test "$body_temperature_in_celsius" -gt "38" &&
10610 dance_floor=occupied])
10611 AC_DEFUN([NEWTON_JOHN],
10612 [test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
10613 dance_floor=occupied])
10617 AC_DEFUN([RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR],
10618 [if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
10619 AC_REQUIRE([TRAVOLTA])
10620 AC_REQUIRE([NEWTON_JOHN])
10626 with this @file{configure.ac}
10629 AC_INIT([Dance Manager], [1.0], [bug-dance@@example.org])
10630 RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR
10631 if test "$dance_floor" = occupied; then
10632 AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot pick up here, let's move])
10637 does not leave you with a better chance to meet a kindred soul at
10638 other times than Saturday night since it expands into:
10642 test "$body_temperature_in_Celsius" -gt "38" &&
10643 dance_floor=occupied
10644 test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
10645 dance_floor=occupied
10647 if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
10654 This behavior was chosen on purpose: (i) it prevents messages in
10655 required macros from interrupting the messages in the requiring macros;
10656 (ii) it avoids bad surprises when shell conditionals are used, as in:
10661 AC_REQUIRE([SOME_CHECK])
10668 The helper macros @code{AS_IF} and @code{AS_CASE} may be used to
10669 enforce expansion of required macros outside of shell conditional
10670 constructs. You are furthermore encouraged to put all @code{AC_REQUIRE} calls
10671 at the beginning of a macro. You can use @code{dnl} to avoid the empty
10674 @node Suggested Ordering
10675 @subsection Suggested Ordering
10676 @cindex Macros, ordering
10677 @cindex Ordering macros
10679 Some macros should be run before another macro if both are called, but
10680 neither @emph{requires} that the other be called. For example, a macro
10681 that changes the behavior of the C compiler should be called before any
10682 macros that run the C compiler. Many of these dependencies are noted in
10685 Autoconf provides the @code{AC_BEFORE} macro to warn users when macros
10686 with this kind of dependency appear out of order in a
10687 @file{configure.ac} file. The warning occurs when creating
10688 @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, not when running
10689 @command{configure}.
10691 For example, @code{AC_PROG_CPP} checks whether the C compiler
10692 can run the C preprocessor when given the @option{-E} option. It should
10693 therefore be called after any macros that change which C compiler is
10694 being used, such as @code{AC_PROG_CC}. So @code{AC_PROG_CC} contains:
10697 AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])dnl
10701 This warns the user if a call to @code{AC_PROG_CPP} has already occurred
10702 when @code{AC_PROG_CC} is called.
10704 @defmac AC_BEFORE (@var{this-macro-name}, @var{called-macro-name})
10706 Make M4 print a warning message to the standard error output if
10707 @var{called-macro-name} has already been called. @var{this-macro-name}
10708 should be the name of the macro that is calling @code{AC_BEFORE}. The
10709 macro @var{called-macro-name} must have been defined using
10710 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
10711 that it has been called.
10714 @node One-Shot Macros
10715 @subsection One-Shot Macros
10716 @cindex One-shot macros
10717 @cindex Macros, called once
10719 Some macros should be called only once, either because calling them
10720 multiple time is unsafe, or because it is bad style. For instance
10721 Autoconf ensures that @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} and cousins
10722 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) are evaluated only once, because it makes no
10723 sense to run these expensive checks more than once. Such one-shot
10724 macros can be defined using @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE}.
10726 @defmac AC_DEFUN_ONCE (@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
10727 @acindex{DEFUN_ONCE}
10729 Declare macro @var{macro-name} like @code{AC_DEFUN} would (@pxref{Macro
10730 Definitions}), and emit a warning any time the macro is called more than
10734 Obviously it is not sensible to evaluate a macro defined by
10735 @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} in a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}.
10736 Most of the time you want to use @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite
10739 @node Obsoleting Macros
10740 @section Obsoleting Macros
10741 @cindex Obsoleting macros
10742 @cindex Macros, obsoleting
10744 Configuration and portability technology has evolved over the years.
10745 Often better ways of solving a particular problem are developed, or
10746 ad-hoc approaches are systematized. This process has occurred in many
10747 parts of Autoconf. One result is that some of the macros are now
10748 considered @dfn{obsolete}; they still work, but are no longer considered
10749 the best thing to do, hence they should be replaced with more modern
10750 macros. Ideally, @command{autoupdate} should replace the old macro calls
10751 with their modern implementation.
10753 Autoconf provides a simple means to obsolete a macro.
10755 @defmac AU_DEFUN (@var{old-macro}, @var{implementation}, @ovar{message})
10757 Define @var{old-macro} as @var{implementation}. The only difference
10758 with @code{AC_DEFUN} is that the user is warned that
10759 @var{old-macro} is now obsolete.
10761 If she then uses @command{autoupdate}, the call to @var{old-macro} is
10762 replaced by the modern @var{implementation}. @var{message} should
10763 include information on what to do after running @command{autoupdate};
10764 @command{autoupdate} prints it as a warning, and includes it
10765 in the updated @file{configure.ac} file.
10767 The details of this macro are hairy: if @command{autoconf} encounters an
10768 @code{AU_DEFUN}ed macro, all macros inside its second argument are expanded
10769 as usual. However, when @command{autoupdate} is run, only M4 and M4sugar
10770 macros are expanded here, while all other macros are disabled and
10771 appear literally in the updated @file{configure.ac}.
10774 @defmac AU_ALIAS (@var{old-name}, @var{new-name})
10776 Used if the @var{old-name} is to be replaced by a call to @var{new-macro}
10777 with the same parameters. This happens for example if the macro was renamed.
10781 @section Coding Style
10782 @cindex Coding style
10784 The Autoconf macros follow a strict coding style. You are encouraged to
10785 follow this style, especially if you intend to distribute your macro,
10786 either by contributing it to Autoconf itself, or via other means.
10788 The first requirement is to pay great attention to the quotation. For
10789 more details, see @ref{Autoconf Language}, and @ref{M4 Quotation}.
10791 Do not try to invent new interfaces. It is likely that there is a macro
10792 in Autoconf that resembles the macro you are defining: try to stick to
10793 this existing interface (order of arguments, default values, etc.). We
10794 @emph{are} conscious that some of these interfaces are not perfect;
10795 nevertheless, when harmless, homogeneity should be preferred over
10798 Be careful about clashes both between M4 symbols and between shell
10801 If you stick to the suggested M4 naming scheme (@pxref{Macro Names}),
10802 you are unlikely to generate conflicts. Nevertheless, when you need to
10803 set a special value, @emph{avoid using a regular macro name}; rather,
10804 use an ``impossible'' name. For instance, up to version 2.13, the macro
10805 @code{AC_SUBST} used to remember what @var{symbol} macros were already defined
10806 by setting @code{AC_SUBST_@var{symbol}}, which is a regular macro name.
10807 But since there is a macro named @code{AC_SUBST_FILE}, it was just
10808 impossible to @samp{AC_SUBST(FILE)}! In this case,
10809 @code{AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} or @code{_AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} should
10810 have been used (yes, with the parentheses).
10811 @c or better yet, high-level macros such as @code{m4_expand_once}
10813 No Autoconf macro should ever enter the user-variable name space; i.e.,
10814 except for the variables that are the actual result of running the
10815 macro, all shell variables should start with @code{ac_}. In
10816 addition, small macros or any macro that is likely to be embedded in
10817 other macros should be careful not to use obvious names.
10820 Do not use @code{dnl} to introduce comments: most of the comments you
10821 are likely to write are either header comments which are not output
10822 anyway, or comments that should make their way into @file{configure}.
10823 There are exceptional cases where you do want to comment special M4
10824 constructs, in which case @code{dnl} is right, but keep in mind that it
10827 M4 ignores the leading blanks and newlines before each argument.
10828 Use this feature to
10829 indent in such a way that arguments are (more or less) aligned with the
10830 opening parenthesis of the macro being called. For instance, instead of
10833 AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment,
10835 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, [return __EMX__;])],
10836 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
10843 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
10844 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
10845 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
10846 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
10853 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment],
10855 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
10856 [return __EMX__;])],
10857 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
10858 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
10861 When using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} or any macro that cannot work when
10862 cross-compiling, provide a pessimistic value (typically @samp{no}).
10864 Feel free to use various tricks to prevent auxiliary tools, such as
10865 syntax-highlighting editors, from behaving improperly. For instance,
10869 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$"])
10876 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$""])
10880 so that Emacsen do not open an endless ``string'' at the first quote.
10881 For the same reasons, avoid:
10891 test $[@@%:@@] != 0
10895 Otherwise, the closing bracket would be hidden inside a @samp{#}-comment,
10896 breaking the bracket-matching highlighting from Emacsen. Note the
10897 preferred style to escape from M4: @samp{$[1]}, @samp{$[@@]}, etc. Do
10898 not escape when it is unnecessary. Common examples of useless quotation
10899 are @samp{[$]$1} (write @samp{$$1}), @samp{[$]var} (use @samp{$var}),
10900 etc. If you add portability issues to the picture, you'll prefer
10901 @samp{$@{1+"$[@@]"@}} to @samp{"[$]@@"}, and you'll prefer do something
10902 better than hacking Autoconf @code{:-)}.
10904 When using @command{sed}, don't use @option{-e} except for indenting
10905 purposes. With the @code{s} and @code{y} commands, the preferred
10906 separator is @samp{/} unless @samp{/} itself might appear in the pattern
10907 or replacement, in which case you should use @samp{|}, or optionally
10908 @samp{,} if you know the pattern and replacement cannot contain a file
10909 name. If none of these characters will do, choose a printable character
10910 that cannot appear in the pattern or replacement. Characters from the
10911 set @samp{"#$&'()*;<=>?`|~} are good choices if the pattern or
10912 replacement might contain a file name, since they have special meaning
10913 to the shell and are less likely to occur in file names.
10915 @xref{Macro Definitions}, for details on how to define a macro. If a
10916 macro doesn't use @code{AC_REQUIRE}, is expected to never be the object
10917 of an @code{AC_REQUIRE} directive, and macros required by other macros
10918 inside arguments do not need to be expanded before this macro, then
10919 use @code{m4_define}. In case of doubt, use @code{AC_DEFUN}.
10920 All the @code{AC_REQUIRE} statements should be at the beginning of the
10921 macro, and each statement should be followed by @code{dnl}.
10923 You should not rely on the number of arguments: instead of checking
10924 whether an argument is missing, test that it is not empty. It provides
10925 both a simpler and a more predictable interface to the user, and saves
10926 room for further arguments.
10928 Unless the macro is short, try to leave the closing @samp{])} at the
10929 beginning of a line, followed by a comment that repeats the name of the
10930 macro being defined. This introduces an additional newline in
10931 @command{configure}; normally, that is not a problem, but if you want to
10932 remove it you can use @samp{[]dnl} on the last line. You can similarly
10933 use @samp{[]dnl} after a macro call to remove its newline. @samp{[]dnl}
10934 is recommended instead of @samp{dnl} to ensure that M4 does not
10935 interpret the @samp{dnl} as being attached to the preceding text or
10936 macro output. For example, instead of:
10939 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
10940 [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
10942 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
10943 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
10951 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
10952 [AC_REQUIRE_CPP()[]dnl
10953 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
10954 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
10955 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
10960 If the macro is long, try to split it into logical chunks. Typically,
10961 macros that check for a bug in a function and prepare its
10962 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement should have an auxiliary macro to perform
10963 this setup. Do not hesitate to introduce auxiliary macros to factor
10966 In order to highlight the recommended coding style, here is a macro
10967 written the old way:
10970 dnl Check for EMX on OS/2.
10972 AC_DEFUN(_AC_EMXOS2,
10973 [AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment, ac_cv_emxos2,
10974 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, return __EMX__;)],
10975 ac_cv_emxos2=yes, ac_cv_emxos2=no)])
10976 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes])
10985 # Check for EMX on OS/2.
10986 m4_define([_AC_EMXOS2],
10987 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
10988 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
10989 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
10990 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
10991 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes[]dnl
10998 @c ============================================= Portable Shell Programming
11000 @node Portable Shell
11001 @chapter Portable Shell Programming
11002 @cindex Portable shell programming
11004 When writing your own checks, there are some shell-script programming
11005 techniques you should avoid in order to make your code portable. The
11006 Bourne shell and upward-compatible shells like the Korn shell and Bash
11007 have evolved over the years, but to prevent trouble, do not take
11008 advantage of features that were added after Unix version 7, circa
11009 1977 (@pxref{Systemology}).
11011 You should not use shell functions, aliases, negated character
11012 classes, or other features that are not found in all Bourne-compatible
11013 shells; restrict yourself to the lowest common denominator. Even
11014 @code{unset} is not supported by all shells!
11016 Some ancient systems have quite
11017 small limits on the length of the @samp{#!} line; for instance, 32
11018 bytes (not including the newline) on SunOS 4.
11019 A few ancient 4.2@acronym{BSD} based systems (such as Dynix circa 1984)
11020 required a single space between the @samp{#!} and the @samp{/}.
11021 However, these ancient systems are no longer of practical concern.
11023 The set of external programs you should run in a @command{configure} script
11024 is fairly small. @xref{Utilities in Makefiles, , Utilities in
11025 Makefiles, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for the list. This
11026 restriction allows users to start out with a fairly small set of
11027 programs and build the rest, avoiding too many interdependencies between
11030 Some of these external utilities have a portable subset of features; see
11031 @ref{Limitations of Usual Tools}.
11033 There are other sources of documentation about shells. The
11034 specification for the Posix
11035 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/@/susv3/@/utilities/@/xcu_chap02.html, Shell
11036 Command Language}, though more generous than the restrictive shell
11037 subset described above, is fairly portable nowadays. Also please see
11038 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/, the Shell FAQs}.
11041 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
11042 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
11043 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
11044 * File System Conventions:: File names
11045 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
11046 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
11047 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
11048 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
11049 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
11050 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
11051 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
11052 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
11056 @section Shellology
11059 There are several families of shells, most prominently the Bourne family
11060 and the C shell family which are deeply incompatible. If you want to
11061 write portable shell scripts, avoid members of the C shell family. The
11062 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/@/shell-differences/, the
11063 Shell difference FAQ} includes a small history of Posix shells, and a
11064 comparison between several of them.
11066 Below we describe some of the members of the Bourne shell family.
11071 Ash is often used on @acronym{GNU}/Linux and @acronym{BSD}
11072 systems as a light-weight Bourne-compatible shell. Ash 0.2 has some
11073 bugs that are fixed in the 0.3.x series, but portable shell scripts
11074 should work around them, since version 0.2 is still shipped with many
11075 @acronym{GNU}/Linux distributions.
11077 To be compatible with Ash 0.2:
11081 don't use @samp{$?} after expanding empty or unset variables,
11082 or at the start of an @command{eval}:
11088 echo "Do not use it: $?"
11090 eval 'echo "Do not use it: $?"'
11094 don't use command substitution within variable expansion:
11101 beware that single builtin substitutions are not performed by a
11102 subshell, hence their effect applies to the current shell! @xref{Shell
11103 Substitutions}, item ``Command Substitution''.
11108 To detect whether you are running Bash, test whether
11109 @code{BASH_VERSION} is set. To require
11110 Posix compatibility, run @samp{set -o posix}. @xref{Bash POSIX
11111 Mode, , Bash Posix Mode, bash, The @acronym{GNU} Bash Reference
11112 Manual}, for details.
11114 @item Bash 2.05 and later
11115 @cindex Bash 2.05 and later
11116 Versions 2.05 and later of Bash use a different format for the
11117 output of the @command{set} builtin, designed to make evaluating its
11118 output easier. However, this output is not compatible with earlier
11119 versions of Bash (or with many other shells, probably). So if
11120 you use Bash 2.05 or higher to execute @command{configure},
11121 you'll need to use Bash 2.05 for all other build tasks as well.
11126 @prindex @samp{ksh}
11127 @prindex @samp{ksh88}
11128 @prindex @samp{ksh93}
11129 The Korn shell is compatible with the Bourne family and it mostly
11130 conforms to Posix. It has two major variants commonly
11131 called @samp{ksh88} and @samp{ksh93}, named after the years of initial
11132 release. It is usually called @command{ksh}, but is called @command{sh}
11133 on some hosts if you set your path appropriately.
11135 Solaris systems have three variants:
11136 @prindex @command{/usr/bin/ksh} on Solaris
11137 @command{/usr/bin/ksh} is @samp{ksh88}; it is
11138 standard on Solaris 2.0 and later.
11139 @prindex @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} on Solaris
11140 @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} is a Posix-compliant variant of
11141 @samp{ksh88}; it is standard on Solaris 9 and later.
11142 @prindex @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} on Solaris
11143 @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} is @samp{ksh93}.
11144 Variants that are not standard may be parts of optional
11145 packages. There is no extra charge for these packages, but they are
11146 not part of a minimal OS install and therefore some installations may
11149 Starting with Tru64 Version 4.0, the Korn shell @command{/usr/bin/ksh}
11150 is also available as @command{/usr/bin/posix/sh}. If the environment
11151 variable @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
11152 the standard shell conform to Posix.
11155 @prindex @samp{pdksh}
11156 A public-domain clone of the Korn shell called @command{pdksh} is widely
11157 available: it has most of the @samp{ksh88} features along with a few of
11158 its own. It usually sets @code{KSH_VERSION}, except if invoked as
11159 @command{/bin/sh} on Open@acronym{BSD}, and similarly to Bash you can require
11160 Posix compatibility by running @samp{set -o posix}. Unfortunately, with
11161 @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 (the latest stable version as of January 2007)
11162 Posix mode is buggy and causes @command{pdksh} to depart from Posix in
11163 at least one respect:
11166 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
11168 $ @kbd{set -o posix}
11169 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
11173 The last line of output contains spurious quotes. This is yet another
11174 reason why portable shell code should not contain
11175 @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"} constructs (@pxref{Shell
11180 To detect whether you are running @command{zsh}, test whether
11181 @code{ZSH_VERSION} is set. By default @command{zsh} is @emph{not}
11182 compatible with the Bourne shell: you must execute @samp{emulate sh},
11183 and for @command{zsh} versions before 3.1.6-dev-18 you must also
11184 set @code{NULLCMD} to @samp{:}. @xref{Compatibility, , Compatibility,
11185 zsh, The Z Shell Manual}, for details.
11187 The default Mac OS X @command{sh} was originally Zsh; it was changed to
11188 Bash in Mac OS X 10.2.
11191 The following discussion between Russ Allbery and Robert Lipe is worth
11198 The @acronym{GNU} assumption that @command{/bin/sh} is the one and only shell
11199 leads to a permanent deadlock. Vendors don't want to break users'
11200 existing shell scripts, and there are some corner cases in the Bourne
11201 shell that are not completely compatible with a Posix shell. Thus,
11202 vendors who have taken this route will @emph{never} (OK@dots{}``never say
11203 never'') replace the Bourne shell (as @command{/bin/sh}) with a
11211 This is exactly the problem. While most (at least most System V's) do
11212 have a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions most vendor
11213 @command{/bin/sh} programs are not the Posix shell.
11215 So while most modern systems do have a shell @emph{somewhere} that meets the
11216 Posix standard, the challenge is to find it.
11219 @node Here-Documents
11220 @section Here-Documents
11221 @cindex Here-documents
11222 @cindex Shell here-documents
11224 Don't rely on @samp{\} being preserved just because it has no special
11225 meaning together with the next symbol. In the native @command{sh}
11226 on Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7 @samp{\"} expands to @samp{"} in here-documents with
11227 unquoted delimiter. As a general rule, if @samp{\\} expands to @samp{\}
11228 use @samp{\\} to get @samp{\}.
11230 With Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7's @command{sh}
11246 bash-2.04$ @kbd{cat <<EOF
11253 Some shells mishandle large here-documents: for example,
11254 Solaris 10 @command{dtksh} and the UnixWare 7.1.1 Posix shell, which are
11255 derived from Korn shell version M-12/28/93d, mishandle braced variable
11256 expansion that crosses a 1024- or 4096-byte buffer boundary
11257 within a here-document. Only the part of the variable name after the boundary
11258 is used. For example, @code{$@{variable@}} could be replaced by the expansion
11259 of @code{$@{ble@}}. If the end of the variable name is aligned with the block
11260 boundary, the shell reports an error, as if you used @code{$@{@}}.
11261 Instead of @code{$@{variable-default@}}, the shell may expand
11262 @code{$@{riable-default@}}, or even @code{$@{fault@}}. This bug can often
11263 be worked around by omitting the braces: @code{$variable}. The bug was fixed in
11264 @samp{ksh93g} (1998-04-30) but as of 2006 many operating systems were
11265 still shipping older versions with the bug.
11267 Many shells (including the Bourne shell) implement here-documents
11268 inefficiently. In particular, some shells can be extremely inefficient when
11269 a single statement contains many here-documents. For instance if your
11270 @file{configure.ac} includes something like:
11274 if <cross_compiling>; then
11275 assume this and that
11279 check something else
11287 A shell parses the whole @code{if}/@code{fi} construct, creating
11288 temporary files for each here-document in it. Some shells create links
11289 for such here-documents on every @code{fork}, so that the clean-up code
11290 they had installed correctly removes them. It is creating the links
11291 that can take the shell forever.
11293 Moving the tests out of the @code{if}/@code{fi}, or creating multiple
11294 @code{if}/@code{fi} constructs, would improve the performance
11295 significantly. Anyway, this kind of construct is not exactly the
11296 typical use of Autoconf. In fact, it's even not recommended, because M4
11297 macros can't look into shell conditionals, so we may fail to expand a
11298 macro when it was expanded before in a conditional path, and the
11299 condition turned out to be false at runtime, and we end up not
11300 executing the macro at all.
11302 @node File Descriptors
11303 @section File Descriptors
11304 @cindex Descriptors
11305 @cindex File descriptors
11306 @cindex Shell file descriptors
11308 Most shells, if not all (including Bash, Zsh, Ash), output traces on
11309 stderr, even for subshells. This might result in undesirable content
11310 if you meant to capture the standard-error output of the inner command:
11313 $ @kbd{ash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
11315 + eval echo foo >&2
11318 $ @kbd{bash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
11320 + eval 'echo foo >&2'
11323 $ @kbd{zsh -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
11324 @i{# Traces on startup files deleted here.}
11326 +zsh:1> eval echo foo >&2
11332 One workaround is to grep out uninteresting lines, hoping not to remove
11335 If you intend to redirect both standard error and standard output,
11336 redirect standard output first. This works better with @acronym{HP-UX},
11337 since its shell mishandles tracing if standard error is redirected
11341 $ @kbd{sh -x -c ': 2>err >out'}
11343 + 2> err $ @kbd{cat err}
11347 Don't try to redirect the standard error of a command substitution. It
11348 must be done @emph{inside} the command substitution. When running
11349 @samp{: `cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null} expect the error message to
11350 escape, while @samp{: `cd /zorglub 2>/dev/null`} works properly.
11352 It is worth noting that Zsh (but not Ash nor Bash) makes it possible
11353 in assignments though: @samp{foo=`cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null}.
11355 Don't redirect the same file descriptor several times, as you are doomed
11356 to failure under Ultrix.
11359 ULTRIX V4.4 (Rev. 69) System #31: Thu Aug 10 19:42:23 GMT 1995
11361 $ @kbd{eval 'echo matter >fullness' >void}
11363 $ @kbd{eval '(echo matter >fullness)' >void}
11365 $ @kbd{(eval '(echo matter >fullness)') >void}
11366 Ambiguous output redirect.
11370 In each case the expected result is of course @file{fullness} containing
11371 @samp{matter} and @file{void} being empty.
11373 Don't rely on file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 remaining closed in a
11374 subsidiary program. If any of these descriptors is closed, the
11375 operating system may open an unspecified file for the descriptor in the
11376 new process image. Posix says this may be done only if the subsidiary
11377 program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID, but @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 does it even for
11380 Don't rely on open file descriptors being open in child processes. In
11381 @command{ksh}, file descriptors above 2 which are opened using
11382 @samp{exec @var{n}>file} are closed by a subsequent @samp{exec} (such as
11383 that involved in the fork-and-exec which runs a program or script).
11384 Thus, using @command{sh}, we have:
11387 $ @kbd{cat ./descrips}
11409 Within the process which runs the @samp{descrips} script, file
11410 descriptor 5 is closed.
11412 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, such as in
11413 @samp{mv foo bar >foo} or @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
11414 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
11416 A few ancient systems reserved some file descriptors. By convention,
11417 file descriptor 3 was opened to @file{/dev/tty} when you logged into
11418 Eighth Edition (1985) through Tenth Edition Unix (1989). File
11419 descriptor 4 had a special use on the Stardent/Kubota Titan (circa
11420 1990), though we don't now remember what it was. Both these systems are
11421 obsolete, so it's now safe to treat file descriptors 3 and 4 like any
11422 other file descriptors.
11424 @node File System Conventions
11425 @section File System Conventions
11426 @cindex File system conventions
11428 Autoconf uses shell-script processing extensively, so the file names
11429 that it processes should not contain characters that are special to the
11430 shell. Special characters include space, tab, newline, @sc{nul}, and
11434 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < = > ? [ \ ` |
11437 Also, file names should not begin with @samp{~} or @samp{-}, and should
11438 contain neither @samp{-} immediately after @samp{/} nor @samp{~}
11439 immediately after @samp{:}. On Posix-like platforms, directory names
11440 should not contain @samp{:}, as this runs afoul of @samp{:} used as the
11443 These restrictions apply not only to the files that you distribute, but
11444 also to the absolute file names of your source, build, and destination
11447 On some Posix-like platforms, @samp{!} and @samp{^} are special too, so
11448 they should be avoided.
11450 Posix lets implementations treat leading @file{//} specially, but
11451 requires leading @file{///} and beyond to be equivalent to @file{/}.
11452 Most Unix variants treat @file{//} like @file{/}. However, some treat
11453 @file{//} as a ``super-root'' that can provide access to files that are
11454 not otherwise reachable from @file{/}. The super-root tradition began
11455 with Apollo Domain/OS, which died out long ago, but unfortunately Cygwin
11458 While @command{autoconf} and friends are usually run on some Posix
11459 variety, they can be used on other systems, most notably @acronym{DOS}
11460 variants. This impacts several assumptions regarding file names.
11463 For example, the following code:
11470 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
11475 fails to properly detect absolute file names on those systems, because
11476 they can use a drivespec, and usually use a backslash as directory
11477 separator. If you want to be portable to @acronym{DOS} variants (at the
11478 price of rejecting valid but oddball Posix file names like @file{a:\b}),
11479 you can check for absolute file names like this:
11481 @cindex absolute file names, detect
11484 [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute
11487 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
11492 Make sure you quote the brackets if appropriate and keep the backslash as
11493 first character (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}).
11495 Also, because the colon is used as part of a drivespec, these systems don't
11496 use it as path separator. When creating or accessing paths, you can use the
11497 @code{PATH_SEPARATOR} output variable instead. @command{configure} sets this
11498 to the appropriate value for the build system (@samp{:} or @samp{;}) when it
11501 File names need extra care as well. While @acronym{DOS} variants
11502 that are Posixy enough to run @command{autoconf} (such as @acronym{DJGPP})
11503 are usually able to handle long file names properly, there are still
11504 limitations that can seriously break packages. Several of these issues
11505 can be easily detected by the
11506 @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/non-gnu/doschk/doschk-1.1.tar.gz, doschk}
11509 A short overview follows; problems are marked with @sc{sfn}/@sc{lfn} to
11510 indicate where they apply: @sc{sfn} means the issues are only relevant to
11511 plain @acronym{DOS}, not to @acronym{DOS} under Microsoft Windows
11512 variants, while @sc{lfn} identifies problems that exist even under
11513 Microsoft Windows variants.
11516 @item No multiple dots (@sc{sfn})
11517 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle multiple dots in file names. This is an especially
11518 important thing to remember when building a portable configure script,
11519 as @command{autoconf} uses a .in suffix for template files.
11521 This is perfectly OK on Posix variants:
11524 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
11525 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c foo.bar])
11530 but it causes problems on @acronym{DOS}, as it requires @samp{config.h.in},
11531 @samp{source.c.in} and @samp{foo.bar.in}. To make your package more portable
11532 to @acronym{DOS}-based environments, you should use this instead:
11535 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
11536 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c:source.cin foo.bar:foobar.in])
11540 @item No leading dot (@sc{sfn})
11541 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle file names that start with a dot. This is usually
11542 not important for @command{autoconf}.
11544 @item Case insensitivity (@sc{lfn})
11545 @acronym{DOS} is case insensitive, so you cannot, for example, have both a
11546 file called @samp{INSTALL} and a directory called @samp{install}. This
11547 also affects @command{make}; if there's a file called @samp{INSTALL} in
11548 the directory, @samp{make install} does nothing (unless the
11549 @samp{install} target is marked as PHONY).
11551 @item The 8+3 limit (@sc{sfn})
11552 Because the @acronym{DOS} file system only stores the first 8 characters of
11553 the file name and the first 3 of the extension, those must be unique.
11554 That means that @file{foobar-part1.c}, @file{foobar-part2.c} and
11555 @file{foobar-prettybird.c} all resolve to the same file name
11556 (@file{FOOBAR-P.C}). The same goes for @file{foo.bar} and
11557 @file{foo.bartender}.
11559 The 8+3 limit is not usually a problem under Microsoft Windows, as it
11561 tails in the short version of file names to make them unique. However, a
11562 registry setting can turn this behavior off. While this makes it
11563 possible to share file trees containing long file names between @sc{sfn}
11564 and @sc{lfn} environments, it also means the above problem applies there
11567 @item Invalid characters (@sc{lfn})
11568 Some characters are invalid in @acronym{DOS} file names, and should therefore
11569 be avoided. In a @sc{lfn} environment, these are @samp{/}, @samp{\},
11570 @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{:}, @samp{<}, @samp{>}, @samp{|} and @samp{"}.
11571 In a @sc{sfn} environment, other characters are also invalid. These
11572 include @samp{+}, @samp{,}, @samp{[} and @samp{]}.
11574 @item Invalid names (@sc{lfn})
11575 Some @acronym{DOS} file names are reserved, and cause problems if you
11576 try to use files with those names. These names include @file{CON},
11577 @file{AUX}, @file{COM1}, @file{COM2}, @file{COM3}, @file{COM4},
11578 @file{LPT1}, @file{LPT2}, @file{LPT3}, @file{NUL}, and @file{PRN}.
11579 File names are case insensitive, so even names like
11580 @file{aux/config.guess} are disallowed.
11584 @node Shell Pattern Matching
11585 @section Shell Pattern Matching
11586 @cindex Shell pattern matching
11588 Nowadays portable patterns can use negated character classes like
11589 @samp{[!-aeiou]}. The older syntax @samp{[^-aeiou]} is supported by
11590 some shells but not others; hence portable scripts should never use
11591 @samp{^} as the first character of a bracket pattern.
11593 Outside the C locale, patterns like @samp{[a-z]} are problematic since
11594 they may match characters that are not lower-case letters.
11596 @node Shell Substitutions
11597 @section Shell Substitutions
11598 @cindex Shell substitutions
11600 Contrary to a persistent urban legend, the Bourne shell does not
11601 systematically split variables and back-quoted expressions, in particular
11602 on the right-hand side of assignments and in the argument of @code{case}.
11603 For instance, the following code:
11606 case "$given_srcdir" in
11607 .) top_srcdir="`echo "$dots" | sed 's,/$,,'`" ;;
11608 *) top_srcdir="$dots$given_srcdir" ;;
11613 is more readable when written as:
11616 case $given_srcdir in
11617 .) top_srcdir=`echo "$dots" | sed 's,/$,,'` ;;
11618 *) top_srcdir=$dots$given_srcdir ;;
11623 and in fact it is even @emph{more} portable: in the first case of the
11624 first attempt, the computation of @code{top_srcdir} is not portable,
11625 since not all shells properly understand @code{"`@dots{}"@dots{}"@dots{}`"}.
11626 Worse yet, not all shells understand @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"}
11627 the same way. There is just no portable way to use double-quoted
11628 strings inside double-quoted back-quoted expressions (pfew!).
11632 @cindex @samp{"$@@"}
11633 One of the most famous shell-portability issues is related to
11634 @samp{"$@@"}. When there are no positional arguments, Posix says
11635 that @samp{"$@@"} is supposed to be equivalent to nothing, but the
11636 original Unix version 7 Bourne shell treated it as equivalent to
11637 @samp{""} instead, and this behavior survives in later implementations
11638 like Digital Unix 5.0.
11640 The traditional way to work around this portability problem is to use
11641 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}. Unfortunately this method does not work with
11642 Zsh (3.x and 4.x), which is used on Mac OS X@. When emulating
11643 the Bourne shell, Zsh performs word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}:
11646 zsh $ @kbd{emulate sh}
11647 zsh $ @kbd{for i in "$@@"; do echo $i; done}
11650 zsh $ @kbd{for i in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do echo $i; done}
11657 Zsh handles plain @samp{"$@@"} properly, but we can't use plain
11658 @samp{"$@@"} because of the portability problems mentioned above.
11659 One workaround relies on Zsh's ``global aliases'' to convert
11660 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} into @samp{"$@@"} by itself:
11663 test "$@{ZSH_VERSION+set@}" = set && alias -g '$@{1+"$@@"@}'='"$@@"'
11666 Zsh only recognizes this alias when a shell word matches it exactly;
11667 @samp{"foo"$@{1+"$@@"@}} remains subject to word splitting. Since this
11668 case always yields at least one shell word, use plain @samp{"$@@"}.
11670 A more conservative workaround is to avoid @samp{"$@@"} if it is
11671 possible that there may be no positional arguments. For example,
11675 cat conftest.c "$@@"
11678 you can use this instead:
11682 0) cat conftest.c;;
11683 *) cat conftest.c "$@@";;
11687 Autoconf macros often use the @command{set} command to update
11688 @samp{$@@}, so if you are writing shell code intended for
11689 @command{configure} you should not assume that the value of @samp{$@@}
11690 persists for any length of time.
11694 @cindex positional parameters
11695 The 10th, 11th, @dots{} positional parameters can be accessed only after
11696 a @code{shift}. The 7th Edition shell reported an error if given
11697 @code{$@{10@}}, and
11698 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} still acts that way:
11701 $ @kbd{set 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10}
11702 $ @kbd{echo $@{10@}}
11706 @item $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
11707 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
11708 @c @cindex $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
11709 Old @acronym{BSD} shells, including the Ultrix @code{sh}, don't accept the
11710 colon for any shell substitution, and complain and die.
11711 Similarly for $@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}, $@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}, etc.
11713 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
11714 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
11718 : $@{var='Some words'@}
11722 otherwise some shells, such as on Digital Unix V 5.0, die because
11723 of a ``bad substitution''.
11727 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} has a frightening bug in its interpretation
11728 of this. Imagine you need set a variable to a string containing
11729 @samp{@}}. This @samp{@}} character confuses Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
11730 when the affected variable was already set. This bug can be exercised
11735 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
11738 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}' # no error; this hints to what the bug is}
11741 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
11747 It seems that @samp{@}} is interpreted as matching @samp{$@{}, even
11748 though it is enclosed in single quotes. The problem doesn't happen
11749 using double quotes.
11751 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
11752 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
11758 : $@{var="$default"@}
11762 sets @var{var} to @samp{M-yM-uM-,M-yM-aM-a}, i.e., the 8th bit of
11763 each char is set. You don't observe the phenomenon using a simple
11764 @samp{echo $var} since apparently the shell resets the 8th bit when it
11765 expands $var. Here are two means to make this shell confess its sins:
11768 $ @kbd{cat -v <<EOF
11777 $ @kbd{set | grep '^var=' | cat -v}
11780 One classic incarnation of this bug is:
11784 : $@{list="$default"@}
11791 You'll get @samp{a b c} on a single line. Why? Because there are no
11792 spaces in @samp{$list}: there are @samp{M- }, i.e., spaces with the 8th
11793 bit set, hence no IFS splitting is performed!!!
11795 One piece of good news is that Ultrix works fine with @samp{:
11796 $@{list=$default@}}; i.e., if you @emph{don't} quote. The bad news is
11797 then that @acronym{QNX} 4.25 then sets @var{list} to the @emph{last} item of
11800 The portable way out consists in using a double assignment, to switch
11801 the 8th bit twice on Ultrix:
11804 list=$@{list="$default"@}
11808 @dots{}but beware of the @samp{@}} bug from Solaris (see above). For safety,
11812 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var=@var{@{value@}}
11815 @item $@{#@var{var}@}
11816 @itemx $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
11817 @itemx $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
11818 @itemx $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
11819 @itemx $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
11820 @cindex $@{#@var{var}@}
11821 @cindex $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
11822 @cindex $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
11823 @cindex $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
11824 @cindex $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
11825 Posix requires support for these usages, but they do not work with many
11826 traditional shells, e.g., Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}.
11828 Also, @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 mishandles some @var{word} forms. For
11829 example if @samp{$1} is @samp{a/b} and @samp{$2} is @samp{a}, then
11830 @samp{$@{1#$2@}} should yield @samp{/b}, but with @command{pdksh} it
11831 yields the empty string.
11834 @item `@var{commands}`
11835 @cindex `@var{commands}`
11836 @cindex Command Substitution
11837 Posix requires shells to trim all trailing newlines from command
11838 output before substituting it, so assignments like
11839 @samp{dir=`echo "$file" | tr a A`} do not work as expected if
11840 @samp{$file} ends in a newline.
11842 While in general it makes no sense, do not substitute a single builtin
11843 with side effects, because Ash 0.2, trying to optimize, does not fork a
11844 subshell to perform the command.
11846 For instance, if you wanted to check that @command{cd} is silent, do not
11847 use @samp{test -z "`cd /`"} because the following can happen:
11852 $ @kbd{test -z "`cd /`" && pwd}
11857 The result of @samp{foo=`exit 1`} is left as an exercise to the reader.
11859 The MSYS shell leaves a stray byte in the expansion of a double-quoted
11860 command substitution of a native program, if the end of the substitution
11861 is not aligned with the end of the double quote. This may be worked
11862 around by inserting another pair of quotes:
11865 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'` bar" > broken}
11866 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'`"" bar" | cmp - broken}
11867 - broken differ: char 4, line 1
11871 @item $(@var{commands})
11872 @cindex $(@var{commands})
11873 This construct is meant to replace @samp{`@var{commands}`},
11874 and it has most of the problems listed under @code{`@var{commands}`}.
11876 This construct can be
11877 nested while this is impossible to do portably with back quotes.
11878 Unfortunately it is not yet universally supported. Most notably, even recent
11879 releases of Solaris don't support it:
11882 $ @kbd{showrev -c /bin/sh | grep version}
11883 Command version: SunOS 5.10 Generic 121005-03 Oct 2006
11884 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
11885 syntax error: `(' unexpected
11889 nor does @sc{irix} 6.5's Bourne shell:
11892 IRIX firebird-image 6.5 07151432 IP22
11893 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
11897 If you do use @samp{$(@var{commands})}, make sure that the commands
11898 do not start with a parenthesis, as that would cause confusion with
11899 a different notation @samp{$((@var{expression}))} that in modern
11900 shells is an arithmetic expression not a command. To avoid the
11901 confusion, insert a space between the two opening parentheses.
11903 Avoid @var{commands} that contain unbalanced parentheses in
11904 here-documents, comments, or case statement patterns, as many shells
11905 mishandle them. For example, Bash 3.1, @samp{ksh88}, @command{pdksh}
11906 5.2.14, and Zsh 4.2.6 all mishandle the following valid command:
11909 echo $(case x in x) echo hello;; esac)
11914 Always quote @samp{^}, otherwise traditional shells such as
11915 @command{/bin/sh} on Solaris 10 treat this like @samp{|}.
11921 @section Assignments
11922 @cindex Shell assignments
11924 When setting several variables in a row, be aware that the order of the
11925 evaluation is undefined. For instance @samp{foo=1 foo=2; echo $foo}
11926 gives @samp{1} with Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, but @samp{2} with Bash.
11928 @samp{;} to enforce the order: @samp{foo=1; foo=2; echo $foo}.
11930 Don't rely on the following to find @file{subdir/program}:
11933 PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH program
11937 as this does not work with Zsh 3.0.6. Use something like this
11941 (PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH; export PATH; exec program)
11944 Don't rely on the exit status of an assignment: Ash 0.2 does not change
11945 the status and propagates that of the last statement:
11948 $ @kbd{false || foo=bar; echo $?}
11950 $ @kbd{false || foo=`:`; echo $?}
11955 and to make things even worse, @acronym{QNX} 4.25 just sets the exit status
11959 $ @kbd{foo=`exit 1`; echo $?}
11963 To assign default values, follow this algorithm:
11967 If the default value is a literal and does not contain any closing
11971 : $@{var='my literal'@}
11975 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
11976 the variable being initialized is not intended to be IFS-split
11977 (i.e., it's not a list), then use:
11980 : $@{var="$default"@}
11984 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
11985 the variable being initialized is intended to be IFS-split (i.e., it's a list),
11989 var=$@{var="$default"@}
11993 If the default value contains a closing brace, then use:
11996 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var="has a '@}'"
12000 In most cases @samp{var=$@{var="$default"@}} is fine, but in case of
12001 doubt, just use the last form. @xref{Shell Substitutions}, items
12002 @samp{$@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}} and @samp{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}}
12006 @section Parentheses in Shell Scripts
12007 @cindex Shell parentheses
12009 Beware of two opening parentheses in a row, as many shell
12010 implementations treat them specially. Posix requires that the command
12011 @samp{((cat))} must behave like @samp{(cat)}, but many shells, including
12012 Bash and the Korn shell, treat @samp{((cat))} as an arithmetic
12013 expression equivalent to @samp{let "cat"}, and may or may not report an
12014 error when they detect that @samp{cat} is not a number. As another
12015 example, @samp{pdksh} 5.2.14 misparses the following code:
12018 if ((true) || false); then
12024 To work around this problem, insert a space between the two opening
12025 parentheses. There is a similar problem and workaround with
12026 @samp{$((}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions}.
12029 @section Slashes in Shell Scripts
12030 @cindex Shell slashes
12032 Unpatched Tru64 5.1 @command{sh} omits the last slash of command-line
12033 arguments that contain two trailing slashes:
12036 $ @kbd{echo / // /// //// .// //.}
12039 $ @kbd{eval "echo \$x"}
12042 $ @kbd{echo abc | tr -t ab //}
12048 Unpatched Tru64 4.0 @command{sh} adds a slash after @samp{"$var"} if the
12049 variable is empty and the second double-quote is followed by a word that
12050 begins and ends with slash:
12053 $ @kbd{sh -xc 'p=; echo "$p"/ouch/'}
12059 However, our understanding is that patches are available, so perhaps
12060 it's not worth worrying about working around these horrendous bugs.
12062 @node Special Shell Variables
12063 @section Special Shell Variables
12064 @cindex Shell variables
12065 @cindex Special shell variables
12067 Some shell variables should not be used, since they can have a deep
12068 influence on the behavior of the shell. In order to recover a sane
12069 behavior from the shell, some variables should be unset, but
12070 @command{unset} is not portable (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}) and a
12071 fallback value is needed.
12073 As a general rule, shell variable names containing a lower-case letter
12074 are safe; you can define and use these variables without worrying about
12075 their effect on the underlying system, and without worrying about
12076 whether the shell changes them unexpectedly. (The exception is the
12077 shell variable @code{status}, as described below.)
12079 Here is a list of names that are known to cause trouble. This list is
12080 not exhaustive, but you should be safe if you avoid the name
12081 @code{status} and names containing only upper-case letters and
12084 @c Alphabetical order, case insensitive, `A' before `a'.
12087 Many shells reserve @samp{$_} for various purposes, e.g., the name of
12088 the last command executed.
12092 In Tru64, if @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
12093 the standard shell conform to Posix.
12097 When this variable is set it specifies a list of directories to search
12098 when invoking @code{cd} with a relative file name that did not start
12099 with @samp{./} or @samp{../}. Posix
12100 1003.1-2001 says that if a nonempty directory name from @env{CDPATH}
12101 is used successfully, @code{cd} prints the resulting absolute
12102 file name. Unfortunately this output can break idioms like
12103 @samp{abs=`cd src && pwd`} because @code{abs} receives the name twice.
12104 Also, many shells do not conform to this part of Posix; for
12105 example, @command{zsh} prints the result only if a directory name
12106 other than @file{.} was chosen from @env{CDPATH}.
12108 In practice the shells that have this problem also support
12109 @command{unset}, so you can work around the problem as follows:
12112 (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
12115 You can also avoid output by ensuring that your directory name is
12116 absolute or anchored at @samp{./}, as in @samp{abs=`cd ./src && pwd`}.
12118 Autoconf-generated scripts automatically unset @env{CDPATH} if
12119 possible, so you need not worry about this problem in those scripts.
12123 In the MKS shell, case statements and file name generation are
12124 case-insensitive unless @env{DUALCASE} is nonzero.
12125 Autoconf-generated scripts export this variable when they start up.
12139 These variables should not matter for shell scripts, since they are
12140 supposed to affect only interactive shells. However, at least one
12141 shell (the pre-3.0 @sc{uwin} Korn shell) gets confused about
12142 whether it is interactive, which means that (for example) a @env{PS1}
12143 with a side effect can unexpectedly modify @samp{$?}. To work around
12144 this bug, Autoconf-generated scripts do something like this:
12147 (unset ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
12154 The Korn shell uses @env{FPATH} to find shell functions, so avoid
12155 @env{FPATH} in portable scripts. @env{FPATH} is consulted after
12156 @env{PATH}, but you still need to be wary of tests that use @env{PATH}
12157 to find whether a command exists, since they might report the wrong
12158 result if @env{FPATH} is also set.
12162 Long ago, shell scripts inherited @env{IFS} from the environment,
12163 but this caused many problems so modern shells ignore any environment
12164 settings for @env{IFS}.
12166 Don't set the first character of @code{IFS} to backslash. Indeed,
12167 Bourne shells use the first character (backslash) when joining the
12168 components in @samp{"$@@"} and some shells then reinterpret (!)@: the
12169 backslash escapes, so you can end up with backspace and other strange
12172 The proper value for @code{IFS} (in regular code, not when performing
12173 splits) is @samp{@key{SPC}@key{TAB}@key{RET}}. The first character is
12174 especially important, as it is used to join the arguments in @samp{$*};
12175 however, note that traditional shells, but also bash-2.04, fail to adhere
12176 to this and join with a space anyway.
12188 @evindex LC_COLLATE
12190 @evindex LC_MESSAGES
12191 @evindex LC_MONETARY
12192 @evindex LC_NUMERIC
12195 Autoconf-generated scripts normally set all these variables to
12196 @samp{C} because so much configuration code assumes the C locale and
12197 Posix requires that locale environment variables be set to
12198 @samp{C} if the C locale is desired. However, some older, nonstandard
12199 systems (notably @acronym{SCO}) break if locale environment variables
12200 are set to @samp{C}, so when running on these systems
12201 Autoconf-generated scripts unset the variables instead.
12206 @env{LANGUAGE} is not specified by Posix, but it is a @acronym{GNU}
12207 extension that overrides @env{LC_ALL} in some cases, so
12208 Autoconf-generated scripts set it too.
12211 @itemx LC_IDENTIFICATION
12212 @itemx LC_MEASUREMENT
12215 @itemx LC_TELEPHONE
12216 @evindex LC_ADDRESS
12217 @evindex LC_IDENTIFICATION
12218 @evindex LC_MEASUREMENT
12221 @evindex LC_TELEPHONE
12223 These locale environment variables are @acronym{GNU} extensions. They
12224 are treated like their Posix brethren (@env{LC_COLLATE},
12225 etc.)@: as described above.
12228 Most modern shells provide the current line number in @code{LINENO}.
12229 Its value is the line number of the beginning of the current command.
12230 Autoconf attempts to execute @command{configure} with a shell that
12231 supports @code{LINENO}.
12232 If no such shell is available, it attempts to implement @code{LINENO}
12233 with a Sed prepass that replaces each instance of the string
12234 @code{$LINENO} (not followed by an alphanumeric character) with the
12237 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}, as the
12238 behavior differs in practice. Also, the possibility of the Sed
12239 prepass means that you should not rely on @code{$LINENO} when quoted,
12240 when in here-documents, or when in long commands that cross line
12241 boundaries. Subshells should be OK, though. In the following
12242 example, lines 1, 6, and 9 are portable, but the other instances of
12243 @code{LINENO} are not:
12253 ( echo 6. $LINENO )
12254 eval 'echo 7. $LINENO'
12260 $ @kbd{bash-2.05 lineno}
12271 $ @kbd{zsh-3.0.6 lineno}
12282 $ @kbd{pdksh-5.2.14 lineno}
12293 $ @kbd{sed '=' <lineno |}
12299 > @kbd{ s,^\([0-9]*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^a-zA-Z0-9_]\),\1\2\1\3,}
12302 > @kbd{ s,^[0-9]*\n,,}
12318 When executing the command @samp{>foo}, @command{zsh} executes
12319 @samp{$NULLCMD >foo} unless it is operating in Bourne shell
12320 compatibility mode and the @command{zsh} version is newer
12321 than 3.1.6-dev-18. If you are using an older @command{zsh}
12322 and forget to set @env{NULLCMD},
12323 your script might be suspended waiting for data on its standard input.
12325 @item PATH_SEPARATOR
12326 @evindex PATH_SEPARATOR
12327 On @acronym{DJGPP} systems, the @env{PATH_SEPARATOR} environment
12328 variable can be set to either @samp{:} or @samp{;} to control the path
12329 separator Bash uses to set up certain environment variables (such as
12330 @env{PATH}). You can set this variable to @samp{;} if you want
12331 @command{configure} to use @samp{;} as a separator; this might be useful
12332 if you plan to use non-Posix shells to execute files. @xref{File System
12333 Conventions}, for more information about @code{PATH_SEPARATOR}.
12337 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} and
12338 @command{pwd} must update the @env{PWD} environment variable to point
12339 to the logical name of the current directory, but traditional shells
12340 do not support this. This can cause confusion if one shell instance
12341 maintains @env{PWD} but a subsidiary and different shell does not know
12342 about @env{PWD} and executes @command{cd}; in this case @env{PWD}
12343 points to the wrong directory. Use @samp{`pwd`} rather than
12347 Many shells provide @code{RANDOM}, a variable that returns a different
12348 integer each time it is used. Most of the time, its value does not
12349 change when it is not used, but on @sc{irix} 6.5 the value changes all
12350 the time. This can be observed by using @command{set}. It is common
12351 practice to use @code{$RANDOM} as part of a file name, but code
12352 shouldn't rely on @code{$RANDOM} expanding to a nonempty string.
12355 This variable is an alias to @samp{$?} for @code{zsh} (at least 3.1.6),
12356 hence read-only. Do not use it.
12359 @node Limitations of Builtins
12360 @section Limitations of Shell Builtins
12361 @cindex Shell builtins
12362 @cindex Limitations of shell builtins
12364 No, no, we are serious: some shells do have limitations! :)
12366 You should always keep in mind that any builtin or command may support
12367 options, and therefore differ in behavior with arguments
12368 starting with a dash. For instance, the innocent @samp{echo "$word"}
12369 can give unexpected results when @code{word} starts with a dash. It is
12370 often possible to avoid this problem using @samp{echo "x$word"}, taking
12371 the @samp{x} into account later in the pipe.
12375 @prindex @command{.}
12376 Use @command{.} only with regular files (use @samp{test -f}). Bash
12377 2.03, for instance, chokes on @samp{. /dev/null}. Also, remember that
12378 @command{.} uses @env{PATH} if its argument contains no slashes, so if
12379 you want to use @command{.} on a file @file{foo} in the current
12380 directory, you must use @samp{. ./foo}.
12383 @prindex @command{!}
12384 The Unix version 7 shell did not support
12385 negating the exit status of commands with @command{!}, and this feature
12386 is still absent from some shells (e.g., Solaris @command{/bin/sh}).
12387 Shell code like this:
12390 if ! cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
12391 echo files differ or trouble
12395 is therefore not portable in practice. Typically it is easy to rewrite
12399 cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
12400 echo files differ or trouble
12403 More generally, one can always rewrite @samp{! @var{command}} as:
12406 if @var{command}; then (exit 1); else :; fi
12409 @item @command{break}
12410 @c ------------------
12411 @prindex @command{break}
12412 The use of @samp{break 2} etc.@: is safe.
12415 @item @command{case}
12416 @c -----------------
12417 @prindex @command{case}
12418 You don't need to quote the argument; no splitting is performed.
12420 You don't need the final @samp{;;}, but you should use it.
12422 Posix requires support for @code{case} patterns with opening
12423 parentheses like this:
12427 (*.c) echo "C source code";;
12432 but the @code{(} in this example is not portable to many Bourne
12433 shell implementations. It can be omitted safely.
12435 Zsh handles pattern fragments derived from parameter expansions or
12436 command substitutions as though quoted:
12439 $ pat=\?; case aa in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
12440 $ pat=\?; case a? in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
12445 Because of a bug in its @code{fnmatch}, Bash fails to properly
12446 handle backslashes in character classes:
12449 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [/\\]*) echo OK;; esac}
12454 This is extremely unfortunate, since you are likely to use this code to
12455 handle Posix or @sc{ms-dos} absolute file names. To work around this
12456 bug, always put the backslash first:
12459 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case '\TMP' in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
12461 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
12465 Many Bourne shells cannot handle closing brackets in character classes
12468 Some shells also have problems with backslash escaping in case you do not want
12469 to match the backslash: both a backslash and the escaped character match this
12470 pattern. To work around this, specify the character class in a variable, so
12471 that quote removal does not apply afterwards, and the special characters don't
12472 have to be backslash-escaped:
12475 $ @kbd{case '\' in [\<]) echo OK;; esac}
12477 $ @kbd{scanset='[<]'; case '\' in $scanset) echo OK;; esac}
12481 Even with this, Solaris @command{ksh} matches a backslash if the set
12483 of the characters @samp{|}, @samp{&}, @samp{(}, or @samp{)}.
12485 Conversely, Tru64 @command{ksh} (circa 2003) erroneously always matches
12486 a closing parenthesis if not specified in a character class:
12489 $ @kbd{case foo in *\)*) echo fail ;; esac}
12491 $ @kbd{case foo in *')'*) echo fail ;; esac}
12495 Some shells, such as Ash 0.3.8, are confused by an empty
12496 @code{case}/@code{esac}:
12499 ash-0.3.8 $ @kbd{case foo in esac;}
12500 @error{}Syntax error: ";" unexpected (expecting ")")
12503 Many shells still do not support parenthesized cases, which is a pity
12504 for those of us using tools that rely on balanced parentheses. For
12505 instance, Solaris @command{/bin/sh}:
12508 $ @kbd{case foo in (foo) echo foo;; esac}
12509 @error{}syntax error: `(' unexpected
12515 @prindex @command{cd}
12516 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} must support
12517 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
12518 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
12519 not support these options, and their @command{cd} command has the
12520 @option{-P} behavior.
12522 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
12523 assume neither behavior is the default. This can be a bit tricky,
12524 since the Posix default behavior means that, for example,
12525 @samp{ls ..} and @samp{cd ..} may refer to different directories if
12526 the current logical directory is a symbolic link. It is safe to use
12527 @command{cd @var{dir}} if @var{dir} contains no @file{..} components.
12528 Also, Autoconf-generated scripts check for this problem when computing
12529 variables like @code{ac_top_srcdir} (@pxref{Configuration Actions}),
12530 so it is safe to @command{cd} to these variables.
12532 See @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for portability problems involving
12533 @command{cd} and the @env{CDPATH} environment variable.
12534 Also please see the discussion of the @command{pwd} command.
12537 @item @command{echo}
12538 @c -----------------
12539 @prindex @command{echo}
12540 The simple @command{echo} is probably the most surprising source of
12541 portability troubles. It is not possible to use @samp{echo} portably
12542 unless both options and escape sequences are omitted. New applications
12543 which are not aiming at portability should use @samp{printf} instead of
12546 Don't expect any option. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, @code{ECHO_N}
12547 etc.@: for a means to simulate @option{-n}.
12549 Do not use backslashes in the arguments, as there is no consensus on
12550 their handling. For @samp{echo '\n' | wc -l}, the @command{sh} of
12551 Solaris outputs 2, but Bash and Zsh (in @command{sh} emulation mode) output 1.
12552 The problem is truly @command{echo}: all the shells
12553 understand @samp{'\n'} as the string composed of a backslash and an
12556 Because of these problems, do not pass a string containing arbitrary
12557 characters to @command{echo}. For example, @samp{echo "$foo"} is safe
12558 if you know that @var{foo}'s value cannot contain backslashes and cannot
12559 start with @samp{-}, but otherwise you should use a here-document like
12569 @item @command{eval}
12570 @c -----------------
12571 @prindex @command{eval}
12572 The @command{eval} command is useful in limited circumstances, e.g.,
12573 using commands like @samp{eval table_$key=\$value} and @samp{eval
12574 value=table_$key} to simulate a hash table when the key is known to be
12575 alphanumeric. However, @command{eval} is tricky to use on arbitrary
12576 arguments, even when it is implemented correctly.
12578 It is obviously unwise to use @samp{eval $cmd} if the string value of
12579 @samp{cmd} was derived from an untrustworthy source. But even if the
12580 string value is valid, @samp{eval $cmd} might not work as intended,
12581 since it causes field splitting and file name expansion to occur twice,
12582 once for the @command{eval} and once for the command itself. It is
12583 therefore safer to use @samp{eval "$cmd"}. For example, if @var{cmd}
12584 has the value @samp{cat test?.c}, @samp{eval $cmd} might expand to the
12585 equivalent of @samp{cat test;.c} if there happens to be a file named
12586 @file{test;.c} in the current directory; and this in turn
12587 mistakenly attempts to invoke @command{cat} on the file @file{test} and
12588 then execute the command @command{.c}. To avoid this problem, use
12589 @samp{eval "$cmd"} rather than @samp{eval $cmd}.
12591 However, suppose that you want to output the text of the evaluated
12592 command just before executing it. Assuming the previous example,
12593 @samp{echo "Executing: $cmd"} outputs @samp{Executing: cat test?.c}, but
12594 this output doesn't show the user that @samp{test;.c} is the actual name
12595 of the copied file. Conversely, @samp{eval "echo Executing: $cmd"}
12596 works on this example, but it fails with @samp{cmd='cat foo >bar'},
12597 since it mistakenly replaces the contents of @file{bar} by the
12598 string @samp{cat foo}. No simple, general, and portable solution to
12599 this problem is known.
12601 You should also be wary of common bugs in @command{eval} implementations.
12602 In some shell implementations (e.g., older @command{ash}, Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8
12603 @command{sh}, @command{pdksh} v5.2.14 99/07/13.2, and @command{zsh}
12604 4.2.5), the arguments of @samp{eval} are evaluated in a context where
12605 @samp{$?} is 0, so they exhibit behavior like this:
12608 $ @kbd{false; eval 'echo $?'}
12612 The correct behavior here is to output a nonzero value,
12613 but portable scripts should not rely on this.
12615 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}.
12616 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
12618 @item @command{exit}
12619 @c -----------------
12620 @prindex @command{exit}
12621 The default value of @command{exit} is supposed to be @code{$?};
12622 unfortunately, some shells, such as the @acronym{DJGPP} port of Bash 2.04, just
12623 perform @samp{exit 0}.
12626 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`exit 1` || echo fail}
12628 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1)` || echo fail}
12630 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1); exit` || echo fail}
12634 Using @samp{exit $?} restores the expected behavior.
12636 Some shell scripts, such as those generated by @command{autoconf}, use a
12637 trap to clean up before exiting. If the last shell command exited with
12638 nonzero status, the trap also exits with nonzero status so that the
12639 invoker can tell that an error occurred.
12641 Unfortunately, in some shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, an exit
12642 trap ignores the @code{exit} command's argument. In these shells, a trap
12643 cannot determine whether it was invoked by plain @code{exit} or by
12644 @code{exit 1}. Instead of calling @code{exit} directly, use the
12645 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} macro that has a workaround for this problem.
12648 @item @command{export}
12649 @c -------------------
12650 @prindex @command{export}
12651 The builtin @command{export} dubs a shell variable @dfn{environment
12652 variable}. Each update of exported variables corresponds to an update
12653 of the environment variables. Conversely, each environment variable
12654 received by the shell when it is launched should be imported as a shell
12655 variable marked as exported.
12657 Alas, many shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh},
12658 @sc{irix} 6.3, @sc{irix} 5.2,
12659 @acronym{AIX} 4.1.5, and Digital Unix 4.0, forget to
12660 @command{export} the environment variables they receive. As a result,
12661 two variables coexist: the environment variable and the shell
12662 variable. The following code demonstrates this failure:
12673 when run with @samp{FOO=foo} in the environment, these shells print
12674 alternately @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}, although they should print only
12675 @samp{foo} and then a sequence of @samp{bar}s.
12677 Therefore you should @command{export} again each environment variable
12681 @item @command{false}
12682 @c ------------------
12683 @prindex @command{false}
12684 Don't expect @command{false} to exit with status 1: in native
12685 Solaris @file{/bin/false} exits with status 255.
12688 @item @command{for}
12689 @c ----------------
12690 @prindex @command{for}
12691 To loop over positional arguments, use:
12701 You may @emph{not} leave the @code{do} on the same line as @code{for},
12702 since some shells improperly grok:
12710 If you want to explicitly refer to the positional arguments, given the
12711 @samp{$@@} bug (@pxref{Shell Substitutions}), use:
12714 for arg in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do
12720 But keep in mind that Zsh, even in Bourne shell emulation mode, performs
12721 word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions},
12722 item @samp{$@@}, for more.
12727 @prindex @command{if}
12728 Using @samp{!} is not portable. Instead of:
12731 if ! cmp -s file file.new; then
12740 if cmp -s file file.new; then :; else
12745 There are shells that do not reset the exit status from an @command{if}:
12748 $ @kbd{if (exit 42); then true; fi; echo $?}
12753 whereas a proper shell should have printed @samp{0}. This is especially
12754 bad in makefiles since it produces false failures. This is why properly
12755 written makefiles, such as Automake's, have such hairy constructs:
12758 if test -f "$file"; then
12759 install "$file" "$dest"
12766 @item @command{printf}
12767 @c ------------------
12768 @prindex @command{printf}
12769 A format string starting with a @samp{-} can cause problems.
12770 Bash interprets it as an option and
12771 gives an error. And @samp{--} to mark the end of options is not good
12772 in the Net@acronym{BSD} Almquist shell (e.g., 0.4.6) which takes that
12773 literally as the format string. Putting the @samp{-} in a @samp{%c}
12774 or @samp{%s} is probably easiest:
12780 Bash 2.03 mishandles an escape sequence that happens to evaluate to @samp{%}:
12783 $ @kbd{printf '\045'}
12784 bash: printf: `%': missing format character
12787 Large outputs may cause trouble. On Solaris 2.5.1 through 10, for
12788 example, @file{/usr/bin/printf} is buggy, so when using
12789 @command{/bin/sh} the command @samp{printf %010000x 123} normally dumps
12793 @item @command{read}
12794 @c ------------------
12795 @prindex @command{read}
12796 Not all shells support @option{-r} (Solaris @command{/bin/sh} for example).
12799 @item @command{pwd}
12800 @c ----------------
12801 @prindex @command{pwd}
12802 With modern shells, plain @command{pwd} outputs a ``logical''
12803 directory name, some of whose components may be symbolic links. These
12804 directory names are in contrast to ``physical'' directory names, whose
12805 components are all directories.
12807 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{pwd} must support
12808 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
12809 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
12810 not support these options, and their @command{pwd} command has the
12811 @option{-P} behavior.
12813 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
12814 assume neither behavior is the default. Also, on many hosts
12815 @samp{/bin/pwd} is equivalent to @samp{pwd -P}, but Posix
12816 does not require this behavior and portable scripts should not rely on
12819 Typically it's best to use plain @command{pwd}. On modern hosts this
12820 outputs logical directory names, which have the following advantages:
12824 Logical names are what the user specified.
12826 Physical names may not be portable from one installation
12827 host to another due to network file system gymnastics.
12829 On modern hosts @samp{pwd -P} may fail due to lack of permissions to
12830 some parent directory, but plain @command{pwd} cannot fail for this
12834 Also please see the discussion of the @command{cd} command.
12837 @item @command{set}
12838 @c ----------------
12839 @prindex @command{set}
12840 With the Free@acronym{BSD} 6.0 shell, the @command{set} command (without
12841 any options) does not sort its output.
12843 The @command{set} builtin faces the usual problem with arguments starting with a
12844 dash. Modern shells such as Bash or Zsh understand @option{--} to specify
12845 the end of the options (any argument after @option{--} is a parameter,
12846 even @samp{-x} for instance), but many traditional shells (e.g., Solaris
12847 10 @command{/bin/sh}) simply stop option
12848 processing as soon as a non-option argument is found. Therefore, use
12849 @samp{dummy} or simply @samp{x} to end the option processing, and use
12850 @command{shift} to pop it out:
12853 set x $my_list; shift
12856 Avoid @samp{set -}, e.g., @samp{set - $my_list}. Posix no
12857 longer requires support for this command, and in traditional shells
12858 @samp{set - $my_list} resets the @option{-v} and @option{-x} options, which
12859 makes scripts harder to debug.
12861 Some nonstandard shells do not recognize more than one option
12862 (e.g., @samp{set -e -x} assigns @samp{-x} to the command line). It is
12863 better to combine them:
12869 The @acronym{BSD} shell has had several problems with the @option{-e}
12870 option, partly because @acronym{BSD} @command{make} traditionally used
12871 @option{-e} even though this was incompatible with Posix
12872 (@pxref{Failure in Make Rules}). Older versions of the @acronym{BSD}
12873 shell (circa 1990) mishandled @samp{&&}, @samp{||}, @samp{if}, and
12874 @samp{case} when @option{-e} was in effect, causing the shell to exit
12875 unexpectedly in some cases. This was particularly a problem with
12876 makefiles, and led to circumlocutions like @samp{sh -c 'test -f file ||
12877 touch file'}, where the seemingly-unnecessary @samp{sh -c '@dots{}'}
12878 wrapper works around the bug.
12880 Even relatively-recent versions of the @acronym{BSD} shell (e.g.,
12881 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.4) wrongly exit with @option{-e} if a command within
12882 @samp{&&} fails inside a compound statement. For example:
12888 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
12891 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
12897 does not print @samp{two}. One workaround is to use @samp{if test -n
12898 "$foo"; then exit 1; fi} rather than @samp{test -n "$foo" && exit 1}.
12899 Another possibility is to warn @acronym{BSD} users not to use @samp{sh -e}.
12902 @item @command{shift}
12903 @c ------------------
12904 @prindex @command{shift}
12905 Not only is @command{shift}ing a bad idea when there is nothing left to
12906 shift, but in addition it is not portable: the shell of @acronym{MIPS
12907 RISC/OS} 4.52 refuses to do it.
12909 Don't use @samp{shift 2} etc.; it was not in the 7th Edition Bourne shell,
12910 and it is also absent in many pre-Posix shells.
12913 @item @command{source}
12914 @c -------------------
12915 @prindex @command{source}
12916 This command is not portable, as Posix does not require it; use
12917 @command{.} instead.
12920 @item @command{test}
12921 @c -----------------
12922 @prindex @command{test}
12923 The @code{test} program is the way to perform many file and string
12924 tests. It is often invoked by the alternate name @samp{[}, but using
12925 that name in Autoconf code is asking for trouble since it is an M4 quote
12928 The @option{-a}, @option{-o}, @samp{(}, and @samp{)} operands are not
12929 portable and should be avoided. Thus, portable uses of @command{test}
12930 should never have more than four arguments, and scripts should use shell
12931 constructs like @samp{&&} and @samp{||} instead. If you combine
12932 @samp{&&} and @samp{||} in the same statement, keep in mind that they
12933 have equal precedence, so it is often better to parenthesize even when
12934 this is redundant. For example:
12938 test "X$a" = "X$b" -a \
12939 '(' "X$c" != "X$d" -o "X$e" = "X$f" ')'
12942 test "X$a" = "X$b" &&
12943 @{ test "X$c" != "X$d" || test "X$e" = "X$f"; @}
12946 @command{test} does not process options like most other commands do; for
12947 example, it does not recognize the @option{--} argument as marking the
12950 It is safe to use @samp{!} as a @command{test} operator. For example,
12951 @samp{if test ! -d foo; @dots{}} is portable even though @samp{if ! test
12952 -d foo; @dots{}} is not.
12955 @item @command{test} (files)
12956 @c -------------------------
12957 To enable @command{configure} scripts to support cross-compilation, they
12958 shouldn't do anything that tests features of the build system instead of
12959 the host system. But occasionally you may find it necessary to check
12960 whether some arbitrary file exists. To do so, use @samp{test -f} or
12961 @samp{test -r}. Do not use @samp{test -x}, because 4.3@acronym{BSD} does not
12962 have it. Do not use @samp{test -e} either, because Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
12963 lacks it. To test for symbolic links on systems that have them, use
12964 @samp{test -h} rather than @samp{test -L}; either form conforms to
12965 Posix 1003.1-2001, but older shells like Solaris 8
12966 @code{/bin/sh} support only @option{-h}.
12968 @item @command{test} (strings)
12969 @c ---------------------------
12970 Posix says that @samp{test "@var{string}"} succeeds if @var{string} is
12971 not null, but this usage is not portable to traditional platforms like
12972 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, which mishandle strings like @samp{!} and
12975 Posix says that @samp{test ! "@var{string}"}, @samp{test -n "@var{string}"} and
12976 @samp{test -z "@var{string}"} work with any string, but many
12977 shells (such as Solaris, @acronym{AIX} 3.2, @sc{unicos} 10.0.0.6,
12978 Digital Unix 4, etc.)@: get confused if
12979 @var{string} looks like an operator:
12983 test: argument expected
12985 test: argument expected
12988 Similarly, Posix says that @samp{test "@var{string1}" = "@var{string2"}}
12989 and @samp{test "@var{string1}" != "@var{string2"}} work for any pairs of
12990 strings, but in practice this is not true for troublesome strings that
12991 look like operators or parentheses, or that begin with @samp{-}.
12993 It is best to protect such strings with a leading @samp{X}, e.g.,
12994 @samp{test "X@var{string}" != X} rather than @samp{test -n
12995 "@var{string}"} or @samp{test ! "@var{string}"}.
12997 It is common to find variations of the following idiom:
13000 test -n "`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`" &&
13005 to take an action when a token matches a given pattern. Such constructs
13006 should be avoided by using:
13009 case $ac_feature in
13010 *[!-a-zA-Z0-9_]*) @var{action};;
13014 If the pattern is a complicated regular expression that cannot be
13015 expressed as a shell pattern, use something like this instead:
13018 expr "X$ac_feature" : 'X.*[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null &&
13022 @samp{expr "X@var{foo}" : "X@var{bar}"} is more robust than @samp{echo
13023 "X@var{foo}" | grep "^X@var{bar}"}, because it avoids problems when
13024 @samp{@var{foo}} contains backslashes.
13027 @item @command{trap}
13028 @c -----------------
13029 @prindex @command{trap}
13030 It is safe to trap at least the signals 1, 2, 13, and 15. You can also
13031 trap 0, i.e., have the @command{trap} run when the script ends (either via an
13032 explicit @command{exit}, or the end of the script). The trap for 0 should be
13033 installed outside of a shell function, or @acronym{AIX} 5.3 @command{/bin/sh}
13034 will invoke the trap at the end of this function.
13036 Posix says that @samp{trap - 1 2 13 15} resets the traps for the
13037 specified signals to their default values, but many common shells (e.g.,
13038 Solaris @command{/bin/sh}) misinterpret this and attempt to execute a
13039 ``command'' named @command{-} when the specified conditions arise.
13040 There is no portable workaround, except for @samp{trap - 0}, for which
13041 @samp{trap '' 0} is a portable substitute.
13043 Although Posix is not absolutely clear on this point, it is widely
13044 admitted that when entering the trap @samp{$?} should be set to the exit
13045 status of the last command run before the trap. The ambiguity can be
13046 summarized as: ``when the trap is launched by an @command{exit}, what is
13047 the @emph{last} command run: that before @command{exit}, or
13048 @command{exit} itself?''
13050 Bash considers @command{exit} to be the last command, while Zsh and
13051 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} consider that when the trap is run it is
13052 @emph{still} in the @command{exit}, hence it is the previous exit status
13053 that the trap receives:
13056 $ @kbd{cat trap.sh}
13059 $ @kbd{zsh trap.sh}
13061 $ @kbd{bash trap.sh}
13065 The portable solution is then simple: when you want to @samp{exit 42},
13066 run @samp{(exit 42); exit 42}, the first @command{exit} being used to
13067 set the exit status to 42 for Zsh, and the second to trigger the trap
13068 and pass 42 as exit status for Bash.
13070 The shell in Free@acronym{BSD} 4.0 has the following bug: @samp{$?} is
13071 reset to 0 by empty lines if the code is inside @command{trap}.
13074 $ @kbd{trap 'false}
13082 Fortunately, this bug only affects @command{trap}.
13084 @item @command{true}
13085 @c -----------------
13086 @prindex @command{true}
13087 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
13088 @c @prindex @command{:}
13089 Don't worry: as far as we know @command{true} is portable.
13090 Nevertheless, it's not always a builtin (e.g., Bash 1.x), and the
13091 portable shell community tends to prefer using @command{:}. This has a
13092 funny side effect: when asked whether @command{false} is more portable
13093 than @command{true} Alexandre Oliva answered:
13096 In a sense, yes, because if it doesn't exist, the shell will produce an
13097 exit status of failure, which is correct for @command{false}, but not
13098 for @command{true}.
13102 @item @command{unset}
13103 @c ------------------
13104 @prindex @command{unset}
13105 In some nonconforming shells (e.g., Bash 2.05a), @code{unset FOO} fails
13106 when @code{FOO} is not set. Also, Bash 2.01 mishandles @code{unset
13107 MAIL} in some cases and dumps core.
13109 A few ancient shells lack @command{unset} entirely. Nevertheless, because
13110 it is extremely useful to disable embarrassing variables such as
13111 @code{PS1}, you can test for its existence and use
13112 it @emph{provided} you give a neutralizing value when @command{unset} is
13116 # "|| exit" suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message.
13117 if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
13122 $unset PS1 || PS1='$ '
13126 @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for some neutralizing values. Also, see
13127 @ref{Limitations of Builtins}, documentation of @command{export}, for
13128 the case of environment variables.
13131 @node Limitations of Usual Tools
13132 @section Limitations of Usual Tools
13133 @cindex Limitations of usual tools
13135 The small set of tools you can expect to find on any machine can still
13136 include some limitations you should be aware of.
13142 Don't leave white space before the opening parenthesis in a user function call.
13143 Posix does not allow this and @acronym{GNU} Awk rejects it:
13146 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
13147 BEGIN @{ die () @}'}
13148 gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN @{ die () @}
13149 gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error
13150 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
13151 BEGIN @{ die() @}'}
13155 Posix says that if a program contains only @samp{BEGIN} actions, and
13156 contains no instances of @code{getline}, then the program merely
13157 executes the actions without reading input. However, traditional Awk
13158 implementations (such as Solaris 10 @command{awk}) read and discard
13159 input in this case. Portable scripts can redirect input from
13160 @file{/dev/null} to work around the problem. For example:
13163 awk 'BEGIN @{print "hello world"@}' </dev/null
13166 If you want your program to be deterministic, don't depend on @code{for}
13170 $ @kbd{cat for.awk}
13177 $ @kbd{gawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
13180 $ @kbd{nawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
13185 Some Awk implementations, such as @acronym{HP-UX} 11.0's native one, mishandle anchors:
13188 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
13189 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
13191 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
13193 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
13198 Either do not depend on such patterns (i.e., use @samp{/^(.*foo|bar)/},
13199 or use a simple test to reject such implementations.
13201 @acronym{AIX} version 5.2 has an arbitrary limit of 399 on the
13202 length of regular expressions and literal strings in an Awk program.
13204 Traditional Awk implementations derived from Unix version 7, such as
13205 Solaris @command{/bin/awk}, have many limitations and do not
13206 conform to Posix. Nowadays @code{AC_PROG_AWK} (@pxref{Particular
13207 Programs}) finds you an Awk that doesn't have these problems, but if
13208 for some reason you prefer not to use @code{AC_PROG_AWK} you may need to
13211 Traditional Awk does not support multidimensional arrays or user-defined
13214 Traditional Awk does not support the @option{-v} option. You can use
13215 assignments after the program instead, e.g., @command{$AWK '@{print v
13216 $1@}' v=x}; however, don't forget that such assignments are not
13217 evaluated until they are encountered (e.g., after any @code{BEGIN}
13220 Traditional Awk does not support the keywords @code{delete} or @code{do}.
13222 Traditional Awk does not support the expressions
13223 @code{@var{a}?@var{b}:@var{c}}, @code{!@var{a}}, @code{@var{a}^@var{b}},
13224 or @code{@var{a}^=@var{b}}.
13226 Traditional Awk does not support the predefined @code{CONVFMT} variable.
13228 Traditional Awk supports only the predefined functions @code{exp},
13229 @code{int}, @code{length}, @code{log}, @code{split}, @code{sprintf},
13230 @code{sqrt}, and @code{substr}.
13232 Traditional Awk @code{getline} is not at all compatible with Posix;
13235 Traditional Awk has @code{for (i in a) @dots{}} but no other uses of the
13236 @code{in} keyword. For example, it lacks @code{if (i in a) @dots{}}.
13238 In code portable to both traditional and modern Awk, @code{FS} must be a
13239 string containing just one ordinary character, and similarly for the
13240 field-separator argument to @code{split}.
13242 Traditional Awk has a limit of 99
13243 fields in a record. You may be able to circumvent this problem by using
13246 Traditional Awk has a limit of at most 99 bytes in a number formatted by
13247 @code{OFMT}; for example, @code{OFMT="%.300e"; print 0.1;} typically
13250 The original version of Awk had a limit of at most 99 bytes per
13251 @code{split} field, 99 bytes per @code{substr} substring, and 99 bytes
13252 per run of non-special characters in a @code{printf} format, but these
13253 bugs have been fixed on all practical hosts that we know of.
13255 @item @command{basename}
13256 @c ---------------------
13257 @prindex @command{basename}
13258 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}.
13259 You can use @command{expr} instead.
13261 @c AS_BASENAME is to be replaced by a better API.
13263 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}, and you should instead
13264 use @code{AS_BASENAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), followed by
13265 @command{expr} if you need to strip a suffix. For example:
13268 a=`basename "$aname"` # This is not portable.
13269 a=`AS_BASENAME(["$aname"])` # This is more portable.
13271 # This is not portable.
13272 c=`basename "$cname" .c`
13274 # This is more portable.
13275 c=`AS_BASENAME(["$cname"])`
13277 ?*.c) c=`expr "X$c" : 'X\(.*\)\.c'`;;
13283 @item @command{cat}
13284 @c ----------------
13285 @prindex @command{cat}
13286 Don't rely on any option.
13291 @prindex @command{cc}
13292 The command @samp{cc -c foo.c} traditionally produces an object file
13293 named @file{foo.o}. Most compilers allow @option{-c} to be combined
13294 with @option{-o} to specify a different object file name, but
13295 Posix does not require this combination and a few compilers
13296 lack support for it. @xref{C Compiler}, for how @acronym{GNU} Make
13297 tests for this feature with @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}.
13299 When a compilation such as @samp{cc -o foo foo.c} fails, some compilers
13300 (such as @sc{cds} on Reliant Unix) leave a @file{foo.o}.
13302 @acronym{HP-UX} @command{cc} doesn't accept @file{.S} files to preprocess and
13303 assemble. @samp{cc -c foo.S} appears to succeed, but in fact does
13306 The default executable, produced by @samp{cc foo.c}, can be
13309 @item @file{a.out} --- usual Posix convention.
13310 @item @file{b.out} --- i960 compilers (including @command{gcc}).
13311 @item @file{a.exe} --- @acronym{DJGPP} port of @command{gcc}.
13312 @item @file{a_out.exe} --- GNV @command{cc} wrapper for DEC C on OpenVMS.
13313 @item @file{foo.exe} --- various MS-DOS compilers.
13316 The C compiler's traditional name is @command{cc}, but other names like
13317 @command{gcc} are common. Posix 1003.1-2001 specifies the
13318 name @command{c99}, but older Posix editions specified
13319 @command{c89} and anyway these standard names are rarely used in
13320 practice. Typically the C compiler is invoked from makefiles that use
13321 @samp{$(CC)}, so the value of the @samp{CC} make variable selects the
13325 @item @command{chmod}
13326 @c ------------------
13327 @prindex @command{chmod}
13328 Avoid usages like @samp{chmod -w file}; use @samp{chmod a-w file}
13329 instead, for two reasons. First, plain @option{-w} does not necessarily
13330 make the file unwritable, since it does not affect mode bits that
13331 correspond to bits in the file mode creation mask. Second,
13332 Posix says that the @option{-w} might be interpreted as an
13333 implementation-specific option, not as a mode; Posix suggests
13334 using @samp{chmod -- -w file} to avoid this confusion, but unfortunately
13335 @samp{--} does not work on some older hosts.
13338 @item @command{cmp}
13339 @c ----------------
13340 @prindex @command{cmp}
13341 @command{cmp} performs a raw data comparison of two files, while
13342 @command{diff} compares two text files. Therefore, if you might compare
13343 DOS files, even if only checking whether two files are different, use
13344 @command{diff} to avoid spurious differences due to differences of
13350 @prindex @command{cp}
13351 Avoid the @option{-r} option, since Posix 1003.1-2004 marks it as
13352 obsolescent and its behavior on special files is implementation-defined.
13353 Use @option{-R} instead. On @acronym{GNU} hosts the two options
13354 are equivalent, but on Solaris hosts (for example) @command{cp -r}
13355 reads from pipes instead of replicating them.
13357 Some @command{cp} implementations (e.g., @acronym{BSD/OS} 4.2) do not allow
13358 trailing slashes at the end of nonexistent destination directories. To
13359 avoid this problem, omit the trailing slashes. For example, use
13360 @samp{cp -R source /tmp/newdir} rather than @samp{cp -R source
13361 /tmp/newdir/} if @file{/tmp/newdir} does not exist.
13363 @c This is thanks to Ian.
13364 The ancient SunOS 4 @command{cp} does not support @option{-f}, although
13365 its @command{mv} does.
13367 @cindex timestamp resolution
13368 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and @samp{cp
13369 -p} copied the timestamps exactly. However, many modern file systems
13370 have timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Unfortunately, @samp{cp
13371 -p} implementations truncate timestamps when copying files, so this
13372 can result in the destination file appearing to be older than the
13373 source. The exact amount of truncation depends on the resolution of
13374 the system calls that @command{cp} uses; traditionally this was
13375 @code{utime}, which has 1-second resolution, but some newer
13376 @command{cp} implementations use @code{utimes}, which has
13377 1-microsecond resolution. These newer implementations include @acronym{GNU}
13378 Core Utilities 5.0.91 or later, and Solaris 8 (sparc) patch 109933-02 or
13379 later. Unfortunately as of January 2006 there is still no system
13380 call to set timestamps to the full nanosecond resolution.
13382 Bob Proulx notes that @samp{cp -p} always @emph{tries} to copy
13383 ownerships. But whether it actually does copy ownerships or not is a
13384 system dependent policy decision implemented by the kernel. If the
13385 kernel allows it then it happens. If the kernel does not allow it then
13386 it does not happen. It is not something @command{cp} itself has control
13389 In Unix System V any user can chown files to any other user, and System
13390 V also has a non-sticky @file{/tmp}. That probably derives from the
13391 heritage of System V in a business environment without hostile users.
13392 @acronym{BSD} changed this
13393 to be a more secure model where only root can @command{chown} files and
13394 a sticky @file{/tmp} is used. That undoubtedly derives from the heritage
13395 of @acronym{BSD} in a campus environment.
13397 @acronym{GNU}/Linux and Solaris by default follow @acronym{BSD}, but
13398 can be configured to allow a System V style @command{chown}. On the
13399 other hand, @acronym{HP-UX} follows System V, but can
13400 be configured to use the modern security model and disallow
13401 @command{chown}. Since it is an administrator-configurable parameter
13402 you can't use the name of the kernel as an indicator of the behavior.
13406 @item @command{date}
13407 @c -----------------
13408 @prindex @command{date}
13409 Some versions of @command{date} do not recognize special @samp{%} directives,
13410 and unfortunately, instead of complaining, they just pass them through,
13411 and exit with success:
13415 OSF1 medusa.sis.pasteur.fr V5.1 732 alpha
13421 @item @command{diff}
13422 @c -----------------
13423 @prindex @command{diff}
13424 Option @option{-u} is nonportable.
13426 Some implementations, such as Tru64's, fail when comparing to
13427 @file{/dev/null}. Use an empty file instead.
13430 @item @command{dirname}
13431 @c --------------------
13432 @prindex @command{dirname}
13433 Not all hosts have a working @command{dirname}, and you should instead
13434 use @code{AS_DIRNAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}). For example:
13437 dir=`dirname "$file"` # This is not portable.
13438 dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` # This is more portable.
13442 @item @command{egrep}
13443 @c ------------------
13444 @prindex @command{egrep}
13445 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{egrep},
13446 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
13447 replacement @code{grep -E}. Also, some traditional implementations do
13448 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
13449 @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}.
13451 Portable extended regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
13452 characters in the string @samp{$()*+.?[\^@{|}. For example, @samp{\@}}
13453 is not portable, even though it typically matches @samp{@}}.
13455 The empty alternative is not portable. Use @samp{?} instead. For
13456 instance with Digital Unix v5.0:
13459 > printf "foo\n|foo\n" | $EGREP '^(|foo|bar)$'
13461 > printf "bar\nbar|\n" | $EGREP '^(foo|bar|)$'
13463 > printf "foo\nfoo|\n|bar\nbar\n" | $EGREP '^(foo||bar)$'
13468 @command{$EGREP} also suffers the limitations of @command{grep}.
13470 @item @command{expr}
13471 @c -----------------
13472 @prindex @command{expr}
13473 No @command{expr} keyword starts with @samp{X}, so use @samp{expr
13474 X"@var{word}" : 'X@var{regex}'} to keep @command{expr} from
13475 misinterpreting @var{word}.
13477 Don't use @code{length}, @code{substr}, @code{match} and @code{index}.
13479 @item @command{expr} (@samp{|})
13480 @prindex @command{expr} (@samp{|})
13481 You can use @samp{|}. Although Posix does require that @samp{expr
13482 ''} return the empty string, it does not specify the result when you
13483 @samp{|} together the empty string (or zero) with the empty string. For
13490 Posix 1003.2-1992 returns the empty string
13491 for this case, but traditional Unix returns @samp{0} (Solaris is
13492 one such example). In Posix 1003.1-2001, the specification was
13493 changed to match traditional Unix's behavior (which is
13494 bizarre, but it's too late to fix this). Please note that the same
13495 problem does arise when the empty string results from a computation,
13499 expr bar : foo \| foo : bar
13503 Avoid this portability problem by avoiding the empty string.
13506 @item @command{expr} (@samp{:})
13507 @c ----------------------------
13508 @prindex @command{expr}
13509 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should use @samp{\} to
13510 escape only characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}.
13511 For example, alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not
13512 require its support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts.
13513 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
13515 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should not begin with
13516 @samp{^}. Patterns are automatically anchored so leading @samp{^} is
13519 The Posix standard is ambiguous as to whether
13520 @samp{expr 'a' : '\(b\)'} outputs @samp{0} or the empty string.
13521 In practice, it outputs the empty string on most platforms, but portable
13522 scripts should not assume this. For instance, the @acronym{QNX} 4.25 native
13523 @command{expr} returns @samp{0}.
13525 One might think that a way to get a uniform behavior would be to use
13526 the empty string as a default value:
13529 expr a : '\(b\)' \| ''
13533 Unfortunately this behaves exactly as the original expression; see the
13534 @command{expr} (@samp{|}) entry for more information.
13536 Ancient @command{expr} implementations (e.g., SunOS 4 @command{expr} and
13537 Solaris 8 @command{/usr/ucb/expr}) have a silly length limit that causes
13538 @command{expr} to fail if the matched substring is longer than 120
13539 bytes. In this case, you might want to fall back on @samp{echo|sed} if
13540 @command{expr} fails. Nowadays this is of practical importance only for
13541 the rare installer who mistakenly puts @file{/usr/ucb} before
13542 @file{/usr/bin} in @env{PATH}.
13544 On Mac OS X 10.4, @command{expr} mishandles the pattern @samp{[^-]} in
13545 some cases. For example, the command
13547 expr Xpowerpc-apple-darwin8.1.0 : 'X[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)'
13551 outputs @samp{apple-darwin8.1.0} rather than the correct @samp{darwin8.1.0}.
13552 This particular case can be worked around by substituting @samp{[^--]}
13555 Don't leave, there is some more!
13557 The @acronym{QNX} 4.25 @command{expr}, in addition of preferring @samp{0} to
13558 the empty string, has a funny behavior in its exit status: it's always 1
13559 when parentheses are used!
13562 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'a'`; echo "$?: $val"}
13564 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'b'`; echo "$?: $val"}
13567 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(a\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
13569 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(b\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
13574 In practice this can be a big problem if you are ready to catch failures
13575 of @command{expr} programs with some other method (such as using
13576 @command{sed}), since you may get twice the result. For instance
13579 $ @kbd{expr 'a' : '\(a\)' || echo 'a' | sed 's/^\(a\)$/\1/'}
13583 outputs @samp{a} on most hosts, but @samp{aa} on @acronym{QNX} 4.25. A
13584 simple workaround consists of testing @command{expr} and using a variable
13585 set to @command{expr} or to @command{false} according to the result.
13587 Tru64 @command{expr} incorrectly treats the result as a number, if it
13588 can be interpreted that way:
13591 $ @kbd{expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'}
13596 @item @command{fgrep}
13597 @c ------------------
13598 @prindex @command{fgrep}
13599 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{fgrep},
13600 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
13601 replacement @code{grep -F}. Also, some traditional implementations do
13602 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
13603 @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and then use @code{$FGREP}.
13606 @item @command{find}
13607 @c -----------------
13608 @prindex @command{find}
13609 The option @option{-maxdepth} seems to be @acronym{GNU} specific.
13610 Tru64 v5.1, Net@acronym{BSD} 1.5 and Solaris @command{find}
13611 commands do not understand it.
13613 The replacement of @samp{@{@}} is guaranteed only if the argument is
13614 exactly @emph{@{@}}, not if it's only a part of an argument. For
13615 instance on DU, and @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20 and @acronym{HP-UX} 11:
13619 $ @kbd{find . -name foo -exec echo "@{@}-@{@}" \;}
13624 while @acronym{GNU} @command{find} reports @samp{./foo-./foo}.
13627 @item @command{grep}
13628 @c -----------------
13629 @prindex @command{grep}
13630 Portable scripts can rely on the @command{grep} options @option{-c},
13631 @option{-l}, @option{-n}, and @option{-v}, but should avoid other
13632 options. For example, don't use @option{-w}, as Posix does not require
13633 it and Irix 6.5.16m's @command{grep} does not support it. Also,
13634 portable scripts should not combine @option{-c} with @option{-l},
13635 as Posix does not allow this.
13637 Some of the options required by Posix are not portable in practice.
13638 Don't use @samp{grep -q} to suppress output, because many @command{grep}
13639 implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not support @option{-q}.
13640 Don't use @samp{grep -s} to suppress output either, because Posix
13641 says @option{-s} does not suppress output, only some error messages;
13642 also, the @option{-s} option of traditional @command{grep} behaved
13643 like @option{-q} does in most modern implementations. Instead,
13644 redirect the standard output and standard error (in case the file
13645 doesn't exist) of @code{grep} to @file{/dev/null}. Check the exit
13646 status of @code{grep} to determine whether it found a match.
13648 Some traditional @command{grep} implementations do not work on long
13649 input lines. On AIX the default @code{grep} silently truncates long
13650 lines on the input before matching.
13652 Also, many implementations do not support multiple regexps
13653 with @option{-e}: they either reject @option{-e} entirely (e.g., Solaris)
13654 or honor only the last pattern (e.g., @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 and NeXT). To
13655 work around these problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_GREP} and then use
13658 Another possible workaround for the multiple @option{-e} problem is to
13659 separate the patterns by newlines, for example:
13667 except that this fails with traditional @command{grep}
13668 implementations and with Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8 @command{grep}.
13670 Traditional @command{grep} implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not
13671 support the @option{-E} or @option{-F} options. To work around these
13672 problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}, and
13673 similarly for @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and @code{$FGREP}. Even if you are
13674 willing to require support for Posix @command{grep}, your script should
13675 not use both @option{-E} and @option{-F}, since Posix does not allow
13678 Portable @command{grep} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to
13679 escape characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^@{@}}. For example,
13680 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
13681 support in basic regular expressions, so it should be avoided in
13682 portable scripts. Solaris and HP-UX @command{grep} do not support it.
13683 Similarly, the following escape sequences should also be avoided:
13684 @samp{\<}, @samp{\>}, @samp{\+}, @samp{\?}, @samp{\`}, @samp{\'},
13685 @samp{\B}, @samp{\b}, @samp{\S}, @samp{\s}, @samp{\W}, and @samp{\w}.
13688 @item @command{join}
13689 @c -----------------
13690 @prindex @command{join}
13691 Solaris 8 @command{join} has bugs when the second operand is standard
13692 input, and when standard input is a pipe. For example, the following
13693 shell script causes Solaris 8 @command{join} to loop forever:
13700 cat file | join file -
13703 Use @samp{join - file} instead.
13708 @prindex @command{ln}
13709 @cindex Symbolic links
13710 Don't rely on @command{ln} having a @option{-f} option. Symbolic links
13711 are not available on old systems; use @samp{$(LN_S)} as a portable substitute.
13713 For versions of the @acronym{DJGPP} before 2.04,
13714 @command{ln} emulates symbolic links
13715 to executables by generating a stub that in turn calls the real
13716 program. This feature also works with nonexistent files like in the
13717 Posix spec. So @samp{ln -s file link} generates @file{link.exe},
13718 which attempts to call @file{file.exe} if run. But this feature only
13719 works for executables, so @samp{cp -p} is used instead for these
13720 systems. @acronym{DJGPP} versions 2.04 and later have full support
13721 for symbolic links.
13726 @prindex @command{ls}
13727 @cindex Listing directories
13728 The portable options are @option{-acdilrtu}. Current practice is for
13729 @option{-l} to output both owner and group, even though ancient versions
13730 of @command{ls} omitted the group.
13732 On ancient hosts, @samp{ls foo} sent the diagnostic @samp{foo not found}
13733 to standard output if @file{foo} did not exist. Hence a shell command
13734 like @samp{sources=`ls *.c 2>/dev/null`} did not always work, since it
13735 was equivalent to @samp{sources='*.c not found'} in the absence of
13736 @samp{.c} files. This is no longer a practical problem, since current
13737 @command{ls} implementations send diagnostics to standard error.
13739 @item @command{mkdir}
13740 @c ------------------
13741 @prindex @command{mkdir}
13742 @cindex Making directories
13743 No @command{mkdir} option is portable to older systems. Instead of
13744 @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}}, you should use
13745 @code{AS_MKDIR_P(@var{file-name})} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh})
13746 or @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
13748 Combining the @option{-m} and @option{-p} options, as in @samp{mkdir -m
13749 go-w -p @var{dir}}, often leads to trouble. Free@acronym{BSD}
13750 @command{mkdir} incorrectly attempts to change the permissions of
13751 @var{dir} even if it already exists. @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 and
13752 @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 @command{mkdir} often assign the wrong permissions to
13753 any newly-created parents of @var{dir}.
13755 Posix does not clearly specify whether @samp{mkdir -p foo}
13756 should succeed when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to an already-existing
13757 directory. The @acronym{GNU} Core Utilities 5.1.0 @command{mkdir}
13758 succeeds, but Solaris @command{mkdir} fails.
13760 Traditional @code{mkdir -p} implementations suffer from race conditions.
13761 For example, if you invoke @code{mkdir -p a/b} and @code{mkdir -p a/c}
13762 at the same time, both processes might detect that @file{a} is missing,
13763 one might create @file{a}, then the other might try to create @file{a}
13764 and fail with a @code{File exists} diagnostic. The @acronym{GNU} Core
13765 Utilities (@samp{fileutils} version 4.1), Free@acronym{BSD} 5.0,
13766 Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2, and Open@acronym{BSD} 2.4 are known to be
13767 race-free when two processes invoke @code{mkdir -p} simultaneously, but
13768 earlier versions are vulnerable. Solaris @command{mkdir} is still
13769 vulnerable as of Solaris 10, and other traditional Unix systems are
13770 probably vulnerable too. This possible race is harmful in parallel
13771 builds when several Make rules call @code{mkdir -p} to
13772 construct directories. You may use
13773 @code{install-sh -d} as a safe replacement, provided this script is
13774 recent enough; the copy shipped with Autoconf 2.60 and Automake 1.10 is
13775 OK, but copies from older versions are vulnerable.
13778 @item @command{mktemp}
13779 @c -------------------
13780 @prindex @command{mktemp}
13781 @cindex Creating temporary files
13782 Shell scripts can use temporary files safely with @command{mktemp}, but
13783 it does not exist on all systems. A portable way to create a safe
13784 temporary file name is to create a temporary directory with mode 700 and
13785 use a file inside this directory. Both methods prevent attackers from
13786 gaining control, though @command{mktemp} is far less likely to fail
13787 gratuitously under attack.
13789 Here is sample code to create a new temporary directory safely:
13792 # Create a temporary directory $tmp in $TMPDIR (default /tmp).
13793 # Use mktemp if possible; otherwise fall back on mkdir,
13794 # with $RANDOM to make collisions less likely.
13798 (umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/fooXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null
13800 test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
13802 tmp=$TMPDIR/foo$$-$RANDOM
13803 (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
13810 @prindex @command{mv}
13811 @cindex Moving open files
13812 The only portable options are @option{-f} and @option{-i}.
13814 Moving individual files between file systems is portable (it was in Unix
13816 but it is not always atomic: when doing @samp{mv new existing}, there's
13817 a critical section where neither the old nor the new version of
13818 @file{existing} actually exists.
13820 On some systems moving files from @file{/tmp} can sometimes cause
13821 undesirable (but perfectly valid) warnings, even if you created these
13822 files. This is because @file{/tmp} belongs to a group that ordinary
13823 users are not members of, and files created in @file{/tmp} inherit
13824 the group of @file{/tmp}. When the file is copied, @command{mv} issues
13825 a diagnostic without failing:
13828 $ @kbd{touch /tmp/foo}
13829 $ @kbd{mv /tmp/foo .}
13830 @error{}mv: ./foo: set owner/group (was: 100/0): Operation not permitted
13838 This annoying behavior conforms to Posix, unfortunately.
13840 Moving directories across mount points is not portable, use @command{cp}
13843 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
13844 support commands like @samp{mv foo bar >foo}, even though this is
13845 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
13850 @prindex @command{od}
13852 In Mac OS X 10.3, @command{od} does not support the
13853 standard Posix options @option{-A}, @option{-j}, @option{-N}, or
13854 @option{-t}, or the @acronym{XSI} option @option{-s}. The only
13855 supported Posix option is @option{-v}, and the only supported
13856 @acronym{XSI} options are those in @option{-bcdox}. The @acronym{BSD}
13857 @command{hexdump} program can be used instead.
13859 This problem no longer exists in Mac OS X 10.4.3.
13864 @prindex @command{rm}
13865 The @option{-f} and @option{-r} options are portable.
13867 It is not portable to invoke @command{rm} without operands. For
13868 example, on many systems @samp{rm -f -r} (with no other arguments)
13869 silently succeeds without doing anything, but it fails with a diagnostic
13870 on Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2.
13872 A file might not be removed even if its parent directory is writable
13873 and searchable. Many Posix hosts cannot remove a mount point, a named
13874 stream, a working directory, or a last link to a file that is being
13877 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
13878 support commands like @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
13879 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
13882 @item @command{sed}
13883 @c ----------------
13884 @prindex @command{sed}
13885 Patterns should not include the separator (unless escaped), even as part
13886 of a character class. In conformance with Posix, the Cray
13887 @command{sed} rejects @samp{s/[^/]*$//}: use @samp{s,[^/]*$,,}.
13889 Avoid empty patterns within parentheses (i.e., @samp{\(\)}). Posix does
13890 not require support for empty patterns, and Unicos 9 @command{sed} rejects
13893 Unicos 9 @command{sed} loops endlessly on patterns like @samp{.*\n.*}.
13895 Sed scripts should not use branch labels longer than 7 characters and
13896 should not contain comments. @acronym{HP-UX} sed has a limit of 99 commands
13897 (not counting @samp{:} commands) and
13898 48 labels, which can not be circumvented by using more than one script
13899 file. It can execute up to 19 reads with the @samp{r} command per cycle.
13900 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/sed} rejects usages that exceed an limit of
13901 about 6000 bytes for the internal representation of commands.
13903 Avoid redundant @samp{;}, as some @command{sed} implementations, such as
13904 Net@acronym{BSD} 1.4.2's, incorrectly try to interpret the second
13905 @samp{;} as a command:
13908 $ @kbd{echo a | sed 's/x/x/;;s/x/x/'}
13909 sed: 1: "s/x/x/;;s/x/x/": invalid command code ;
13912 Input should not have unreasonably long lines, since some @command{sed}
13913 implementations have an input buffer limited to 4000 bytes.
13915 Portable @command{sed} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
13916 characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}. For example,
13917 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
13918 support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts. Solaris
13919 @command{sed} does not support alternation; e.g., @samp{sed '/a\|b/d'}
13920 deletes only lines that contain the literal string @samp{a|b}.
13921 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
13923 Anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$}) inside groups are not portable.
13925 Nested parentheses in patterns (e.g., @samp{\(\(a*\)b*)\)}) are
13926 quite portable to current hosts, but was not supported by some ancient
13927 @command{sed} implementations like SVR3.
13929 Some @command{sed} implementations, e.g., Solaris,
13930 restrict the special role of the asterisk to one-character regular expressions.
13931 This may lead to unexpected behavior:
13934 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
13936 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/xpg4/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
13940 The @option{-e} option is mostly portable.
13941 However, its argument
13942 cannot start with @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i},
13943 as this runs afoul of a Tru64 5.1 bug.
13944 Also, its argument cannot be empty, as this fails on @acronym{AIX} 5.3.
13945 Some people prefer to use @samp{-e}:
13948 sed -e '@var{command-1}' \
13949 -e '@var{command-2}'
13953 as opposed to the equivalent:
13963 The following usage is sometimes equivalent:
13966 sed '@var{command-1};@var{command-2}'
13969 but Posix says that this use of a semicolon has undefined effect if
13970 @var{command-1}'s verb is @samp{@{}, @samp{a}, @samp{b}, @samp{c},
13971 @samp{i}, @samp{r}, @samp{t}, @samp{w}, @samp{:}, or @samp{#}, so you
13972 should use semicolon only with simple scripts that do not use these
13975 Commands inside @{ @} brackets are further restricted. Posix says that
13976 they cannot be preceded by addresses, @samp{!}, or @samp{;}, and that
13977 each command must be followed immediately by a newline, without any
13978 intervening blanks or semicolons. The closing bracket must be alone on
13979 a line, other than white space preceding or following it.
13981 Contrary to yet another urban legend, you may portably use @samp{&} in
13982 the replacement part of the @code{s} command to mean ``what was
13983 matched''. All descendants of Unix version 7 @command{sed}
13985 don't have first hand experience with older @command{sed} implementations) have
13988 Posix requires that you must not have any white space between
13989 @samp{!} and the following command. It is OK to have blanks between
13990 the address and the @samp{!}. For instance, on Solaris:
13993 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ ! p'}
13994 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/ ! p
13995 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/! p'}
13996 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/! p
13997 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ !p'}
14001 Posix also says that you should not combine @samp{!} and @samp{;}. If
14002 you use @samp{!}, it is best to put it on a command that is delimited by
14003 newlines rather than @samp{;}.
14005 Also note that Posix requires that the @samp{b}, @samp{t}, @samp{r}, and
14006 @samp{w} commands be followed by exactly one space before their argument.
14007 On the other hand, no white space is allowed between @samp{:} and the
14008 subsequent label name.
14010 If a sed script is specified on the command line and ends in an
14011 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i} command, the last line of inserted text
14012 should be followed by a newline. Otherwise some @command{sed}
14013 implementations (e.g., Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9) do not append a newline to the
14016 Many @command{sed} implementations (e.g., MacOS X 10.4,
14017 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9, Solaris 10
14018 @command{/usr/ucb/sed}) strip leading white space from the text of
14019 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, and @samp{i} commands. Prepend a backslash to
14020 work around this incompatibility with Posix:
14023 $ @kbd{echo flushleft | sed 'a\}
14028 $ @kbd{echo foo | sed 'a\}
14036 @item @command{sed} (@samp{t})
14037 @c ---------------------------
14038 @prindex @command{sed} (@samp{t})
14039 Some old systems have @command{sed} that ``forget'' to reset their
14040 @samp{t} flag when starting a new cycle. For instance on @acronym{MIPS
14041 RISC/OS}, and on @sc{irix} 5.3, if you run the following @command{sed}
14042 script (the line numbers are not actual part of the texts):
14045 s/keep me/kept/g # a
14081 Why? When processing line 1, (c) matches, therefore sets the @samp{t}
14082 flag, and the output is produced. When processing
14083 line 2, the @samp{t} flag is still set (this is the bug). Command (a)
14084 fails to match, but @command{sed} is not supposed to clear the @samp{t}
14085 flag when a substitution fails. Command (b) sees that the flag is set,
14086 therefore it clears it, and jumps to (d), hence you get @samp{delete me}
14087 instead of @samp{deleted}. When processing line (3), @samp{t} is clear,
14088 (a) matches, so the flag is set, hence (b) clears the flags and jumps.
14089 Finally, since the flag is clear, line 4 is processed properly.
14091 There are two things one should remember about @samp{t} in @command{sed}.
14092 Firstly, always remember that @samp{t} jumps if @emph{some} substitution
14093 succeeded, not only the immediately preceding substitution. Therefore,
14094 always use a fake @samp{t clear} followed by a @samp{:clear} on the next
14095 line, to reset the @samp{t} flag where needed.
14097 Secondly, you cannot rely on @command{sed} to clear the flag at each new
14100 One portable implementation of the script above is:
14111 @item @command{touch}
14112 @c ------------------
14113 @prindex @command{touch}
14114 @cindex timestamp resolution
14115 If you specify the desired timestamp (e.g., with the @option{-r}
14116 option), @command{touch} typically uses the @code{utime} or
14117 @code{utimes} system call, which can result in the same kind of
14118 timestamp truncation problems that @samp{cp -p} has.
14120 On ancient @acronym{BSD} systems, @command{touch} or any command that
14121 results in an empty file does not update the timestamps, so use a
14122 command like @command{echo} as a workaround.
14124 @acronym{GNU} @command{touch} 3.16r (and presumably all before that)
14125 fails to work on SunOS 4.1.3 when the empty file is on an
14126 @acronym{NFS}-mounted 4.2 volume.
14127 However, these problems are no longer of practical concern.
14132 @node Portable Make
14133 @chapter Portable Make Programming
14134 @prindex @command{make}
14135 @cindex Limitations of @command{make}
14137 Writing portable makefiles is an art. Since a makefile's commands are
14138 executed by the shell, you must consider the shell portability issues
14139 already mentioned. However, other issues are specific to @command{make}
14143 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
14144 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
14145 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
14146 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
14147 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
14148 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
14149 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
14150 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
14151 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
14152 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
14153 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
14154 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
14155 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
14156 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
14157 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
14160 @node $< in Ordinary Make Rules
14161 @section @code{$<} in Ordinary Make Rules
14163 Posix says that the @samp{$<} construct in makefiles can be
14164 used only in inference rules and in the @samp{.DEFAULT} rule; its
14165 meaning in ordinary rules is unspecified. Solaris @command{make}
14166 for instance replaces it with the empty string. Open@acronym{BSD} (3.0 and
14167 later) @command{make} diagnoses these uses and errors out.
14169 @node Failure in Make Rules
14170 @section Failure in Make Rules
14172 Since 1992 Posix has required that @command{make} must invoke
14173 each command with the equivalent of a @samp{sh -c} subshell. However,
14174 many @command{make} implementations, including @acronym{BSD} make through 2004,
14175 use @samp{sh -e -c} instead, and the @option{-e} option causes the
14176 subshell to exit immediately if a subsidiary simple-command fails. For
14177 example, the command @samp{touch T; rm -f U} always attempts to
14178 remove @file{U} with Posix make, but incompatible
14179 @command{make} implementations skip the @command{rm} if the
14180 @command{touch} fails. One way to work around this is to reword the
14181 affected simple-commands so that they always succeed, e.g., @samp{touch
14183 However, even this approach can run into common bugs in @acronym{BSD}
14184 implementations of the @option{-e} option of @command{sh} and
14185 @command{set} (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}), so if you are worried
14186 about porting to buggy @acronym{BSD} shells it may be simpler to migrate
14187 complicated @command{make} actions into separate scripts.
14189 @node Special Chars in Names
14190 @section Special Characters in Make Macro Names
14192 Posix limits macro names to nonempty strings containing only
14193 @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{.}, and @samp{_}. Many
14194 @command{make} implementations allow a wider variety of characters, but
14195 portable makefiles should avoid them. It is portable to start a name
14196 with a special character, e.g., @samp{$(.FOO)}.
14198 Some ancient @command{make} implementations don't support leading
14199 underscores in macro names. An example is @acronym{NEWS-OS} 4.2R.
14202 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14205 all:; @@echo this is test
14207 Make: Must be a separator on rules line 2. Stop.
14208 $ @kbd{cat Makefile2}
14211 all:; @@echo this is test
14212 $ @kbd{make -f Makefile2}
14217 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
14219 @node Backslash-Newline-Newline
14220 @section Backslash-Newline-Newline in Make Macro Values
14222 @c This has been seen on ia64 hpux 11.20, and on one hppa hpux 10.20,
14223 @c but another hppa hpux 10.20 didn't have it. Bob Proulx
14224 @c <bob@proulx.com> thinks it was in hpux 8.0 too.
14225 On some versions of @acronym{HP-UX}, @command{make} reads multiple newlines
14226 following a backslash, continuing to the next non-empty line. For
14240 shows @code{FOO} equal to @code{one BAR = two}. Other implementations
14241 sensibly let a backslash continue only to the immediately following
14244 @node Backslash-Newline Comments
14245 @section Backslash-Newline in Make Comments
14247 According to Posix, Make comments start with @code{#}
14248 and continue until an unescaped newline is reached.
14251 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14258 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14263 However this is not always the case. Some implementations
14264 discard everything from @code{#} through the end of the line, ignoring any
14265 trailing backslash.
14268 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
14269 "Makefile", line 3: Need an operator
14270 Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
14274 Therefore, if you want to comment out a multi-line definition, prefix each
14275 line with @code{#}, not only the first.
14283 @node Long Lines in Makefiles
14284 @section Long Lines in Makefiles
14286 Tru64 5.1's @command{make} has been reported to crash when given a
14287 makefile with lines longer than around 20 kB. Earlier versions are
14288 reported to exit with @code{Line too long} diagnostics.
14290 @node Macros and Submakes
14291 @section @code{make macro=value} and Submakes
14293 A command-line variable definition such as @code{foo=bar} overrides any
14294 definition of @code{foo} in a makefile. Some @command{make}
14295 implementations (such as @acronym{GNU} @command{make}) propagate this
14296 override to subsidiary invocations of @command{make}. Some other
14297 implementations do not pass the substitution along to submakes.
14300 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14307 $ @kbd{make foo=bar} # GNU make 3.79.1
14310 make[1]: Entering directory `/home/adl'
14312 make[1]: Leaving directory `/home/adl'
14313 $ @kbd{pmake foo=bar} # BSD make
14319 You have a few possibilities if you do want the @code{foo=bar} override
14320 to propagate to submakes. One is to use the @option{-e}
14321 option, which causes all environment variables to have precedence over
14322 the makefile macro definitions, and declare foo as an environment
14326 $ @kbd{env foo=bar make -e}
14329 The @option{-e} option is propagated to submakes automatically,
14330 and since the environment is inherited between @command{make}
14331 invocations, the @code{foo} macro is overridden in
14332 submakes as expected.
14334 This syntax (@code{foo=bar make -e}) is portable only when used
14335 outside of a makefile, for instance from a script or from the
14336 command line. When run inside a @command{make} rule, @acronym{GNU}
14337 @command{make} 3.80 and prior versions forget to propagate the
14338 @option{-e} option to submakes.
14340 Moreover, using @option{-e} could have unexpected side effects if your
14341 environment contains some other macros usually defined by the
14342 makefile. (See also the note about @code{make -e} and @code{SHELL}
14345 Another way to propagate overrides to submakes is to do it
14346 manually, from your makefile:
14352 $(MAKE) foo=$(foo) two
14357 You need to foresee all macros that a user might want to override if
14360 @node The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
14361 @section The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
14362 @cindex @code{MAKEFLAGS} and @command{make}
14363 @cindex @command{make} and @code{MAKEFLAGS}
14365 Posix requires @command{make} to use @code{MAKEFLAGS} to affect the
14366 current and recursive invocations of make, but allows implementations
14367 several formats for the variable. It is tricky to parse
14368 @code{$MAKEFLAGS} to determine whether @option{-s} for silent execution
14369 or @option{-k} for continued execution are in effect. For example, you
14370 cannot assume that the first space-separated word in @code{$MAKEFLAGS}
14371 contains single-letter options, since in the Cygwin version of
14372 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} it is either @option{--unix} or
14373 @option{--win32} with the second word containing single-letter options.
14376 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14378 @@echo MAKEFLAGS = $(MAKEFLAGS)
14382 MAKEFLAGS = --unix -k
14385 @node The Make Macro SHELL
14386 @section The Make Macro @code{SHELL}
14387 @cindex @code{SHELL} and @command{make}
14388 @cindex @command{make} and @code{SHELL}
14390 Posix-compliant @command{make} internally uses the @code{$(SHELL)}
14391 macro to spawn shell processes and execute Make rules. This
14392 is a builtin macro supplied by @command{make}, but it can be modified
14393 by a makefile or by a command-line argument.
14395 Not all @command{make} implementations define this @code{SHELL} macro.
14397 @command{make} is an example; this implementation always uses
14398 @code{/bin/sh}. So it's a good idea to always define @code{SHELL} in
14399 your makefiles. If you use Autoconf, do
14405 Do not force @code{SHELL = /bin/sh} because that is not correct
14406 everywhere. For instance @acronym{DJGPP} lacks @code{/bin/sh}, and when
14407 its @acronym{GNU} @code{make} port sees such a setting it enters a special
14408 emulation mode where features like pipes and redirections are emulated
14409 on top of DOS's @command{command.com}. Unfortunately this emulation is
14410 incomplete; for instance it does not handle command substitutions.
14411 On @acronym{DJGPP} @code{SHELL} should point to Bash.
14413 Posix-compliant @command{make} should never acquire the value of
14414 $(SHELL) from the environment, even when @code{make -e} is used
14415 (otherwise, think about what would happen to your rules if
14416 @code{SHELL=/bin/tcsh}).
14418 However not all @command{make} implementations have this exception.
14419 For instance it's not surprising that Tru64 @command{make} doesn't
14420 protect @code{SHELL}, since it doesn't use it.
14423 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14429 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar make -e} # Tru64 Make
14432 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar gmake -e} # GNU make
14437 @node Comments in Make Rules
14438 @section Comments in Make Rules
14439 @cindex Comments in @file{Makefile} rules
14440 @cindex @file{Makefile} rules and comments
14442 Never put comments in a rule.
14444 Some @command{make} treat anything starting with a tab as a command for
14445 the current rule, even if the tab is immediately followed by a @code{#}.
14446 The @command{make} from Tru64 Unix V5.1 is one of them. The following
14447 makefile runs @code{# foo} through the shell.
14454 @node obj/ and Make
14455 @section The @file{obj/} Subdirectory and Make
14456 @cindex @file{obj/}, subdirectory
14457 @cindex @acronym{BSD} @command{make} and @file{obj/}
14459 Never name one of your subdirectories @file{obj/} if you don't like
14462 If an @file{obj/} directory exists, @acronym{BSD} @command{make} enters it
14463 before reading the makefile. Hence the makefile in the
14464 current directory is not read.
14467 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14470 $ @kbd{cat obj/Makefile}
14473 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14476 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
14481 @node make -k Status
14482 @section Exit Status of @code{make -k}
14483 @cindex @code{make -k}
14485 Do not rely on the exit status of @code{make -k}. Some implementations
14486 reflect whether they encountered an error in their exit status; other
14487 implementations always succeed.
14490 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14493 $ @kbd{make -k; echo exit status: $?} # GNU make
14495 make: *** [all] Error 1
14497 $ @kbd{pmake -k; echo exit status: $?} # BSD make
14499 *** Error code 1 (continuing)
14503 @node VPATH and Make
14504 @section @code{VPATH} and Make
14505 @cindex @code{VPATH}
14507 Posix does not specify the semantics of @code{VPATH}. Typically,
14508 @command{make} supports @code{VPATH}, but its implementation is not
14511 Autoconf and Automake support makefiles whose usages of @code{VPATH} are
14512 portable to recent-enough popular implementations of @command{make}, but
14513 to keep the resulting makefiles portable, a package's makefile
14514 prototypes must take the following issues into account. These issues
14515 are complicated and are often poorly understood, and installers who use
14516 @code{VPATH} should expect to find many bugs in this area. If you use
14517 @code{VPATH}, the simplest way to avoid these portability bugs is to
14518 stick with @acronym{GNU} @command{make}, since it is the most
14519 commonly-used @command{make} among Autoconf users.
14521 Here are some known issues with some @code{VPATH}
14525 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
14526 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
14527 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
14528 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
14529 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
14532 @node VPATH and Double-colon
14533 @subsection @code{VPATH} and Double-colon Rules
14534 @cindex @code{VPATH} and double-colon rules
14535 @cindex double-colon rules and @code{VPATH}
14537 With ancient versions of Sun @command{make},
14538 any assignment to @code{VPATH} causes @command{make} to execute only
14539 the first set of double-colon rules.
14540 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
14542 @node $< in Explicit Rules
14543 @subsection @code{$<} Not Supported in Explicit Rules
14544 @cindex explicit rules, @code{$<}, and @code{VPATH}
14545 @cindex @code{$<}, explicit rules, and @code{VPATH}
14546 @cindex @code{VPATH}, explicit rules, and @code{$<}
14548 Using @code{$<} in explicit rules is not portable.
14549 The prerequisite file must be named explicitly in the rule. If you want
14550 to find the prerequisite via a @code{VPATH} search, you have to code the
14551 whole thing manually. @xref{Build Directories}.
14553 @node Automatic Rule Rewriting
14554 @subsection Automatic Rule Rewriting
14555 @cindex @code{VPATH} and automatic rule rewriting
14556 @cindex automatic rule rewriting and @code{VPATH}
14558 Some @command{make} implementations, such as Solaris and Tru64,
14559 search for prerequisites in @code{VPATH} and
14560 then rewrite each occurrence as a plain word in the rule.
14564 # This isn't portable to GNU make.
14571 executes @code{cp ../pkg/src/if.c f.c} if @file{if.c} is
14572 found in @file{../pkg/src}.
14574 However, this rule leads to real problems in practice. For example, if
14575 the source directory contains an ordinary file named @file{test} that is
14576 used in a dependency, Solaris @command{make} rewrites commands like
14577 @samp{if test -r foo; @dots{}} to @samp{if ../pkg/src/test -r foo;
14578 @dots{}}, which is typically undesirable. To avoid this problem,
14579 portable makefiles should never mention a source file whose name is that
14580 of a shell keyword like @file{until} or a shell command like
14581 @command{cat} or @command{gcc} or @command{test}.
14583 Because of these problems @acronym{GNU} @command{make} and many other
14584 @command{make} implementations do not rewrite commands, so portable
14586 search @code{VPATH} manually. It is tempting to write this:
14589 # This isn't portable to Solaris make.
14592 cp `test -f if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f.c
14596 However, the ``prerequisite rewriting'' still applies here. So if
14597 @file{if.c} is in @file{../pkg/src}, Solaris and Tru64 @command{make}
14601 cp `test -f ../pkg/src/if.c || echo ../pkg/src/`if.c f.c
14612 and thus fails. Oops.
14614 A simple workaround, and good practice anyway, is to use @samp{$?} and
14615 @samp{$@@} when possible:
14624 but this does not generalize well to commands with multiple
14625 prerequisites. A more general workaround is to rewrite the rule so that
14626 the prerequisite @file{if.c} never appears as a plain word. For
14627 example, these three rules would be safe, assuming @file{if.c} is in
14628 @file{../pkg/src} and the other files are in the working directory:
14633 cat `test -f ./if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f1.c >$@@
14635 cat `test -f 'if.c' || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c g1.c >$@@
14637 cat `test -f "if.c" || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c h1.c >$@@
14640 Things get worse when your prerequisites are in a macro.
14644 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
14645 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
14646 for i in $(HEADERS); do \
14647 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
14648 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
14649 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
14653 The above @code{install-HEADERS} rule is not Solaris-proof because @code{for
14654 i in $(HEADERS);} is expanded to @code{for i in f.h g.h h.h;}
14655 where @code{f.h} and @code{g.h} are plain words and are hence
14656 subject to @code{VPATH} adjustments.
14658 If the three files are in @file{../pkg/src}, the rule is run as:
14661 for i in ../pkg/src/f.h ../pkg/src/g.h h.h; do \
14663 `test -f $i || echo ../pkg/src/`$i \
14664 /usr/local/include/$i; \
14668 where the two first @command{install} calls fail. For instance,
14669 consider the @code{f.h} installation:
14673 `test -f ../pkg/src/f.h || \
14676 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
14685 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
14688 Note that the manual @code{VPATH} search did not cause any problems here;
14689 however this command installs @file{f.h} in an incorrect directory.
14691 Trying to quote @code{$(HEADERS)} in some way, as we did for
14692 @code{foo.c} a few makefiles ago, does not help:
14695 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
14696 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
14697 for i in $$headers; do \
14698 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
14699 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
14700 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
14704 Now, @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'} macro-expands to:
14707 headers='f.h g.h h.h'
14711 but @code{g.h} is still a plain word. (As an aside, the idiom
14712 @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'; for i in $$headers;} is a good
14713 idea if @code{$(HEADERS)} can be empty, because some shells diagnose a
14714 syntax error on @code{for i in;}.)
14716 One workaround is to strip this unwanted @file{../pkg/src/} prefix manually:
14720 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
14721 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
14722 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
14723 for i in $$headers; do \
14724 i=`expr "$$i" : '$(VPATH)/\(.*\)'`;
14725 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
14726 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
14727 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
14731 Automake does something similar. However the above hack works only if
14732 the files listed in @code{HEADERS} are in the current directory or a
14733 subdirectory; they should not be in an enclosing directory. If we had
14734 @code{HEADERS = ../f.h}, the above fragment would fail in a VPATH
14735 build with Tru64 @command{make}. The reason is that not only does
14736 Tru64 @command{make} rewrite dependencies, but it also simplifies
14737 them. Hence @code{../f.h} becomes @code{../pkg/f.h} instead of
14738 @code{../pkg/src/../f.h}. This obviously defeats any attempt to strip
14739 a leading @file{../pkg/src/} component.
14741 The following example makes the behavior of Tru64 @command{make}
14745 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14757 Dependency @file{../foo} was found in @file{sub/../foo}, but Tru64
14758 @command{make} simplified it as @file{foo}. (Note that the @file{sub/}
14759 directory does not even exist, this just means that the simplification
14760 occurred before the file was checked for.)
14762 For the record here is how SunOS 4 @command{make} behaves on this
14767 make: Fatal error: Don't know how to make target `../foo'
14775 @node Tru64 Directory Magic
14776 @subsection Tru64 @command{make} Creates Prerequisite Directories Magically
14777 @cindex @code{VPATH} and prerequisite directories
14778 @cindex prerequisite directories and @code{VPATH}
14780 When a prerequisite is a subdirectory of @code{VPATH}, Tru64
14781 @command{make} creates it in the current directory.
14784 $ @kbd{mkdir -p foo/bar build}
14786 $ @kbd{cat >Makefile <<END
14795 This can yield unexpected results if a rule uses a manual @code{VPATH}
14796 search as presented before.
14801 command `test -d foo/bar || echo ../`foo/bar
14804 The above @command{command} is run on the empty @file{foo/bar}
14805 directory that was created in the current directory.
14807 @node Make Target Lookup
14808 @subsection Make Target Lookup
14809 @cindex @code{VPATH}, resolving target pathnames
14811 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses a complex algorithm to decide when it
14812 should use files found via a @code{VPATH} search. @xref{Search
14813 Algorithm, , How Directory Searches are Performed, make, The @acronym{GNU} Make
14816 If a target needs to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} discards the
14817 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search for this target, and
14818 builds the file locally using the file name given in the makefile.
14819 If a target does not need to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses the
14820 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search.
14822 Other @command{make} implementations, like Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, are
14823 easier to describe: the file name found during the @code{VPATH} search
14824 is used whether the target needs to be rebuilt or not. Therefore
14825 new files are created locally, but existing files are updated at their
14826 @code{VPATH} location.
14828 Open@acronym{BSD} and Free@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, however,
14830 @code{VPATH} search for a dependency that has an explicit rule.
14831 This is extremely annoying.
14833 When attempting a @code{VPATH} build for an autoconfiscated package
14834 (e.g., @code{mkdir build && cd build && ../configure}), this means
14836 @command{make} builds everything locally in the @file{build}
14837 directory, while @acronym{BSD} @command{make} builds new files locally and
14838 updates existing files in the source directory.
14841 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14844 foo.x bar.x: newer.x
14845 @@echo Building $@@
14846 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
14847 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
14848 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14851 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
14854 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
14857 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
14860 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
14861 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14863 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
14865 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
14868 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
14873 Note how Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make} updates @file{../bar.x} in its
14874 VPATH location, and how Free@acronym{BSD}, Open@acronym{BSD}, and Tru64
14875 @command{make} always
14876 update @file{bar.x}, even when @file{../bar.x} is up to date.
14878 Another point worth mentioning is that once @acronym{GNU} @command{make} has
14879 decided to ignore a @code{VPATH} file name (e.g., it ignored
14880 @file{../bar.x} in the above example) it continues to ignore it when
14881 the target occurs as a prerequisite of another rule.
14883 The following example shows that @acronym{GNU} @command{make} does not look up
14884 @file{bar.x} in @code{VPATH} before performing the @code{.x.y} rule,
14885 because it ignored the @code{VPATH} result of @file{bar.x} while running
14886 the @code{bar.x: newer.x} rule.
14889 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14893 @@echo Building $@@
14897 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
14898 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
14899 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14902 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
14903 make: *** [bar.y] Error 1
14904 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
14908 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
14909 echo Building bar.x
14911 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
14913 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
14915 cp: bar.x: No such file or directory
14919 Note that if you drop away the command from the @code{bar.x: newer.x}
14920 rule, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} magically starts to work: it
14921 knows that @code{bar.x} hasn't been updated, therefore it doesn't
14922 discard the result from @code{VPATH} (@file{../bar.x}) in succeeding
14923 uses. Tru64 also works, but Free@acronym{BSD} and Open@acronym{BSD}
14927 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14934 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
14935 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
14936 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14939 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
14942 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
14944 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
14946 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
14950 It seems the sole solution that would please every @command{make}
14951 implementation is to never rely on @code{VPATH} searches for targets.
14952 In other words, @code{VPATH} should be reserved to unbuilt sources.
14955 @node Single Suffix Rules
14956 @section Single Suffix Rules and Separated Dependencies
14957 @cindex Single Suffix Inference Rule
14958 @cindex Rule, Single Suffix Inference
14959 A @dfn{Single Suffix Rule} is basically a usual suffix (inference) rule
14960 (@samp{.from.to:}), but which @emph{destination} suffix is empty
14963 @cindex Separated Dependencies
14964 @dfn{Separated dependencies} simply refers to listing the prerequisite
14965 of a target, without defining a rule. Usually one can list on the one
14966 hand side, the rules, and on the other hand side, the dependencies.
14968 Solaris @command{make} does not support separated dependencies for
14969 targets defined by single suffix rules:
14972 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14977 $ @kbd{touch foo.in}
14984 while @acronym{GNU} Make does:
14990 Makefile foo foo.in
14993 Note it works without the @samp{foo: foo.in} dependency.
14996 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15005 and it works with double suffix inference rules:
15008 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15010 .SUFFIXES: .in .out
15017 As a result, in such a case, you have to write target rules.
15019 @node Timestamps and Make
15020 @section Timestamp Resolution and Make
15021 @cindex timestamp resolution
15022 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and
15023 @command{make} used those timestamps to determine whether one file was
15024 newer than the other. However, many modern file systems have
15025 timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Some @command{make}
15026 implementations look at the entire timestamp; others ignore the
15027 fractional part, which can lead to incorrect results. Normally this
15028 is not a problem, but in some extreme cases you may need to use tricks
15029 like @samp{sleep 1} to work around timestamp truncation bugs.
15031 Commands like @samp{cp -p} and @samp{touch -r} typically do not copy
15032 file timestamps to their full resolutions (@pxref{Limitations of Usual
15033 Tools}). Hence you should be wary of rules like this:
15040 as @file{dest} often appears to be older than @file{src} after the
15041 timestamp is truncated, and this can cause @command{make} to do
15042 needless rework the next time it is invoked. To work around this
15043 problem, you can use a timestamp file, e.g.:
15054 @c ======================================== Portable C and C++ Programming
15056 @node Portable C and C++
15057 @chapter Portable C and C++ Programming
15058 @cindex Portable C and C++ programming
15060 C and C++ programs often use low-level features of the underlying
15061 system, and therefore are often more difficult to make portable to other
15064 Several standards have been developed to help make your programs more
15065 portable. If you write programs with these standards in mind, you can
15066 have greater confidence that your programs work on a wide variety
15067 of systems. @xref{Standards, , Language Standards Supported by
15068 @acronym{GCC}, gcc, Using the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection
15069 (@acronym{GCC})}, for a list of C-related
15070 standards. Many programs also assume the
15071 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix standard}.
15073 Some old code is written to be portable to K&R C, which predates any C
15074 standard. K&R C compilers are no longer of practical interest, though,
15075 and the rest of section assumes at least C89, the first C standard.
15077 Program portability is a huge topic, and this section can only briefly
15078 introduce common pitfalls. @xref{System Portability, , Portability
15079 between System Types, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for
15083 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
15084 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
15085 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
15086 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
15087 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
15088 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
15089 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
15092 @node Varieties of Unportability
15093 @section Varieties of Unportability
15094 @cindex portability
15096 Autoconf tests and ordinary programs often need to test what is allowed
15097 on a system, and therefore they may need to deliberately exceed the
15098 boundaries of what the standards allow, if only to see whether an
15099 optional feature is present. When you write such a program, you should
15100 keep in mind the difference between constraints, unspecified behavior,
15101 and undefined behavior.
15103 In C, a @dfn{constraint} is a rule that the compiler must enforce. An
15104 example constraint is that C programs must not declare a bit-field with
15105 negative width. Tests can therefore reliably assume that programs with
15106 negative-width bit-fields are rejected by a compiler that conforms
15109 @dfn{Unspecified behavior} is valid behavior, where the standard allows
15110 multiple possibilities. For example, the order of evaluation of
15111 function arguments is unspecified. Some unspecified behavior is
15112 @dfn{implementation-defined}, i.e., documented by the implementation,
15113 but since Autoconf tests cannot read the documentation they cannot
15114 distinguish between implementation-defined and other unspecified
15115 behavior. It is common for Autoconf tests to probe implementations to
15116 determine otherwise-unspecified behavior.
15118 @dfn{Undefined behavior} is invalid behavior, where the standard allows
15119 the implementation to do anything it pleases. For example,
15120 dereferencing a null pointer leads to undefined behavior. If possible,
15121 test programs should avoid undefined behavior, since a program with
15122 undefined behavior might succeed on a test that should fail.
15124 The above rules apply to programs that are intended to conform to the
15125 standard. However, strictly-conforming programs are quite rare, since
15126 the standards are so limiting. A major goal of Autoconf is to support
15127 programs that use implementation features not described by the standard,
15128 and it is fairly common for test programs to violate the above rules, if
15129 the programs work well enough in practice.
15131 @node Integer Overflow
15132 @section Integer Overflow
15133 @cindex integer overflow
15134 @cindex overflow, signed integer
15135 @cindex signed integer overflow
15136 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
15138 In practice many portable C programs assume that signed integer overflow wraps
15139 around reliably using two's complement arithmetic. Yet the C standard
15140 says that program behavior is undefined on overflow, and in a few cases
15141 C programs do not work on some modern implementations because their
15142 overflows do not wrap around as their authors expected. Conversely, in
15143 signed integer remainder, the C standard requires overflow
15144 behavior that is commonly not implemented.
15147 * Integer Overflow Basics:: Why integer overflow is a problem
15148 * Signed Overflow Examples:: Examples of code assuming wraparound
15149 * Optimization and Wraparound:: Optimizations that break uses of wraparound
15150 * Signed Overflow Advice:: Practical advice for signed overflow issues
15151 * Signed Integer Division:: @code{INT_MIN / -1} and @code{INT_MIN % -1}
15154 @node Integer Overflow Basics
15155 @subsection Basics of Integer Overflow
15156 @cindex integer overflow
15157 @cindex overflow, signed integer
15158 @cindex signed integer overflow
15159 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
15161 In languages like C, unsigned integer overflow reliably wraps around;
15162 e.g., @code{UINT_MAX + 1} yields zero.
15163 This is guaranteed by the C standard and is
15164 portable in practice, unless you specify aggressive,
15165 nonstandard optimization options
15166 suitable only for special applications.
15168 In contrast, the C standard says that signed integer overflow leads to
15169 undefined behavior where a program can do anything, including dumping
15170 core or overrunning a buffer. The misbehavior can even precede the
15171 overflow. Such an overflow can occur during addition, subtraction,
15172 multiplication, division, and left shift.
15174 Despite this requirement of the standard, many C programs and Autoconf
15175 tests assume that signed integer overflow silently wraps around modulo a
15176 power of two, using two's complement arithmetic, so long as you cast the
15177 resulting value to a signed integer type or store it into a signed
15178 integer variable. If you use conservative optimization flags, such
15179 programs are generally portable to the vast majority of modern
15180 platforms, with a few exceptions discussed later.
15182 For historical reasons the C standard also allows implementations with
15183 ones' complement or signed magnitude arithmetic, but it is safe to
15184 assume two's complement nowadays.
15186 Also, overflow can occur when converting an out-of-range value to a
15187 signed integer type. Here a standard implementation must define what
15188 happens, but this might include raising an exception. In practice all
15189 known implementations support silent wraparound in this case, so you need
15190 not worry about other possibilities.
15192 @node Signed Overflow Examples
15193 @subsection Examples of Code Assuming Wraparound Overflow
15194 @cindex integer overflow
15195 @cindex overflow, signed integer
15196 @cindex signed integer overflow
15197 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
15199 There has long been a tension between what the C standard requires for
15200 signed integer overflow, and what C programs commonly assume. The
15201 standard allows aggressive optimizations based on assumptions that
15202 overflow never occurs, but many practical C programs rely on overflow
15203 wrapping around. These programs do not conform to the standard, but
15204 they commonly work in practice because compiler writers are
15205 understandably reluctant to implement optimizations that would break
15206 many programs, unless perhaps a user specifies aggressive optimization.
15208 The C Standard says that if a program has signed integer overflow its
15209 behavior is undefined, and the undefined behavior can even precede the
15210 overflow. To take an extreme example:
15212 @c Inspired by Robert Dewar's example in
15213 @c <http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2007-01/msg00038.html> (2007-01-01).
15215 if (password == expected_password)
15216 allow_superuser_privileges ();
15217 else if (counter++ == INT_MAX)
15220 printf ("%d password mismatches\n", counter);
15224 If the @code{int} variable @code{counter} equals @code{INT_MAX},
15225 @code{counter++} must overflow and the behavior is undefined, so the C
15226 standard allows the compiler to optimize away the test against
15227 @code{INT_MAX} and the @code{abort} call.
15228 Worse, if an earlier bug in the program lets the compiler deduce that
15229 @code{counter == INT_MAX} or that @code{counter} previously overflowed,
15230 the C standard allows the compiler to optimize away the password test
15231 and generate code that allows superuser privileges unconditionally.
15233 Despite this requirement by the standard, it has long been common for C
15234 code to assume wraparound arithmetic after signed overflow, and all
15235 known practical C implementations support some C idioms that assume
15236 wraparound signed arithmetic, even if the idioms do not conform
15237 strictly to the standard. If your code looks like the following
15238 examples it will almost surely work with real-world compilers.
15240 Here is an example derived from the 7th Edition Unix implementation of
15241 @code{atoi} (1979-01-10):
15247 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
15248 n = n * 10 + *p++ - '0';
15249 return (f ? -n : n);
15253 Even if the input string is in range, on most modern machines this has
15254 signed overflow when computing the most negative integer (the @code{-n}
15255 overflows) or a value near an extreme integer (the first @code{+}
15258 Here is another example, derived from the 7th Edition implementation of
15259 @code{rand} (1979-01-10). Here the programmer expects both
15260 multiplication and addition to wrap on overflow:
15263 static long int randx = 1;
15265 randx = randx * 1103515245 + 12345;
15266 return (randx >> 16) & 077777;
15269 In the following example, derived from the @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.5
15270 implementation of @code{mktime} (2006-09-09), the code assumes
15271 wraparound arithmetic in @code{+} to detect signed overflow:
15275 int sec_requested, sec_adjustment;
15277 t1 = t + sec_requested;
15278 t2 = t1 + sec_adjustment;
15279 if (((t1 < t) != (sec_requested < 0))
15280 | ((t2 < t1) != (sec_adjustment < 0)))
15284 If your code looks like these examples, it is probably safe even though
15285 it does not strictly conform to the C standard. This might lead one to
15286 believe that one can generally assume wraparound on overflow, but that
15287 is not always true, as can be seen in the next section.
15289 @node Optimization and Wraparound
15290 @subsection Optimizations That Break Wraparound Arithmetic
15291 @cindex loop induction
15293 Compilers sometimes generate code that is incompatible with wraparound
15294 integer arithmetic. A simple example is an algebraic simplification: a
15295 compiler might translate @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} to @code{i * 2}
15296 because it assumes that @code{i * 2000} does not overflow. The
15297 translation is not equivalent to the original when overflow occurs:
15298 e.g., in the typical case of 32-bit signed two's complement wraparound
15299 @code{int}, if @code{i} has type @code{int} and value @code{1073742},
15300 the original expression returns @minus{}2147483 but the optimized
15301 version returns the mathematically correct value 2147484.
15303 More subtly, loop induction optimizations often exploit the undefined
15304 behavior of signed overflow. Consider the following contrived function
15309 sumc (int lo, int hi)
15313 for (i = lo; i <= hi; i++)
15320 To avoid multiplying by 53 each time through the loop, an optimizing
15321 compiler might internally transform @code{sumc} to the equivalent of the
15326 transformed_sumc (int lo, int hi)
15331 for (ic = lo * 53; ic <= hic; ic += 53)
15338 This transformation is allowed by the C standard, but it is invalid for
15339 wraparound arithmetic when @code{INT_MAX / 53 < hi}, because then the
15340 overflow in computing expressions like @code{hi * 53} can cause the
15341 expression @code{i <= hi} to yield a different value from the
15342 transformed expression @code{ic <= hic}.
15344 For this reason, compilers that use loop induction and similar
15345 techniques often do not support reliable wraparound arithmetic when a
15346 loop induction variable like @code{ic} is involved. Since loop
15347 induction variables are generated by the compiler, and are not visible
15348 in the source code, it is not always trivial to say whether the problem
15351 Hardly any code actually depends on wraparound arithmetic in cases like
15352 these, so in practice these loop induction optimizations are almost
15353 always useful. However, edge cases in this area can cause problems.
15358 for (j = 1; 0 < j; j *= 2)
15363 Here, the loop attempts to iterate through all powers of 2 that
15364 @code{int} can represent, but the C standard allows a compiler to
15365 optimize away the comparison and generate an infinite loop,
15366 under the argument that behavior is undefined on overflow. As of this
15367 writing this optimization is not done by any production version of
15368 @acronym{GCC} with @option{-O2}, but it might be performed by other
15369 compilers, or by more aggressive @acronym{GCC} optimization options,
15370 and the @acronym{GCC} developers have not decided whether it will
15371 continue to work with @acronym{GCC} and @option{-O2}.
15373 @node Signed Overflow Advice
15374 @subsection Practical Advice for Signed Overflow Issues
15375 @cindex integer overflow
15376 @cindex overflow, signed integer
15377 @cindex signed integer overflow
15378 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
15380 Ideally the safest approach is to avoid signed integer overflow
15381 entirely. For example, instead of multiplying two signed integers, you
15382 can convert them to unsigned integers, multiply the unsigned values,
15383 then test whether the result is in signed range.
15385 Rewriting code in this way will be inconvenient, though, particularly if
15386 the signed values might be negative. Also, it may hurt
15387 performance. Using unsigned arithmetic to check for overflow is
15388 particularly painful to do portably and efficiently when dealing with an
15389 integer type like @code{uid_t} whose width and signedness vary from
15390 platform to platform.
15392 Furthermore, many C applications pervasively assume wraparound behavior
15393 and typically it is not easy to find and remove all these assumptions.
15394 Hence it is often useful to maintain nonstandard code that assumes
15395 wraparound on overflow, instead of rewriting the code. The rest of this
15396 section attempts to give practical advice for this situation.
15398 If your code wants to detect signed integer overflow in @code{sum = a +
15399 b}, it is generally safe to use an expression like @code{(sum < a) != (b
15402 If your code uses a signed loop index, make sure that the index cannot
15403 overflow, along with all signed expressions derived from the index.
15404 Here is a contrived example of problematic code with two instances of
15408 for (i = INT_MAX - 10; i <= INT_MAX; i++)
15411 report_overflow ();
15417 Because of the two overflows, a compiler might optimize away or
15418 transform the two comparisons in a way that is incompatible with the
15419 wraparound assumption.
15421 If your code uses an expression like @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} and you
15422 actually want the multiplication to wrap around on overflow, use
15423 unsigned arithmetic
15424 to do it, e.g., @code{((int) (i * 2000u)) / 1000}.
15426 If your code assumes wraparound behavior and you want to insulate it
15427 against any @acronym{GCC} optimizations that would fail to support that
15428 behavior, you should use @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-fwrapv} option, which
15429 causes signed overflow to wrap around reliably (except for division and
15430 remainder, as discussed in the next section).
15432 If you need to port to platforms where signed integer overflow does not
15433 reliably wrap around (e.g., due to hardware overflow checking, or to
15434 highly aggressive optimizations), you should consider debugging with
15435 @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-ftrapv} option, which causes signed overflow to
15436 raise an exception.
15438 @node Signed Integer Division
15439 @subsection Signed Integer Division and Integer Overflow
15440 @cindex division, integer
15443 integer division is not always harmless: for example, on CPUs of the
15444 i386 family, dividing @code{INT_MIN} by @code{-1} yields a SIGFPE signal
15445 which by default terminates the program. Worse, taking the remainder
15446 of these two values typically yields the same signal on these CPUs,
15447 even though the C standard requires @code{INT_MIN % -1} to yield zero
15448 because the expression does not overflow.
15450 @node Null Pointers
15451 @section Properties of Null Pointers
15452 @cindex null pointers
15454 Most modern hosts reliably fail when you attempt to dereference a null
15457 On almost all modern hosts, null pointers use an all-bits-zero internal
15458 representation, so you can reliably use @code{memset} with 0 to set all
15459 the pointers in an array to null values.
15461 If @code{p} is a null pointer to an object type, the C expression
15462 @code{p + 0} always evaluates to @code{p} on modern hosts, even though
15463 the standard says that it has undefined behavior.
15465 @node Buffer Overruns
15466 @section Buffer Overruns and Subscript Errors
15467 @cindex buffer overruns
15469 Buffer overruns and subscript errors are the most common dangerous
15470 errors in C programs. They result in undefined behavior because storing
15471 outside an array typically modifies storage that is used by some other
15472 object, and most modern systems lack runtime checks to catch these
15473 errors. Programs should not rely on buffer overruns being caught.
15475 There is one exception to the usual rule that a portable program cannot
15476 address outside an array. In C, it is valid to compute the address just
15477 past an object, e.g., @code{&a[N]} where @code{a} has @code{N} elements,
15478 so long as you do not dereference the resulting pointer. But it is not
15479 valid to compute the address just before an object, e.g., @code{&a[-1]};
15480 nor is it valid to compute two past the end, e.g., @code{&a[N+1]}. On
15481 most platforms @code{&a[-1] < &a[0] && &a[N] < &a[N+1]}, but this is not
15482 reliable in general, and it is usually easy enough to avoid the
15483 potential portability problem, e.g., by allocating an extra unused array
15484 element at the start or end.
15486 @uref{http://valgrind.org/, Valgrind} can catch many overruns.
15488 users might also consider using the @option{-fmudflap} option to catch
15491 Buffer overruns are usually caused by off-by-one errors, but there are
15492 more subtle ways to get them.
15494 Using @code{int} values to index into an array or compute array sizes
15495 causes problems on typical 64-bit hosts where an array index might
15496 be @math{2^31} or larger. Index values of type @code{size_t} avoid this
15497 problem, but cannot be negative. Index values of type @code{ptrdiff_t}
15498 are signed, and are wide enough in practice.
15500 If you add or multiply two numbers to calculate an array size, e.g.,
15501 @code{malloc (x * sizeof y + z)}, havoc ensues if the addition or
15502 multiplication overflows.
15504 Many implementations of the @code{alloca} function silently misbehave
15505 and can generate buffer overflows if given sizes that are too large.
15506 The size limits are implementation dependent, but are at least 4000
15507 bytes on all platforms that we know about.
15509 The standard functions @code{asctime}, @code{asctime_r}, @code{ctime},
15510 @code{ctime_r}, and @code{gets} are prone to buffer overflows, and
15511 portable code should not use them unless the inputs are known to be
15512 within certain limits. The time-related functions can overflow their
15513 buffers if given timestamps out of range (e.g., a year less than -999
15514 or greater than 9999). Time-related buffer overflows cannot happen with
15515 recent-enough versions of the @acronym{GNU} C library, but are possible
15517 implementations. The @code{gets} function is the worst, since it almost
15518 invariably overflows its buffer when presented with an input line larger
15521 @node Volatile Objects
15522 @section Volatile Objects
15523 @cindex volatile objects
15525 The keyword @code{volatile} is often misunderstood in portable code.
15526 Its use inhibits some memory-access optimizations, but programmers often
15527 wish that it had a different meaning than it actually does.
15529 @code{volatile} was designed for code that accesses special objects like
15530 memory-mapped device registers whose contents spontaneously change.
15531 Such code is inherently low-level, and it is difficult to specify
15532 portably what @code{volatile} means in these cases. The C standard
15533 says, ``What constitutes an access to an object that has
15534 volatile-qualified type is implementation-defined,'' so in theory each
15535 implementation is supposed to fill in the gap by documenting what
15536 @code{volatile} means for that implementation. In practice, though,
15537 this documentation is usually absent or incomplete.
15539 One area of confusion is the distinction between objects defined with
15540 volatile types, and volatile lvalues. From the C standard's point of
15541 view, an object defined with a volatile type has externally visible
15542 behavior. You can think of such objects as having little oscilloscope
15543 probes attached to them, so that the user can observe some properties of
15544 accesses to them, just as the user can observe data written to output
15545 files. However, the standard does not make it clear whether users can
15546 observe accesses by volatile lvalues to ordinary objects. For example:
15549 /* Declare and access a volatile object.
15550 Accesses to X are "visible" to users. */
15551 static int volatile x;
15554 /* Access two ordinary objects via a volatile lvalue.
15555 It's not clear whether accesses to *P are "visible". */
15557 int *z = malloc (sizeof (int));
15565 Programmers often wish that @code{volatile} meant ``Perform the memory
15566 access here and now, without merging several memory accesses, without
15567 changing the memory word size, and without reordering.'' But the C
15568 standard does not require this. For objects defined with a volatile
15569 type, accesses must be done before the next sequence point; but
15570 otherwise merging, reordering, and word-size change is allowed. Worse,
15571 it is not clear from the standard whether volatile lvalues provide more
15572 guarantees in general than nonvolatile lvalues, if the underlying
15573 objects are ordinary.
15575 Even when accessing objects defined with a volatile type,
15576 the C standard allows only
15577 extremely limited signal handlers: the behavior is undefined if a signal
15578 handler reads any nonlocal object, or writes to any nonlocal object
15579 whose type is not @code{sig_atomic_t volatile}, or calls any standard
15580 library function other than @code{abort}, @code{signal}, and (if C99)
15581 @code{_Exit}. Hence C compilers need not worry about a signal handler
15582 disturbing ordinary computation, unless the computation accesses a
15583 @code{sig_atomic_t volatile} lvalue that is not a local variable.
15584 (There is an obscure exception for accesses via a pointer to a volatile
15585 character, since it may point into part of a @code{sig_atomic_t
15586 volatile} object.) Posix
15587 adds to the list of library functions callable from a portable signal
15588 handler, but otherwise is like the C standard in this area.
15590 Some C implementations allow memory-access optimizations within each
15591 translation unit, such that actual behavior agrees with the behavior
15592 required by the standard only when calling a function in some other
15593 translation unit, and a signal handler acts like it was called from a
15594 different translation unit. The C standard hints that in these
15595 implementations, objects referred to by signal handlers ``would require
15596 explicit specification of @code{volatile} storage, as well as other
15597 implementation-defined restrictions.'' But unfortunately even for this
15598 special case these other restrictions are often not documented well.
15599 @xref{Volatiles, , When is a Volatile Object Accessed?, gcc, Using the
15600 @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection (@acronym{GCC})}, for some
15601 restrictions imposed by @acronym{GCC}. @xref{Defining Handlers, ,
15602 Defining Signal Handlers, libc, The @acronym{GNU} C Library}, for some
15603 restrictions imposed by the @acronym{GNU} C library. Restrictions
15604 differ on other platforms.
15606 If possible, it is best to use a signal handler that fits within the
15607 limits imposed by the C and Posix standards.
15609 If this is not practical, you can try the following rules of thumb. A
15610 signal handler should access only volatile lvalues, preferably lvalues
15611 that refer to objects defined with a volatile type, and should not
15612 assume that the accessed objects have an internally consistent state
15613 if they are larger than a machine word. Furthermore, installers
15614 should employ compilers and compiler options that are commonly used
15615 for building operating system kernels, because kernels often need more
15616 from @code{volatile} than the C Standard requires, and installers who
15617 compile an application in a similar environment can sometimes benefit
15618 from the extra constraints imposed by kernels on compilers.
15619 Admittedly we are handwaving somewhat here, as there are few
15620 guarantees in this area; the rules of thumb may help to fix some bugs
15621 but there is a good chance that they will not fix them all.
15623 For @code{volatile}, C++ has the same problems that C does.
15624 Multithreaded applications have even more problems with @code{volatile},
15625 but they are beyond the scope of this section.
15627 The bottom line is that using @code{volatile} typically hurts
15628 performance but should not hurt correctness. In some cases its use
15629 does help correctness, but these cases are often so poorly understood
15630 that all too often adding @code{volatile} to a data structure merely
15631 alleviates some symptoms of a bug while not fixing the bug in general.
15633 @node Floating Point Portability
15634 @section Floating Point Portability
15635 @cindex floating point
15637 Almost all modern systems use IEEE-754 floating point, and it is safe to
15638 assume IEEE-754 in most portable code these days. For more information,
15639 please see David Goldberg's classic paper
15640 @uref{http://www.validlab.com/goldberg/paper.pdf, What Every Computer
15641 Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic}.
15643 @node Exiting Portably
15644 @section Exiting Portably
15645 @cindex exiting portably
15647 A C or C++ program can exit with status @var{N} by returning
15648 @var{N} from the @code{main} function. Portable programs are supposed
15649 to exit either with status 0 or @code{EXIT_SUCCESS} to succeed, or with
15650 status @code{EXIT_FAILURE} to fail, but in practice it is portable to
15651 fail by exiting with status 1, and test programs that assume Posix can
15652 fail by exiting with status values from 1 through 255. Programs on
15653 SunOS 2.0 (1985) through 3.5.2 (1988) incorrectly exited with zero
15654 status when @code{main} returned nonzero, but ancient systems like these
15655 are no longer of practical concern.
15657 A program can also exit with status @var{N} by passing @var{N} to the
15658 @code{exit} function, and a program can fail by calling the @code{abort}
15659 function. If a program is specialized to just some platforms, it can fail
15660 by calling functions specific to those platforms, e.g., @code{_exit}
15661 (Posix) and @code{_Exit} (C99). However, like other functions, an exit
15662 function should be declared, typically by including a header. For
15663 example, if a C program calls @code{exit}, it should include @file{stdlib.h}
15664 either directly or via the default includes (@pxref{Default Includes}).
15666 A program can fail due to undefined behavior such as dereferencing a null
15667 pointer, but this is not recommended as undefined behavior allows an
15668 implementation to do whatever it pleases and this includes exiting
15672 @c ================================================== Manual Configuration
15674 @node Manual Configuration
15675 @chapter Manual Configuration
15677 A few kinds of features can't be guessed automatically by running test
15678 programs. For example, the details of the object-file format, or
15679 special options that need to be passed to the compiler or linker. You
15680 can check for such features using ad-hoc means, such as having
15681 @command{configure} check the output of the @code{uname} program, or
15682 looking for libraries that are unique to particular systems. However,
15683 Autoconf provides a uniform method for handling unguessable features.
15686 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
15687 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
15688 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
15691 @node Specifying Names
15692 @section Specifying the System Type
15693 @cindex System type
15696 @command{configure} scripts can make decisions based on a canonical name
15697 for the system type, which has the form:
15698 @samp{@var{cpu}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}}, where @var{os} can be
15699 @samp{@var{system}} or @samp{@var{kernel}-@var{system}}
15701 @command{configure} can usually guess the canonical name for the type of
15702 system it's running on. To do so it runs a script called
15703 @command{config.guess}, which infers the name using the @code{uname}
15704 command or symbols predefined by the C preprocessor.
15706 Alternately, the user can specify the system type with command line
15707 arguments to @command{configure}. Doing so is necessary when
15708 cross-compiling. In the most complex case of cross-compiling, three
15709 system types are involved. The options to specify them are:
15712 @item --build=@var{build-type}
15713 the type of system on which the package is being configured and
15714 compiled. It defaults to the result of running @command{config.guess}.
15716 @item --host=@var{host-type}
15717 the type of system on which the package runs. By default it is the
15718 same as the build machine. Specifying it enables the cross-compilation
15721 @item --target=@var{target-type}
15722 the type of system for which any compiler tools in the package
15723 produce code (rarely needed). By default, it is the same as host.
15726 If you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess}, use
15727 @option{--build}, not @option{--host}, since the latter enables
15728 cross-compilation. For historical reasons,
15729 whenever you specify @option{--host},
15730 be sure to specify @option{--build} too; this will be fixed in the
15731 future. So, to enter cross-compilation mode, use a command like this
15734 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
15738 Note that if you do not specify @option{--host}, @command{configure}
15739 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler. For
15740 example, configuring as follows fails:
15743 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
15746 In the future, when cross-compiling Autoconf will @emph{not}
15747 accept tools (compilers, linkers, assemblers) whose name is not
15748 prefixed with the host type. The only case when this may be
15749 useful is when you really are not cross-compiling, but only
15750 building for a least-common-denominator architecture: an example
15751 is building for @code{i386-pc-linux-gnu} while running on an
15752 @code{i686-pc-linux-gnu} architecture. In this case, some particular
15753 pairs might be similar enough to let you get away with the system
15754 compilers, but in general the compiler might make bogus assumptions
15755 on the host: if you know what you are doing, please create symbolic
15756 links from the host compiler to the build compiler.
15758 @cindex @command{config.sub}
15759 @command{configure} recognizes short aliases for many system types; for
15760 example, @samp{decstation} can be used instead of
15761 @samp{mips-dec-ultrix4.2}. @command{configure} runs a script called
15762 @command{config.sub} to canonicalize system type aliases.
15764 This section deliberately omits the description of the obsolete
15765 interface; see @ref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}.
15768 @node Canonicalizing
15769 @section Getting the Canonical System Type
15770 @cindex System type
15771 @cindex Canonical system type
15773 The following macros make the system type available to @command{configure}
15776 @ovindex build_alias
15777 @ovindex host_alias
15778 @ovindex target_alias
15780 The variables @samp{build_alias}, @samp{host_alias}, and
15781 @samp{target_alias} are always exactly the arguments of @option{--build},
15782 @option{--host}, and @option{--target}; in particular, they are left empty
15783 if the user did not use them, even if the corresponding
15784 @code{AC_CANONICAL} macro was run. Any configure script may use these
15785 variables anywhere. These are the variables that should be used when in
15786 interaction with the user.
15788 If you need to recognize some special environments based on their system
15789 type, run the following macros to get canonical system names. These
15790 variables are not set before the macro call.
15792 If you use these macros, you must distribute @command{config.guess} and
15793 @command{config.sub} along with your source code. @xref{Output}, for
15794 information about the @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} macro which you can use
15795 to control in which directory @command{configure} looks for those scripts.
15798 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
15799 @acindex{CANONICAL_BUILD}
15802 @ovindex build_vendor
15804 Compute the canonical build-system type variable, @code{build}, and its
15805 three individual parts @code{build_cpu}, @code{build_vendor}, and
15808 If @option{--build} was specified, then @code{build} is the
15809 canonicalization of @code{build_alias} by @command{config.sub},
15810 otherwise it is determined by the shell script @command{config.guess}.
15813 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_HOST
15814 @acindex{CANONICAL_HOST}
15817 @ovindex host_vendor
15819 Compute the canonical host-system type variable, @code{host}, and its
15820 three individual parts @code{host_cpu}, @code{host_vendor}, and
15823 If @option{--host} was specified, then @code{host} is the
15824 canonicalization of @code{host_alias} by @command{config.sub},
15825 otherwise it defaults to @code{build}.
15828 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
15829 @acindex{CANONICAL_TARGET}
15831 @ovindex target_cpu
15832 @ovindex target_vendor
15834 Compute the canonical target-system type variable, @code{target}, and its
15835 three individual parts @code{target_cpu}, @code{target_vendor}, and
15838 If @option{--target} was specified, then @code{target} is the
15839 canonicalization of @code{target_alias} by @command{config.sub},
15840 otherwise it defaults to @code{host}.
15843 Note that there can be artifacts due to the backward compatibility
15844 code. See @xref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}, for more.
15846 @node Using System Type
15847 @section Using the System Type
15849 In @file{configure.ac} the system type is generally used by one or more
15850 @code{case} statements to select system-specifics. Shell wildcards can
15851 be used to match a group of system types.
15853 For example, an extra assembler code object file could be chosen, giving
15854 access to a CPU cycle counter register. @code{$(CYCLE_OBJ)} in the
15855 following would be used in a makefile to add the object to a
15856 program or library.
15860 alpha*-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rpcc.o ;;
15861 i?86-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rdtsc.o ;;
15864 AC_SUBST([CYCLE_OBJ])
15867 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS} (@pxref{Configuration Links}) is another good way
15868 to select variant source files, for example optimized code for some
15869 CPUs. The configured CPU type doesn't always indicate exact CPU types,
15870 so some runtime capability checks may be necessary too.
15874 alpha*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:alpha/dither.c]) ;;
15875 powerpc*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:powerpc/dither.c]) ;;
15876 *-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:generic/dither.c]) ;;
15880 The host system type can also be used to find cross-compilation tools
15881 with @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL} (@pxref{Generic Programs}).
15883 The above examples all show @samp{$host}, since this is where the code
15884 is going to run. Only rarely is it necessary to test @samp{$build}
15885 (which is where the build is being done).
15887 Whenever you're tempted to use @samp{$host} it's worth considering
15888 whether some sort of probe would be better. New system types come along
15889 periodically or previously missing features are added. Well-written
15890 probes can adapt themselves to such things, but hard-coded lists of
15891 names can't. Here are some guidelines,
15895 Availability of libraries and library functions should always be checked
15898 Variant behavior of system calls is best identified with runtime tests
15899 if possible, but bug workarounds or obscure difficulties might have to
15900 be driven from @samp{$host}.
15902 Assembler code is inevitably highly CPU-specific and is best selected
15903 according to @samp{$host_cpu}.
15905 Assembler variations like underscore prefix on globals or ELF versus
15906 COFF type directives are however best determined by probing, perhaps
15907 even examining the compiler output.
15910 @samp{$target} is for use by a package creating a compiler or similar.
15911 For ordinary packages it's meaningless and should not be used. It
15912 indicates what the created compiler should generate code for, if it can
15913 cross-compile. @samp{$target} generally selects various hard-coded CPU
15914 and system conventions, since usually the compiler or tools under
15915 construction themselves determine how the target works.
15918 @c ===================================================== Site Configuration.
15920 @node Site Configuration
15921 @chapter Site Configuration
15923 @command{configure} scripts support several kinds of local configuration
15924 decisions. There are ways for users to specify where external software
15925 packages are, include or exclude optional features, install programs
15926 under modified names, and set default values for @command{configure}
15930 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
15931 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
15932 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
15933 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
15934 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
15935 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
15936 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
15937 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
15940 @node Help Formatting
15941 @section Controlling Help Output
15943 Users consult @samp{configure --help} to learn of configuration
15944 decisions specific to your package. By default, @command{configure}
15945 breaks this output into sections for each type of option; within each
15946 section, help strings appear in the order @file{configure.ac} defines
15952 --enable-bar include bar
15959 @defmac AC_PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER
15960 @acindex{PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER}
15962 Request an alternate @option{--help} format, in which options of all
15963 types appear together, in the order defined. Call this macro before any
15964 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} or @code{AC_ARG_WITH}.
15967 Optional Features and Packages:
15969 --enable-bar include bar
15975 @node External Software
15976 @section Working With External Software
15977 @cindex External software
15979 Some packages require, or can optionally use, other software packages
15980 that are already installed. The user can give @command{configure}
15981 command line options to specify which such external software to use.
15982 The options have one of these forms:
15984 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
15987 --with-@var{package}[=@var{arg}]
15988 --without-@var{package}
15991 For example, @option{--with-gnu-ld} means work with the @acronym{GNU} linker
15992 instead of some other linker. @option{--with-x} means work with The X
15995 The user can give an argument by following the package name with
15996 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} is for
15997 packages that are used by default; it says to @emph{not} use the
15998 package. An argument that is neither @samp{yes} nor @samp{no} could
15999 include a name or number of a version of the other package, to specify
16000 more precisely which other package this program is supposed to work
16001 with. If no argument is given, it defaults to @samp{yes}.
16002 @option{--without-@var{package}} is equivalent to
16003 @option{--with-@var{package}=no}.
16005 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
16006 @option{--with-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
16007 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
16010 For each external software package that may be used, @file{configure.ac}
16011 should call @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to detect whether the @command{configure}
16012 user asked to use it. Whether each package is used or not by default,
16013 and which arguments are valid, is up to you.
16015 @defmac AC_ARG_WITH (@var{package}, @var{help-string}, @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
16017 If the user gave @command{configure} the option @option{--with-@var{package}}
16018 or @option{--without-@var{package}}, run shell commands
16019 @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run shell commands
16020 @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{package} indicates another
16021 software package that this program should work with. It should consist
16022 only of alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
16024 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
16025 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{withval}, which is
16026 actually just the value of the shell variable named
16027 @code{with_@var{package}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
16028 @var{package} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
16031 The argument @var{help-string} is a description of the option that
16034 --with-readline support fancy command line editing
16038 @var{help-string} may be more than one line long, if more detail is
16039 needed. Just make sure the columns line up in @samp{configure
16040 --help}. Avoid tabs in the help string. You'll need to enclose the
16041 help string in @samp{[} and @samp{]} in order to produce the leading
16044 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
16045 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
16047 The following example shows how to use the @code{AC_ARG_WITH} macro in
16048 a common situation. You want to let the user decide whether to enable
16049 support for an external library (e.g., the readline library); if the user
16050 specified neither @option{--with-readline} nor @option{--without-readline},
16051 you want to enable support for readline only if the library is available
16054 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
16056 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
16057 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
16058 [support fancy command line editing @@<:@@default=check@@:>@@])],
16060 [with_readline=check])
16063 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
16064 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
16065 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
16066 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
16067 [Define if you have libreadline])
16069 [if test "x$with_readline" != xcheck; then
16071 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])
16076 The next example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
16077 possibility to enable support for the readline library, in case it is still
16078 experimental and not well tested, and is therefore disabled by default.
16080 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
16082 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
16083 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
16084 [enable experimental support for readline])],
16086 [with_readline=no])
16089 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
16090 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
16091 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
16092 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
16093 [Define if you have libreadline])
16096 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])],
16100 The last example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
16101 possibility to disable support for the readline library, given that it is
16102 an important feature and that it should be enabled by default.
16104 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
16106 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
16107 [AS_HELP_STRING([--without-readline],
16108 [disable support for readline])],
16110 [with_readline=yes])
16113 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
16114 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
16115 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
16116 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
16117 [Define if you have libreadline])
16120 [readline test failed (--without-readline to disable)])],
16124 These three examples can be easily adapted to the case where
16125 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} should be preferred to @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (see
16126 @ref{Package Options}).
16129 @defmac AC_WITH (@var{package}, @var{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
16131 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_WITH} that does not
16132 support providing a help string.
16135 @node Package Options
16136 @section Choosing Package Options
16137 @cindex Package options
16138 @cindex Options, package
16140 If a software package has optional compile-time features, the user can
16141 give @command{configure} command line options to specify whether to
16142 compile them. The options have one of these forms:
16144 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
16147 --enable-@var{feature}[=@var{arg}]
16148 --disable-@var{feature}
16151 These options allow users to choose which optional features to build and
16152 install. @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options should never make a
16153 feature behave differently or cause one feature to replace another.
16154 They should only cause parts of the program to be built rather than left
16157 The user can give an argument by following the feature name with
16158 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} requests
16159 that the feature @emph{not} be made available. A feature with an
16160 argument looks like @option{--enable-debug=stabs}. If no argument is
16161 given, it defaults to @samp{yes}. @option{--disable-@var{feature}} is
16162 equivalent to @option{--enable-@var{feature}=no}.
16164 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
16165 @option{--enable-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
16166 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
16169 For each optional feature, @file{configure.ac} should call
16170 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} to detect whether the @command{configure} user asked
16171 to include it. Whether each feature is included or not by default, and
16172 which arguments are valid, is up to you.
16174 @defmac AC_ARG_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{help-string}, @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
16175 @acindex{ARG_ENABLE}
16176 If the user gave @command{configure} the option
16177 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} or @option{--disable-@var{feature}}, run
16178 shell commands @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run
16179 shell commands @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{feature}
16180 indicates an optional user-level facility. It should consist only of
16181 alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
16183 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
16184 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{enableval}, which is
16185 actually just the value of the shell variable named
16186 @code{enable_@var{feature}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
16187 @var{feature} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
16188 if you wish. The @var{help-string} argument is like that of
16189 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}).
16191 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
16192 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
16194 See the examples suggested with the definition of @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
16195 (@pxref{External Software}) to get an idea of possible applications of
16196 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}.
16199 @defmac AC_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
16201 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} that does not
16202 support providing a help string.
16206 @node Pretty Help Strings
16207 @section Making Your Help Strings Look Pretty
16208 @cindex Help strings
16210 Properly formatting the @samp{help strings} which are used in
16211 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}) and @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
16212 (@pxref{Package Options}) can be challenging. Specifically, you want
16213 your own @samp{help strings} to line up in the appropriate columns of
16214 @samp{configure --help} just like the standard Autoconf @samp{help
16215 strings} do. This is the purpose of the @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro.
16217 @defmac AS_HELP_STRING (@var{left-hand-side}, @var{right-hand-side})
16218 @acindex{HELP_STRING}
16220 Expands into an help string that looks pretty when the user executes
16221 @samp{configure --help}. It is typically used in @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
16222 (@pxref{External Software}) or @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} (@pxref{Package
16223 Options}). The following example makes this clearer.
16227 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-foo],
16228 [use foo (default is no)])],
16229 [use_foo=$withval],
16233 The second argument of @code{AS_HELP_STRING} is
16234 not a literal, and should not be double quoted.
16235 @xref{Autoconf Language}, for a more detailed explanation.
16236 Then the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} appear like
16240 --enable and --with options recognized:
16241 --with-foo use foo (default is no)
16244 The @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro is particularly helpful when the
16245 @var{left-hand-side} and/or @var{right-hand-side} are composed of macro
16246 arguments, as shown in the following example.
16249 AC_DEFUN([MY_ARG_WITH],
16251 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-$1], [use $1 (default is $2)])],
16252 [use_[]$1=$withval],
16258 @node Option Checking
16259 @section Controlling Checking of @command{configure} Options
16260 @cindex Options, Package
16262 The @command{configure} script checks its command-line options against a
16263 list of known options, like @option{--help} or @option{--config-cache}.
16264 An unknown option ordinarily indicates a mistake by the user and
16265 @command{configure} halts with an error. However, by default unknown
16266 @option{--with-@var{package}} and @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
16267 options elicit only a warning, to support configuring entire source
16270 Source trees often contain multiple packages with a top-level
16271 @command{configure} script that uses the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro
16272 (@pxref{Subdirectories}). Because the packages generally support
16273 different @option{--with-@var{package}} and
16274 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options, the @acronym{GNU} Coding
16275 Standards say they must accept unrecognized options without halting.
16276 Even a warning message is undesirable here, so @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
16277 automatically disables the warnings.
16279 This default behavior may be modified in two ways. First, the installer
16280 can invoke @command{configure} with the
16281 @option{--disable-option-checking} or
16282 @option{--enable-option-checking=fatal} options to disable these
16283 warnings or turn them into fatal errors, respectively. Second, the
16284 maintainer can use @code{AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}.
16286 @defmac AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING
16287 @acindex{DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}
16289 By default, disable warnings for unrecognized
16290 @option{--with-@var{package}} or @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
16291 options. This is implied by @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}.
16293 The installer can override this behavior by passing
16294 @option{--enable-option-checking} (enable warnings) or
16295 @option{--enable-option-checking=fatal} (enable errors) to
16296 @command{configure}.
16301 @section Configuring Site Details
16302 @cindex Site details
16304 Some software packages require complex site-specific information. Some
16305 examples are host names to use for certain services, company names, and
16306 email addresses to contact. Since some configuration scripts generated
16307 by Metaconfig ask for such information interactively, people sometimes
16308 wonder how to get that information in Autoconf-generated configuration
16309 scripts, which aren't interactive.
16311 Such site configuration information should be put in a file that is
16312 edited @emph{only by users}, not by programs. The location of the file
16313 can either be based on the @code{prefix} variable, or be a standard
16314 location such as the user's home directory. It could even be specified
16315 by an environment variable. The programs should examine that file at
16316 runtime, rather than at compile time. Runtime configuration is more
16317 convenient for users and makes the configuration process simpler than
16318 getting the information while configuring. @xref{Directory Variables, ,
16319 Variables for Installation Directories, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding
16320 Standards}, for more information on where to put data files.
16322 @node Transforming Names
16323 @section Transforming Program Names When Installing
16324 @cindex Transforming program names
16325 @cindex Program names, transforming
16327 Autoconf supports changing the names of programs when installing them.
16328 In order to use these transformations, @file{configure.ac} must call the
16329 macro @code{AC_ARG_PROGRAM}.
16331 @defmac AC_ARG_PROGRAM
16332 @acindex{ARG_PROGRAM}
16333 @ovindex program_transform_name
16334 Place in output variable @code{program_transform_name} a sequence of
16335 @code{sed} commands for changing the names of installed programs.
16337 If any of the options described below are given to @command{configure},
16338 program names are transformed accordingly. Otherwise, if
16339 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} has been called and a @option{--target} value
16340 is given, the target type followed by a dash is used as a prefix.
16341 Otherwise, no program name transformation is done.
16345 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
16346 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
16347 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
16350 @node Transformation Options
16351 @subsection Transformation Options
16353 You can specify name transformations by giving @command{configure} these
16354 command line options:
16357 @item --program-prefix=@var{prefix}
16358 prepend @var{prefix} to the names;
16360 @item --program-suffix=@var{suffix}
16361 append @var{suffix} to the names;
16363 @item --program-transform-name=@var{expression}
16364 perform @code{sed} substitution @var{expression} on the names.
16367 @node Transformation Examples
16368 @subsection Transformation Examples
16370 These transformations are useful with programs that can be part of a
16371 cross-compilation development environment. For example, a
16372 cross-assembler running on a Sun 4 configured with
16373 @option{--target=i960-vxworks} is normally installed as
16374 @file{i960-vxworks-as}, rather than @file{as}, which could be confused
16375 with a native Sun 4 assembler.
16377 You can force a program name to begin with @file{g}, if you don't want
16378 @acronym{GNU} programs installed on your system to shadow other programs with
16379 the same name. For example, if you configure @acronym{GNU} @code{diff} with
16380 @option{--program-prefix=g}, then when you run @samp{make install} it is
16381 installed as @file{/usr/local/bin/gdiff}.
16383 As a more sophisticated example, you could use
16386 --program-transform-name='s/^/g/; s/^gg/g/; s/^gless/less/'
16390 to prepend @samp{g} to most of the program names in a source tree,
16391 excepting those like @code{gdb} that already have one and those like
16392 @code{less} and @code{lesskey} that aren't @acronym{GNU} programs. (That is
16393 assuming that you have a source tree containing those programs that is
16394 set up to use this feature.)
16396 One way to install multiple versions of some programs simultaneously is
16397 to append a version number to the name of one or both. For example, if
16398 you want to keep Autoconf version 1 around for awhile, you can configure
16399 Autoconf version 2 using @option{--program-suffix=2} to install the
16400 programs as @file{/usr/local/bin/autoconf2},
16401 @file{/usr/local/bin/autoheader2}, etc. Nevertheless, pay attention
16402 that only the binaries are renamed, therefore you'd have problems with
16403 the library files which might overlap.
16405 @node Transformation Rules
16406 @subsection Transformation Rules
16408 Here is how to use the variable @code{program_transform_name} in a
16409 @file{Makefile.in}:
16412 PROGRAMS = cp ls rm
16413 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
16415 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
16416 $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | \
16417 sed '$(transform)'`; \
16421 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
16422 rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | sed '$(transform)'`; \
16426 It is guaranteed that @code{program_transform_name} is never empty, and
16427 that there are no useless separators. Therefore you may safely embed
16428 @code{program_transform_name} within a sed program using @samp{;}:
16431 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
16432 transform_exe = s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/
16435 Whether to do the transformations on documentation files (Texinfo or
16436 @code{man}) is a tricky question; there seems to be no perfect answer,
16437 due to the several reasons for name transforming. Documentation is not
16438 usually particular to a specific architecture, and Texinfo files do not
16439 conflict with system documentation. But they might conflict with
16440 earlier versions of the same files, and @code{man} pages sometimes do
16441 conflict with system documentation. As a compromise, it is probably
16442 best to do name transformations on @code{man} pages but not on Texinfo
16445 @node Site Defaults
16446 @section Setting Site Defaults
16447 @cindex Site defaults
16449 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts allow your site to provide
16450 default values for some configuration values. You do this by creating
16451 site- and system-wide initialization files.
16453 @evindex CONFIG_SITE
16454 If the environment variable @code{CONFIG_SITE} is set, @command{configure}
16455 uses its value as the name of a shell script to read. Otherwise, it
16456 reads the shell script @file{@var{prefix}/share/config.site} if it exists,
16457 then @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site} if it exists. Thus,
16458 settings in machine-specific files override those in machine-independent
16459 ones in case of conflict.
16461 Site files can be arbitrary shell scripts, but only certain kinds of
16462 code are really appropriate to be in them. Because @command{configure}
16463 reads any cache file after it has read any site files, a site file can
16464 define a default cache file to be shared between all Autoconf-generated
16465 @command{configure} scripts run on that system (@pxref{Cache Files}). If
16466 you set a default cache file in a site file, it is a good idea to also
16467 set the output variable @code{CC} in that site file, because the cache
16468 file is only valid for a particular compiler, but many systems have
16471 You can examine or override the value set by a command line option to
16472 @command{configure} in a site file; options set shell variables that have
16473 the same names as the options, with any dashes turned into underscores.
16474 The exceptions are that @option{--without-} and @option{--disable-} options
16475 are like giving the corresponding @option{--with-} or @option{--enable-}
16476 option and the value @samp{no}. Thus, @option{--cache-file=localcache}
16477 sets the variable @code{cache_file} to the value @samp{localcache};
16478 @option{--enable-warnings=no} or @option{--disable-warnings} sets the variable
16479 @code{enable_warnings} to the value @samp{no}; @option{--prefix=/usr} sets the
16480 variable @code{prefix} to the value @samp{/usr}; etc.
16482 Site files are also good places to set default values for other output
16483 variables, such as @code{CFLAGS}, if you need to give them non-default
16484 values: anything you would normally do, repetitively, on the command
16485 line. If you use non-default values for @var{prefix} or
16486 @var{exec_prefix} (wherever you locate the site file), you can set them
16487 in the site file if you specify it with the @code{CONFIG_SITE}
16488 environment variable.
16490 You can set some cache values in the site file itself. Doing this is
16491 useful if you are cross-compiling, where it is impossible to check features
16492 that require running a test program. You could ``prime the cache'' by
16493 setting those values correctly for that system in
16494 @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site}. To find out the names of the cache
16495 variables you need to set, look for shell variables with @samp{_cv_} in
16496 their names in the affected @command{configure} scripts, or in the Autoconf
16497 M4 source code for those macros.
16499 The cache file is careful to not override any variables set in the site
16500 files. Similarly, you should not override command-line options in the
16501 site files. Your code should check that variables such as @code{prefix}
16502 and @code{cache_file} have their default values (as set near the top of
16503 @command{configure}) before changing them.
16505 Here is a sample file @file{/usr/share/local/gnu/share/config.site}. The
16506 command @samp{configure --prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu} would read this
16507 file (if @code{CONFIG_SITE} is not set to a different file).
16510 # config.site for configure
16512 # Change some defaults.
16513 test "$prefix" = NONE && prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu
16514 test "$exec_prefix" = NONE && exec_prefix=/usr/local/gnu
16515 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$prefix/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
16516 test "$localstatedir" = '$prefix/var' && localstatedir=/var
16518 # Give Autoconf 2.x generated configure scripts a shared default
16519 # cache file for feature test results, architecture-specific.
16520 if test "$cache_file" = /dev/null; then
16521 cache_file="$prefix/var/config.cache"
16522 # A cache file is only valid for one C compiler.
16528 @c ============================================== Running configure Scripts.
16530 @node Running configure Scripts
16531 @chapter Running @command{configure} Scripts
16532 @cindex @command{configure}
16534 Below are instructions on how to configure a package that uses a
16535 @command{configure} script, suitable for inclusion as an @file{INSTALL}
16536 file in the package. A plain-text version of @file{INSTALL} which you
16537 may use comes with Autoconf.
16540 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
16541 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
16542 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
16543 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
16544 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
16545 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
16546 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
16547 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
16548 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
16552 @include install.texi
16555 @c ============================================== config.status Invocation
16557 @node config.status Invocation
16558 @chapter config.status Invocation
16559 @cindex @command{config.status}
16561 The @command{configure} script creates a file named @file{config.status},
16562 which actually configures, @dfn{instantiates}, the template files. It
16563 also records the configuration options that were specified when the
16564 package was last configured in case reconfiguring is needed.
16568 ./config.status @var{option}@dots{} [@var{file}@dots{}]
16571 It configures the @var{files}; if none are specified, all the templates
16572 are instantiated. The files must be specified without their
16573 dependencies, as in
16576 ./config.status foobar
16583 ./config.status foobar:foo.in:bar.in
16586 The supported options are:
16591 Print a summary of the command line options, the list of the template
16596 Print the version number of Autoconf and the configuration settings,
16602 Do not print progress messages.
16606 Don't remove the temporary files.
16608 @item --file=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
16609 Require that @var{file} be instantiated as if
16610 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}:@var{template})} was used. Both
16611 @var{file} and @var{template} may be @samp{-} in which case the standard
16612 output and/or standard input, respectively, is used. If a
16613 @var{template} file name is relative, it is first looked for in the build
16614 tree, and then in the source tree. @xref{Configuration Actions}, for
16617 This option and the following ones provide one way for separately
16618 distributed packages to share the values computed by @command{configure}.
16619 Doing so can be useful if some of the packages need a superset of the
16620 features that one of them, perhaps a common library, does. These
16621 options allow a @file{config.status} file to create files other than the
16622 ones that its @file{configure.ac} specifies, so it can be used for a
16625 @item --header=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
16626 Same as @option{--file} above, but with @samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}.
16629 Ask @file{config.status} to update itself and exit (no instantiation).
16630 This option is useful if you change @command{configure}, so that the
16631 results of some tests might be different from the previous run. The
16632 @option{--recheck} option reruns @command{configure} with the same arguments
16633 you used before, plus the @option{--no-create} option, which prevents
16634 @command{configure} from running @file{config.status} and creating
16635 @file{Makefile} and other files, and the @option{--no-recursion} option,
16636 which prevents @command{configure} from running other @command{configure}
16637 scripts in subdirectories. (This is so other Make rules can
16638 run @file{config.status} when it changes; @pxref{Automatic Remaking},
16642 @file{config.status} checks several optional environment variables that
16643 can alter its behavior:
16645 @defvar CONFIG_SHELL
16646 @evindex CONFIG_SHELL
16647 The shell with which to run @command{configure} for the @option{--recheck}
16648 option. It must be Bourne-compatible. The default is a shell that
16649 supports @code{LINENO} if available, and @file{/bin/sh} otherwise.
16650 Invoking @command{configure} by hand bypasses this setting, so you may
16651 need to use a command like @samp{CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure}
16652 to insure that the same shell is used everywhere. The absolute name of the
16653 shell should be passed.
16656 @defvar CONFIG_STATUS
16657 @evindex CONFIG_STATUS
16658 The file name to use for the shell script that records the
16659 configuration. The default is @file{./config.status}. This variable is
16660 useful when one package uses parts of another and the @command{configure}
16661 scripts shouldn't be merged because they are maintained separately.
16664 You can use @file{./config.status} in your makefiles. For example, in
16665 the dependencies given above (@pxref{Automatic Remaking}),
16666 @file{config.status} is run twice when @file{configure.ac} has changed.
16667 If that bothers you, you can make each run only regenerate the files for
16672 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
16673 ./config.status config.h
16676 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
16677 ./config.status Makefile
16681 The calling convention of @file{config.status} has changed; see
16682 @ref{Obsolete config.status Use}, for details.
16685 @c =================================================== Obsolete Constructs
16687 @node Obsolete Constructs
16688 @chapter Obsolete Constructs
16689 @cindex Obsolete constructs
16691 Autoconf changes, and throughout the years some constructs have been
16692 obsoleted. Most of the changes involve the macros, but in some cases
16693 the tools themselves, or even some concepts, are now considered
16696 You may completely skip this chapter if you are new to Autoconf. Its
16697 intention is mainly to help maintainers updating their packages by
16698 understanding how to move to more modern constructs.
16701 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
16702 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
16703 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
16704 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
16705 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
16706 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
16709 @node Obsolete config.status Use
16710 @section Obsolete @file{config.status} Invocation
16712 @file{config.status} now supports arguments to specify the files to
16713 instantiate; see @ref{config.status Invocation}, for more details.
16714 Before, environment variables had to be used.
16716 @defvar CONFIG_COMMANDS
16717 @evindex CONFIG_COMMANDS
16718 The tags of the commands to execute. The default is the arguments given
16719 to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} in
16720 @file{configure.ac}.
16723 @defvar CONFIG_FILES
16724 @evindex CONFIG_FILES
16725 The files in which to perform @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} substitutions.
16726 The default is the arguments given to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and
16727 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} in @file{configure.ac}.
16730 @defvar CONFIG_HEADERS
16731 @evindex CONFIG_HEADERS
16732 The files in which to substitute C @code{#define} statements. The
16733 default is the arguments given to @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; if that
16734 macro was not called, @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
16737 @defvar CONFIG_LINKS
16738 @evindex CONFIG_LINKS
16739 The symbolic links to establish. The default is the arguments given to
16740 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}; if that macro was not called,
16741 @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
16744 In @ref{config.status Invocation}, using this old interface, the example
16750 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
16751 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_FILES= \
16752 CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h ./config.status
16755 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
16756 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_HEADERS= \
16757 CONFIG_FILES=Makefile ./config.status
16762 (If @file{configure.ac} does not call @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, there is
16763 no need to set @code{CONFIG_HEADERS} in the @code{make} rules. Equally
16764 for @code{CONFIG_COMMANDS}, etc.)
16767 @node acconfig Header
16768 @section @file{acconfig.h}
16770 @cindex @file{acconfig.h}
16771 @cindex @file{config.h.top}
16772 @cindex @file{config.h.bot}
16774 In order to produce @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoheader} needs to
16775 build or to find templates for each symbol. Modern releases of Autoconf
16776 use @code{AH_VERBATIM} and @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader
16777 Macros}), but in older releases a file, @file{acconfig.h}, contained the
16778 list of needed templates. @command{autoheader} copied comments and
16779 @code{#define} and @code{#undef} statements from @file{acconfig.h} in
16780 the current directory, if present. This file used to be mandatory if
16781 you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional symbols.
16783 Modern releases of Autoconf also provide @code{AH_TOP} and
16784 @code{AH_BOTTOM} if you need to prepend/append some information to
16785 @file{config.h.in}. Ancient versions of Autoconf had a similar feature:
16786 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@TOP@@},
16787 @command{autoheader} copies the lines before the line containing
16788 @samp{@@TOP@@} into the top of the file that it generates. Similarly,
16789 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@BOTTOM@@},
16790 @command{autoheader} copies the lines after that line to the end of the
16791 file it generates. Either or both of those strings may be omitted. An
16792 even older alternate way to produce the same effect in ancient versions
16793 of Autoconf is to create the files @file{@var{file}.top} (typically
16794 @file{config.h.top}) and/or @file{@var{file}.bot} in the current
16795 directory. If they exist, @command{autoheader} copies them to the
16796 beginning and end, respectively, of its output.
16798 In former versions of Autoconf, the files used in preparing a software
16799 package for distribution were:
16802 configure.ac --. .------> autoconf* -----> configure
16804 [aclocal.m4] --+ `---.
16806 +--> [autoheader*] -> [config.h.in]
16807 [acconfig.h] ----. |
16814 Using only the @code{AH_} macros, @file{configure.ac} should be
16815 self-contained, and should not depend upon @file{acconfig.h} etc.
16818 @node autoupdate Invocation
16819 @section Using @command{autoupdate} to Modernize @file{configure.ac}
16820 @cindex @command{autoupdate}
16822 The @command{autoupdate} program updates a @file{configure.ac} file that
16823 calls Autoconf macros by their old names to use the current macro names.
16824 In version 2 of Autoconf, most of the macros were renamed to use a more
16825 uniform and descriptive naming scheme. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
16826 description of the new scheme. Although the old names still work
16827 (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}, for a list of the old macros and the corresponding
16828 new names), you can make your @file{configure.ac} files more readable
16829 and make it easier to use the current Autoconf documentation if you
16830 update them to use the new macro names.
16832 @evindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
16833 If given no arguments, @command{autoupdate} updates @file{configure.ac},
16834 backing up the original version with the suffix @file{~} (or the value
16835 of the environment variable @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}, if that is
16836 set). If you give @command{autoupdate} an argument, it reads that file
16837 instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the updated file to the
16841 @command{autoupdate} accepts the following options:
16846 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
16850 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
16854 Report processing steps.
16858 Don't remove the temporary files.
16862 Force the update even if the file has not changed. Disregard the cache.
16864 @item --include=@var{dir}
16865 @itemx -I @var{dir}
16866 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations accumulate.
16867 Directories are browsed from last to first.
16870 @node Obsolete Macros
16871 @section Obsolete Macros
16873 Several macros are obsoleted in Autoconf, for various reasons (typically
16874 they failed to quote properly, couldn't be extended for more recent
16875 issues, etc.). They are still supported, but deprecated: their use
16878 During the jump from Autoconf version 1 to version 2, most of the
16879 macros were renamed to use a more uniform and descriptive naming scheme,
16880 but their signature did not change. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
16881 description of the new naming scheme. Below, if there is just the mapping
16882 from old names to new names for these macros, the reader is invited to
16883 refer to the definition of the new macro for the signature and the
16888 @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}
16891 @defmac AC_ARG_ARRAY
16892 @acindex{ARG_ARRAY}
16893 removed because of limited usefulness
16898 This macro is obsolete; it does nothing.
16901 @defmac AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
16902 @acindex{C_LONG_DOUBLE}
16903 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
16904 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
16905 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
16906 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
16908 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
16909 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
16912 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
16913 @acindex{CANONICAL_SYSTEM}
16914 Determine the system type and set output variables to the names of the
16915 canonical system types. @xref{Canonicalizing}, for details about the
16916 variables this macro sets.
16918 The user is encouraged to use either @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, or
16919 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, or @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, depending on
16920 the needs. Using @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} is enough to run the two
16924 @defmac AC_CHAR_UNSIGNED
16925 @acindex{CHAR_UNSIGNED}
16926 @code{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
16929 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @var{default})
16930 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
16931 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide this version of
16932 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, deprecated because of its flaws. First, although
16933 it is a member of the @code{CHECK} clan, it does
16934 more than just checking. Secondly, missing types are defined
16935 using @code{#define}, not @code{typedef}, and this can lead to
16936 problems in the case of pointer types.
16938 This use of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} is obsolete and discouraged; see
16939 @ref{Generic Types}, for the description of the current macro.
16941 If the type @var{type} is not defined, define it to be the C (or C++)
16942 builtin type @var{default}, e.g., @samp{short int} or @samp{unsigned int}.
16944 This macro is equivalent to:
16947 AC_CHECK_TYPE([@var{type}], [],
16948 [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([@var{type}], [@var{default}],
16949 [Define to `@var{default}'
16950 if <sys/types.h> does not define.])])
16953 In order to keep backward compatibility, the two versions of
16954 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} are implemented, selected using these heuristics:
16958 If there are three or four arguments, the modern version is used.
16961 If the second argument appears to be a C or C++ type, then the
16962 obsolete version is used. This happens if the argument is a C or C++
16963 @emph{builtin} type or a C identifier ending in @samp{_t}, optionally
16964 followed by one of @samp{[(* } and then by a string of zero or more
16965 characters taken from the set @samp{[]()* _a-zA-Z0-9}.
16968 If the second argument is spelled with the alphabet of valid C and C++
16969 types, the user is warned and the modern version is used.
16972 Otherwise, the modern version is used.
16976 You are encouraged either to use a valid builtin type, or to use the
16977 equivalent modern code (see above), or better yet, to use
16978 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPES} together with
16981 #ifndef HAVE_LOFF_T
16982 typedef loff_t off_t;
16986 @c end of AC_CHECK_TYPE
16988 @defmac AC_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
16990 Same as @samp{AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking @var{feature-description}@dots{}]}.
16993 @defmac AC_COMPILE_CHECK (@var{echo-text}, @var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @var{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
16994 @acindex{COMPILE_CHECK}
16995 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} itself replaced by
16996 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}), with the
16997 addition that it prints @samp{checking for @var{echo-text}} to the
16998 standard output first, if @var{echo-text} is non-empty. Use
16999 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} instead to print
17000 messages (@pxref{Printing Messages}).
17008 @defmac AC_CROSS_CHECK
17009 @acindex{CROSS_CHECK}
17010 Same as @code{AC_C_CROSS}, which is obsolete too, and does nothing
17016 Check for the Cygwin environment in which case the shell variable
17017 @code{CYGWIN} is set to @samp{yes}. Don't use this macro, the dignified
17018 means to check the nature of the host is using
17019 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}. As a matter of fact this macro is defined as:
17022 AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])[]dnl
17024 *cygwin* ) CYGWIN=yes;;
17029 Beware that the variable @code{CYGWIN} has a special meaning when
17030 running Cygwin, and should not be changed. That's yet another reason
17031 not to use this macro.
17034 @defmac AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
17035 @acindex{DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}
17036 @cvindex SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
17040 AC_CHECK_DECLS([sys_siglist], [], [],
17041 [#include <signal.h>
17042 /* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */
17043 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
17044 # include <unistd.h>
17050 @defmac AC_DECL_YYTEXT
17051 @acindex{DECL_YYTEXT}
17052 Does nothing, now integrated in @code{AC_PROG_LEX}.
17055 @defmac AC_DIR_HEADER
17056 @acindex{DIR_HEADER}
17061 Like calling @code{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID} and@code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT},
17062 but defines a different set of C preprocessor macros to indicate which
17063 header file is found:
17065 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {Old Symbol} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
17066 @item Header @tab Old Symbol @tab New Symbol
17067 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{DIRENT} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
17068 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{SYSNDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
17069 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{SYSDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
17070 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{NDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
17074 @defmac AC_DYNIX_SEQ
17075 @acindex{DYNIX_SEQ}
17076 If on DYNIX/ptx, add @option{-lseq} to output variable
17077 @code{LIBS}. This macro used to be defined as
17080 AC_CHECK_LIB([seq], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lseq $LIBS"])
17084 now it is just @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}.
17090 Defined the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on the output of the
17091 compiler, which is now done automatically. Typically set to empty
17092 string if Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
17097 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the EMX environment on OS/2
17098 and sets @code{EMXOS2}.
17103 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR}
17111 @defmac AC_FIND_XTRA
17112 @acindex{FIND_XTRA}
17113 @code{AC_PATH_XTRA}
17118 @code{m4_foreach_w}
17121 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHECK
17122 @acindex{FUNC_CHECK}
17123 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC}
17126 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
17127 @acindex{FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
17128 @cvindex SETVBUF_REVERSED
17129 @c @fuindex setvbuf
17130 @prindex @code{setvbuf}
17131 Do nothing. Formerly, this macro checked whether @code{setvbuf} takes
17132 the buffering type as its second argument and the buffer pointer as the
17133 third, instead of the other way around, and defined
17134 @code{SETVBUF_REVERSED}. However, the last systems to have the problem
17135 were those based on SVR2, which became obsolete in 1987, and the macro
17136 is no longer needed.
17139 @defmac AC_FUNC_WAIT3
17140 @acindex{FUNC_WAIT3}
17141 @cvindex HAVE_WAIT3
17142 If @code{wait3} is found and fills in the contents of its third argument
17143 (a @samp{struct rusage *}), which @acronym{HP-UX} does not do, define
17146 These days portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not
17147 @code{wait3}, as @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
17150 @defmac AC_GCC_TRADITIONAL
17151 @acindex{GCC_TRADITIONAL}
17152 @code{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
17155 @defmac AC_GETGROUPS_T
17156 @acindex{GETGROUPS_T}
17157 @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}
17160 @defmac AC_GETLOADAVG
17161 @acindex{GETLOADAVG}
17162 @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
17165 @defmac AC_HAVE_FUNCS
17166 @acindex{HAVE_FUNCS}
17167 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}
17170 @defmac AC_HAVE_HEADERS
17171 @acindex{HAVE_HEADERS}
17172 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
17175 @defmac AC_HAVE_LIBRARY (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
17176 @acindex{HAVE_LIBRARY}
17177 This macro is equivalent to calling @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} with a
17178 @var{function} argument of @code{main}. In addition, @var{library} can
17179 be written as any of @samp{foo}, @option{-lfoo}, or @samp{libfoo.a}. In
17180 all of those cases, the compiler is passed @option{-lfoo}. However,
17181 @var{library} cannot be a shell variable; it must be a literal name.
17184 @defmac AC_HAVE_POUNDBANG
17185 @acindex{HAVE_POUNDBANG}
17186 @code{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER} (different calling convention)
17189 @defmac AC_HEADER_CHECK
17190 @acindex{HEADER_CHECK}
17191 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER}
17194 @defmac AC_HEADER_EGREP
17195 @acindex{HEADER_EGREP}
17196 @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER}
17199 @defmac AC_HELP_STRING
17200 @acindex{HELP_STRING}
17201 @code{AS_HELP_STRING}
17204 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
17206 Formerly @code{AC_INIT} used to have a single argument, and was
17211 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
17220 @defmac AC_INT_16_BITS
17221 @acindex{INT_16_BITS}
17222 @cvindex INT_16_BITS
17223 If the C type @code{int} is 16 bits wide, define @code{INT_16_BITS}.
17224 Use @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)} instead.
17227 @defmac AC_IRIX_SUN
17229 If on @sc{irix} (Silicon Graphics Unix), add @option{-lsun} to output
17230 @code{LIBS}. If you were using it to get @code{getmntent}, use
17231 @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} instead. If you used it for the NIS versions
17232 of the password and group functions, use @samp{AC_CHECK_LIB(sun,
17233 getpwnam)}. Up to Autoconf 2.13, it used to be
17236 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lsun $LIBS"])
17240 now it is defined as
17244 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwnam])
17250 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C])}.
17253 @defmac AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
17254 @acindex{LANG_CPLUSPLUS}
17255 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C++])}.
17258 @defmac AC_LANG_FORTRAN77
17259 @acindex{LANG_FORTRAN77}
17260 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])}.
17263 @defmac AC_LANG_RESTORE
17264 @acindex{LANG_RESTORE}
17265 Select the @var{language} that is saved on the top of the stack, as set
17266 by @code{AC_LANG_SAVE}, remove it from the stack, and call
17267 @code{AC_LANG(@var{language})}.
17270 @defmac AC_LANG_SAVE
17271 @acindex{LANG_SAVE}
17272 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack.
17273 The current language does not change. @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} is preferred.
17276 @defmac AC_LINK_FILES (@var{source}@dots{}, @var{dest}@dots{})
17277 @acindex{LINK_FILES}
17278 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. An updated
17282 AC_LINK_FILES(config/$machine.h config/$obj_format.h,
17290 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
17291 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
17297 @code{AC_PROG_LN_S}
17300 @defmac AC_LONG_64_BITS
17301 @acindex{LONG_64_BITS}
17302 @cvindex LONG_64_BITS
17303 Define @code{LONG_64_BITS} if the C type @code{long int} is 64 bits wide.
17304 Use the generic macro @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long int])} instead.
17307 @defmac AC_LONG_DOUBLE
17308 @acindex{LONG_DOUBLE}
17309 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
17310 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
17311 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
17313 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
17314 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
17317 @defmac AC_LONG_FILE_NAMES
17318 @acindex{LONG_FILE_NAMES}
17319 @code{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
17322 @defmac AC_MAJOR_HEADER
17323 @acindex{MAJOR_HEADER}
17324 @code{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}
17327 @defmac AC_MEMORY_H
17329 @cvindex NEED_MEMORY_H
17330 Used to define @code{NEED_MEMORY_H} if the @code{mem} functions were
17331 defined in @file{memory.h}. Today it is equivalent to
17332 @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([memory.h])}. Adjust your code to depend upon
17333 @code{HAVE_MEMORY_H}, not @code{NEED_MEMORY_H}; see @ref{Standard
17339 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the MinGW compiler
17340 environment and sets @code{MINGW32}.
17343 @defmac AC_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
17344 @acindex{MINUS_C_MINUS_O}
17345 @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}
17350 @code{AC_FUNC_MMAP}
17355 @code{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}
17361 Defined the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the output of the
17362 compiler, after .c files have been excluded. Typically set to @samp{o}
17363 if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
17364 Now the compiler checking macros handle
17365 this automatically.
17368 @defmac AC_OBSOLETE (@var{this-macro-name}, @ovar{suggestion})
17370 Make M4 print a message to the standard error output warning that
17371 @var{this-macro-name} is obsolete, and giving the file and line number
17372 where it was called. @var{this-macro-name} should be the name of the
17373 macro that is calling @code{AC_OBSOLETE}. If @var{suggestion} is given,
17374 it is printed at the end of the warning message; for example, it can be
17375 a suggestion for what to use instead of @var{this-macro-name}.
17380 AC_OBSOLETE([$0], [; use AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h) instead])dnl
17383 You are encouraged to use @code{AU_DEFUN} instead, since it gives better
17384 services to the user.
17389 @code{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}
17392 @defmac AC_OUTPUT (@ovar{file}@dots{}, @ovar{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
17394 The use of @code{AC_OUTPUT} with argument is deprecated. This obsoleted
17395 interface is equivalent to:
17399 AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}@dots{})
17400 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default],
17401 @var{extra-cmds}, @var{init-cmds})
17407 @defmac AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS (@var{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
17408 @acindex{OUTPUT_COMMANDS}
17409 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
17410 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
17411 from @command{configure}. This macro may be called multiple times. It is
17412 obsolete, replaced by @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}.
17414 Here is an unrealistic example:
17418 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
17420 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is another, extra, bit],
17424 Aside from the fact that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} requires an
17425 additional key, an important difference is that
17426 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS} is quoting its arguments twice, unlike
17427 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. This means that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
17428 can safely be given macro calls as arguments:
17431 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS(foo, [my_FOO()])
17435 Conversely, where one level of quoting was enough for literal strings
17436 with @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}, you need two with
17437 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. The following lines are equivalent:
17441 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo "Square brackets: []"])
17442 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [[echo "Square brackets: []"]])
17449 @code{AC_TYPE_PID_T}
17454 @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}
17457 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_CHECK
17458 @acindex{PROGRAMS_CHECK}
17459 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}
17462 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_PATH
17463 @acindex{PROGRAMS_PATH}
17464 @code{AC_PATH_PROGS}
17467 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_CHECK
17468 @acindex{PROGRAM_CHECK}
17469 @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}
17472 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_EGREP
17473 @acindex{PROGRAM_EGREP}
17474 @code{AC_EGREP_CPP}
17477 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_PATH
17478 @acindex{PROGRAM_PATH}
17479 @code{AC_PATH_PROG}
17482 @defmac AC_REMOTE_TAPE
17483 @acindex{REMOTE_TAPE}
17484 removed because of limited usefulness
17487 @defmac AC_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
17488 @acindex{RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
17489 @code{AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
17492 @defmac AC_RETSIGTYPE
17493 @acindex{RETSIGTYPE}
17494 @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}
17499 removed because of limited usefulness
17502 @defmac AC_SCO_INTL
17505 If on SCO Unix, add @option{-lintl} to output variable @code{LIBS}. This
17506 macro used to do this:
17509 AC_CHECK_LIB([intl], [strftime], [LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"])
17513 Now it just calls @code{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME} instead.
17516 @defmac AC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
17517 @acindex{SETVBUF_REVERSED}
17518 @code{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
17521 @defmac AC_SET_MAKE
17523 @code{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}
17526 @defmac AC_SIZEOF_TYPE
17527 @acindex{SIZEOF_TYPE}
17528 @code{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}
17533 @code{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}
17536 @defmac AC_STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
17537 @acindex{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}
17538 @code{AC_HEADER_STAT}
17541 @defmac AC_STDC_HEADERS
17542 @acindex{STDC_HEADERS}
17543 @code{AC_HEADER_STDC}
17548 @code{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}
17551 @defmac AC_ST_BLKSIZE
17552 @acindex{ST_BLKSIZE}
17553 @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}
17556 @defmac AC_ST_BLOCKS
17557 @acindex{ST_BLOCKS}
17558 @code{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
17563 @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}
17566 @defmac AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
17567 @acindex{SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
17568 @cvindex HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
17569 If the system automatically restarts a system call that is interrupted
17570 by a signal, define @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. This macro does
17571 not check whether system calls are restarted in general---it checks whether a
17572 signal handler installed with @code{signal} (but not @code{sigaction})
17573 causes system calls to be restarted. It does not check whether system calls
17574 can be restarted when interrupted by signals that have no handler.
17576 These days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
17577 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
17578 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
17579 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
17583 @defmac AC_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
17584 @acindex{SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED}
17585 @code{AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}
17588 @defmac AC_TEST_CPP
17590 @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, replaced by @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
17593 @defmac AC_TEST_PROGRAM
17594 @acindex{TEST_PROGRAM}
17595 @code{AC_TRY_RUN}, replaced by @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}.
17598 @defmac AC_TIMEZONE
17600 @code{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
17603 @defmac AC_TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
17604 @acindex{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}
17605 @code{AC_HEADER_TIME}
17608 @defmac AC_TRY_COMPILE (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
17609 @acindex{TRY_COMPILE}
17614 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
17615 [[@var{function-body}]])],
17616 [@var{action-if-true}],
17617 [@var{action-if-false}])
17621 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
17623 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
17625 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
17626 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
17627 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
17628 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
17629 (@pxref{Language Choice}).
17632 @defmac AC_TRY_CPP (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
17638 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{input}]])],
17639 [@var{action-if-true}],
17640 [@var{action-if-false}])
17644 @xref{Running the Preprocessor}.
17646 This macro double quotes the @var{input}.
17649 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
17655 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
17656 [[@var{function-body}]])],
17657 [@var{action-if-true}],
17658 [@var{action-if-false}])
17662 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
17664 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
17666 Depending on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}), create a
17667 test program to see whether a function whose body consists of
17668 @var{function-body} can be compiled and linked. If the file compiles
17669 and links successfully, run shell commands @var{action-if-found},
17670 otherwise run @var{action-if-not-found}.
17672 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
17674 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
17675 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
17676 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
17677 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
17678 (@pxref{Language Choice}), and in addition @code{LDFLAGS} and
17679 @code{LIBS} are used for linking.
17682 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
17683 @acindex{TRY_LINK_FUNC}
17684 This macro is equivalent to
17685 @samp{AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])],
17686 [@var{action-if-found}], [@var{action-if-not-found}])}.
17689 @defmac AC_TRY_RUN (@var{program}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
17695 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{program}]])],
17696 [@var{action-if-true}],
17697 [@var{action-if-false}],
17698 [@var{action-if-cross-compiling}])
17707 @code{AC_TYPE_UID_T}
17710 @defmac AC_UNISTD_H
17712 Same as @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])}.
17718 Define @code{USG} if the @acronym{BSD} string functions are defined in
17719 @file{strings.h}. You should no longer depend upon @code{USG}, but on
17720 @code{HAVE_STRING_H}; see @ref{Standard Symbols}.
17723 @defmac AC_UTIME_NULL
17724 @acindex{UTIME_NULL}
17725 @code{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
17728 @defmac AC_VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE (@ovar{cmd})
17729 @acindex{VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE}
17730 If the cache file is inconsistent with the current host, target and
17731 build system types, it used to execute @var{cmd} or print a default
17732 error message. This is now handled by default.
17735 @defmac AC_VERBOSE (@var{result-description})
17737 @code{AC_MSG_RESULT}.
17742 @code{AC_FUNC_VFORK}
17747 @code{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}
17752 @code{AC_FUNC_WAIT3}
17760 @defmac AC_WORDS_BIGENDIAN
17761 @acindex{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}
17762 @code{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}
17765 @defmac AC_XENIX_DIR
17766 @acindex{XENIX_DIR}
17768 This macro used to add @option{-lx} to output variable @code{LIBS} if on
17769 Xenix. Also, if @file{dirent.h} is being checked for, added
17770 @option{-ldir} to @code{LIBS}. Now it is merely an alias of
17771 @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} instead, plus some code to detect whether
17772 running @sc{xenix} on which you should not depend:
17775 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Xenix])
17776 AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
17777 [#if defined M_XENIX && !defined M_UNIX
17780 [AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]); XENIX=yes],
17781 [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]); XENIX=])
17785 @defmac AC_YYTEXT_POINTER
17786 @acindex{YYTEXT_POINTER}
17787 @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}
17791 @section Upgrading From Version 1
17792 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
17793 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
17795 Autoconf version 2 is mostly backward compatible with version 1.
17796 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
17797 support some of the ugly things in version 1. So, depending on how
17798 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
17799 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2. This chapter points
17800 out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps your
17801 @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new features in
17802 version 2; the changes are summarized in the file @file{NEWS} in the
17803 Autoconf distribution.
17806 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
17807 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
17808 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
17809 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
17810 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
17813 @node Changed File Names
17814 @subsection Changed File Names
17816 If you have an @file{aclocal.m4} installed with Autoconf (as opposed to
17817 in a particular package's source directory), you must rename it to
17818 @file{acsite.m4}. @xref{autoconf Invocation}.
17820 If you distribute @file{install.sh} with your package, rename it to
17821 @file{install-sh} so @code{make} builtin rules don't inadvertently
17822 create a file called @file{install} from it. @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
17823 looks for the script under both names, but it is best to use the new name.
17825 If you were using @file{config.h.top}, @file{config.h.bot}, or
17826 @file{acconfig.h}, you still can, but you have less clutter if you
17827 use the @code{AH_} macros. @xref{Autoheader Macros}.
17829 @node Changed Makefiles
17830 @subsection Changed Makefiles
17832 Add @samp{@@CFLAGS@@}, @samp{@@CPPFLAGS@@}, and @samp{@@LDFLAGS@@} in
17833 your @file{Makefile.in} files, so they can take advantage of the values
17834 of those variables in the environment when @command{configure} is run.
17835 Doing this isn't necessary, but it's a convenience for users.
17837 Also add @samp{@@configure_input@@} in a comment to each input file for
17838 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, so that the output files contain a comment saying
17839 they were produced by @command{configure}. Automatically selecting the
17840 right comment syntax for all the kinds of files that people call
17841 @code{AC_OUTPUT} on became too much work.
17843 Add @file{config.log} and @file{config.cache} to the list of files you
17844 remove in @code{distclean} targets.
17846 If you have the following in @file{Makefile.in}:
17849 prefix = /usr/local
17850 exec_prefix = $(prefix)
17854 you must change it to:
17857 prefix = @@prefix@@
17858 exec_prefix = @@exec_prefix@@
17862 The old behavior of replacing those variables without @samp{@@}
17863 characters around them has been removed.
17865 @node Changed Macros
17866 @subsection Changed Macros
17868 Many of the macros were renamed in Autoconf version 2. You can still
17869 use the old names, but the new ones are clearer, and it's easier to find
17870 the documentation for them. @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a table showing the
17871 new names for the old macros. Use the @command{autoupdate} program to
17872 convert your @file{configure.ac} to using the new macro names.
17873 @xref{autoupdate Invocation}.
17875 Some macros have been superseded by similar ones that do the job better,
17876 but are not call-compatible. If you get warnings about calling obsolete
17877 macros while running @command{autoconf}, you may safely ignore them, but
17878 your @command{configure} script generally works better if you follow
17879 the advice that is printed about what to replace the obsolete macros with. In
17880 particular, the mechanism for reporting the results of tests has
17881 changed. If you were using @command{echo} or @code{AC_VERBOSE} (perhaps
17882 via @code{AC_COMPILE_CHECK}), your @command{configure} script's output
17883 looks better if you switch to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and
17884 @code{AC_MSG_RESULT}. @xref{Printing Messages}. Those macros work best
17885 in conjunction with cache variables. @xref{Caching Results}.
17889 @node Changed Results
17890 @subsection Changed Results
17892 If you were checking the results of previous tests by examining the
17893 shell variable @code{DEFS}, you need to switch to checking the values of
17894 the cache variables for those tests. @code{DEFS} no longer exists while
17895 @command{configure} is running; it is only created when generating output
17896 files. This difference from version 1 is because properly quoting the
17897 contents of that variable turned out to be too cumbersome and
17898 inefficient to do every time @code{AC_DEFINE} is called. @xref{Cache
17901 For example, here is a @file{configure.ac} fragment written for Autoconf
17905 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
17907 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) ;;
17908 *) # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
17910 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
17911 AC_CHECKING(for syslog in -l$lib)
17912 LIBS="-l$lib $saved_LIBS"
17913 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
17915 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) break ;;
17923 Here is a way to write it for version 2:
17926 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([syslog])
17927 if test $ac_cv_func_syslog = no; then
17928 # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
17929 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
17930 AC_CHECK_LIB([$lib], [syslog], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYSLOG])
17931 LIBS="-l$lib $LIBS"; break])
17936 If you were working around bugs in @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} by adding
17937 backslashes before quotes, you need to remove them. It now works
17938 predictably, and does not treat quotes (except back quotes) specially.
17939 @xref{Setting Output Variables}.
17941 All of the Boolean shell variables set by Autoconf macros now use
17942 @samp{yes} for the true value. Most of them use @samp{no} for false,
17943 though for backward compatibility some use the empty string instead. If
17944 you were relying on a shell variable being set to something like 1 or
17945 @samp{t} for true, you need to change your tests.
17947 @node Changed Macro Writing
17948 @subsection Changed Macro Writing
17950 When defining your own macros, you should now use @code{AC_DEFUN}
17951 instead of @code{define}. @code{AC_DEFUN} automatically calls
17952 @code{AC_PROVIDE} and ensures that macros called via @code{AC_REQUIRE}
17953 do not interrupt other macros, to prevent nested @samp{checking@dots{}}
17954 messages on the screen. There's no actual harm in continuing to use the
17955 older way, but it's less convenient and attractive. @xref{Macro
17958 You probably looked at the macros that came with Autoconf as a guide for
17959 how to do things. It would be a good idea to take a look at the new
17960 versions of them, as the style is somewhat improved and they take
17961 advantage of some new features.
17963 If you were doing tricky things with undocumented Autoconf internals
17964 (macros, variables, diversions), check whether you need to change
17965 anything to account for changes that have been made. Perhaps you can
17966 even use an officially supported technique in version 2 instead of
17967 kludging. Or perhaps not.
17969 To speed up your locally written feature tests, add caching to them.
17970 See whether any of your tests are of general enough usefulness to
17971 encapsulate them into macros that you can share.
17974 @node Autoconf 2.13
17975 @section Upgrading From Version 2.13
17976 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
17977 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
17979 The introduction of the previous section (@pxref{Autoconf 1}) perfectly
17980 suits this section@enddots{}
17983 Autoconf version 2.50 is mostly backward compatible with version 2.13.
17984 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
17985 support some of the ugly things in version 2.13. So, depending on how
17986 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
17987 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2.50. This chapter
17988 points out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps
17989 your @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new
17990 features in version 2.50; the changes are summarized in the file
17991 @file{NEWS} in the Autoconf distribution.
17995 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
17996 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
17997 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
17998 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
17999 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
18002 @node Changed Quotation
18003 @subsection Changed Quotation
18005 The most important changes are invisible to you: the implementation of
18006 most macros have completely changed. This allowed more factorization of
18007 the code, better error messages, a higher uniformity of the user's
18008 interface etc. Unfortunately, as a side effect, some construct which
18009 used to (miraculously) work might break starting with Autoconf 2.50.
18010 The most common culprit is bad quotation.
18012 For instance, in the following example, the message is not properly
18017 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(foo.h, ,
18018 AC_MSG_ERROR(cannot find foo.h, bailing out))
18023 Autoconf 2.13 simply ignores it:
18026 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13; ./configure --silent}
18027 creating cache ./config.cache
18028 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
18033 while Autoconf 2.50 produces a broken @file{configure}:
18036 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50; ./configure --silent}
18037 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
18038 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
18039 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
18043 The message needs to be quoted, and the @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} invocation
18047 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18048 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h], [],
18049 [AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find foo.h, bailing out])])
18053 Many many (and many more) Autoconf macros were lacking proper quotation,
18054 including no less than@dots{} @code{AC_DEFUN} itself!
18057 $ @kbd{cat configure.in}
18058 AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
18059 [# My own much better version
18064 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13}
18065 autoconf: Undefined macros:
18066 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_FD_MSG
18067 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_EPI
18068 configure.in:1:AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
18069 configure.in:5:AC_PROG_INSTALL
18070 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50}
18076 @subsection New Macros
18078 @cindex undefined macro
18079 @cindex @code{_m4_divert_diversion}
18081 While Autoconf was relatively dormant in the late 1990s, Automake
18082 provided Autoconf-like macros for a while. Starting with Autoconf 2.50
18083 in 2001, Autoconf provided
18084 versions of these macros, integrated in the @code{AC_} namespace,
18085 instead of @code{AM_}. But in order to ease the upgrading via
18086 @command{autoupdate}, bindings to such @code{AM_} macros are provided.
18088 Unfortunately older versions of Automake (e.g., Automake 1.4)
18089 did not quote the names of these macros.
18090 Therefore, when @command{m4} finds something like
18091 @samp{AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T, @dots{})} in @file{aclocal.m4},
18092 @code{AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T} is
18093 expanded, replaced with its Autoconf definition.
18095 Fortunately Autoconf catches pre-@code{AC_INIT} expansions, and
18096 complains, in its own words:
18099 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
18100 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18102 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
18104 aclocal.m4:17: error: m4_defn: undefined macro: _m4_divert_diversion
18105 aclocal.m4:17: the top level
18106 autom4te: m4 failed with exit status: 1
18110 Modern versions of Automake no longer define most of these
18111 macros, and properly quote the names of the remaining macros.
18112 If you must use an old Automake, do not depend upon macros from Automake
18113 as it is simply not its job
18114 to provide macros (but the one it requires itself):
18117 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
18118 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18120 $ @kbd{rm aclocal.m4}
18122 autoupdate: `configure.ac' is updated
18123 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
18124 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18125 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
18126 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
18132 @node Hosts and Cross-Compilation
18133 @subsection Hosts and Cross-Compilation
18134 @cindex Cross compilation
18136 Based on the experience of compiler writers, and after long public
18137 debates, many aspects of the cross-compilation chain have changed:
18141 the relationship between the build, host, and target architecture types,
18144 the command line interface for specifying them to @command{configure},
18147 the variables defined in @command{configure},
18150 the enabling of cross-compilation mode.
18155 The relationship between build, host, and target have been cleaned up:
18156 the chain of default is now simply: target defaults to host, host to
18157 build, and build to the result of @command{config.guess}. Nevertheless,
18158 in order to ease the transition from 2.13 to 2.50, the following
18159 transition scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not rely on it}, as it will
18160 be completely disabled in a couple of releases (we cannot keep it, as it
18161 proves to cause more problems than it cures).
18163 They all default to the result of running @command{config.guess}, unless
18164 you specify either @option{--build} or @option{--host}. In this case,
18165 the default becomes the system type you specified. If you specify both,
18166 and they're different, @command{configure} enters cross compilation
18167 mode, so it doesn't run any tests that require execution.
18169 Hint: if you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess},
18170 prefer @option{--build} over @option{--host}. In the future,
18171 @option{--host} will not override the name of the build system type.
18172 Whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify @option{--build}
18177 For backward compatibility, @command{configure} accepts a system
18178 type as an option by itself. Such an option overrides the
18179 defaults for build, host, and target system types. The following
18180 configure statement configures a cross toolchain that runs on
18181 Net@acronym{BSD}/alpha but generates code for @acronym{GNU} Hurd/sparc,
18182 which is also the build platform.
18185 ./configure --host=alpha-netbsd sparc-gnu
18190 In Autoconf 2.13 and before, the variables @code{build}, @code{host},
18191 and @code{target} had a different semantics before and after the
18192 invocation of @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} etc. Now, the argument of
18193 @option{--build} is strictly copied into @code{build_alias}, and is left
18194 empty otherwise. After the @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, @code{build} is
18195 set to the canonicalized build type. To ease the transition, before,
18196 its contents is the same as that of @code{build_alias}. Do @emph{not}
18197 rely on this broken feature.
18199 For consistency with the backward compatibility scheme exposed above,
18200 when @option{--host} is specified but @option{--build} isn't, the build
18201 system is assumed to be the same as @option{--host}, and
18202 @samp{build_alias} is set to that value. Eventually, this
18203 historically incorrect behavior will go away.
18207 The former scheme to enable cross-compilation proved to cause more harm
18208 than good, in particular, it used to be triggered too easily, leaving
18209 regular end users puzzled in front of cryptic error messages.
18210 @command{configure} could even enter cross-compilation mode only
18211 because the compiler was not functional. This is mainly because
18212 @command{configure} used to try to detect cross-compilation, instead of
18213 waiting for an explicit flag from the user.
18215 Now, @command{configure} enters cross-compilation mode if and only if
18216 @option{--host} is passed.
18218 That's the short documentation. To ease the transition between 2.13 and
18219 its successors, a more complicated scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not
18220 rely on the following}, as it will be removed in the near future.
18222 If you specify @option{--host}, but not @option{--build}, when
18223 @command{configure} performs the first compiler test it tries to run
18224 an executable produced by the compiler. If the execution fails, it
18225 enters cross-compilation mode. This is fragile. Moreover, by the time
18226 the compiler test is performed, it may be too late to modify the
18227 build-system type: other tests may have already been performed.
18228 Therefore, whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify
18229 @option{--build} too.
18232 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
18236 enters cross-compilation mode. The former interface, which
18237 consisted in setting the compiler to a cross-compiler without informing
18238 @command{configure} is obsolete. For instance, @command{configure}
18239 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler if you
18240 configure as follows:
18243 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
18247 @node AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS
18248 @subsection @code{AC_LIBOBJ} vs.@: @code{LIBOBJS}
18250 Up to Autoconf 2.13, the replacement of functions was triggered via the
18251 variable @code{LIBOBJS}. Since Autoconf 2.50, the macro
18252 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} should be used instead (@pxref{Generic Functions}).
18253 Starting at Autoconf 2.53, the use of @code{LIBOBJS} is an error.
18255 This change is mandated by the unification of the @acronym{GNU} Build System
18256 components. In particular, the various fragile techniques used to parse
18257 a @file{configure.ac} are all replaced with the use of traces. As a
18258 consequence, any action must be traceable, which obsoletes critical
18259 variable assignments. Fortunately, @code{LIBOBJS} was the only problem,
18260 and it can even be handled gracefully (read, ``without your having to
18261 change something'').
18263 There were two typical uses of @code{LIBOBJS}: asking for a replacement
18264 function, and adjusting @code{LIBOBJS} for Automake and/or Libtool.
18268 As for function replacement, the fix is immediate: use
18269 @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. For instance:
18272 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
18273 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
18277 should be replaced with:
18280 AC_LIBOBJ([fnmatch])
18281 AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
18287 When used with Automake 1.10 or newer, a suitable value for
18288 @code{LIBOBJDIR} is set so that the @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS}
18289 can be referenced from any @file{Makefile.am}. Even without Automake,
18290 arranging for @code{LIBOBJDIR} to be set correctly enables
18291 referencing @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS} in another directory.
18292 The @code{LIBOBJDIR} feature is experimental.
18295 @node AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO
18296 @subsection @code{AC_FOO_IFELSE} vs.@: @code{AC_TRY_FOO}
18298 Since Autoconf 2.50, internal codes uses @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE},
18299 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE}, @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE}, and
18300 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} on one hand and @code{AC_LANG_SOURCES},
18301 and @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} on the other hand instead of the deprecated
18302 @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE}, @code{AC_TRY_LINK}, and
18303 @code{AC_TRY_RUN}. The motivations where:
18306 a more consistent interface: @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} etc.@: were double
18307 quoting their arguments;
18310 the combinatoric explosion is solved by decomposing on the one hand the
18311 generation of sources, and on the other hand executing the program;
18314 this scheme helps supporting more languages than plain C and C++.
18317 In addition to the change of syntax, the philosophy has changed too:
18318 while emphasis was put on speed at the expense of accuracy, today's
18319 Autoconf promotes accuracy of the testing framework at, ahem@dots{}, the
18323 As a perfect example of what is @emph{not} to be done, here is how to
18324 find out whether a header file contains a particular declaration, such
18325 as a typedef, a structure, a structure member, or a function. Use
18326 @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} instead of running @code{grep} directly on the
18327 header file; on some systems the symbol might be defined in another
18328 header file that the file you are checking includes.
18330 As a (bad) example, here is how you should not check for C preprocessor
18331 symbols, either defined by header files or predefined by the C
18332 preprocessor: using @code{AC_EGREP_CPP}:
18340 ], is_aix=yes, is_aix=no)
18344 The above example, properly written would (i) use
18345 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, and (ii) run the compiler:
18349 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
18351 error: This isn't AIX!
18360 @c ============================= Generating Test Suites with Autotest
18362 @node Using Autotest
18363 @chapter Generating Test Suites with Autotest
18368 @strong{N.B.: This section describes an experimental feature which will
18369 be part of Autoconf in a forthcoming release. Although we believe
18370 Autotest is stabilizing, this documentation describes an interface which
18371 might change in the future: do not depend upon Autotest without
18372 subscribing to the Autoconf mailing lists.}
18375 It is paradoxical that portable projects depend on nonportable tools
18376 to run their test suite. Autoconf by itself is the paragon of this
18377 problem: although it aims at perfectly portability, up to 2.13 its
18378 test suite was using Deja@acronym{GNU}, a rich and complex testing
18379 framework, but which is far from being standard on Posix systems.
18380 Worse yet, it was likely to be missing on the most fragile platforms,
18381 the very platforms that are most likely to torture Autoconf and
18382 exhibit deficiencies.
18384 To circumvent this problem, many package maintainers have developed their
18385 own testing framework, based on simple shell scripts whose sole outputs
18386 are exit status values describing whether the test succeeded. Most of
18387 these tests share common patterns, and this can result in lots of
18388 duplicated code and tedious maintenance.
18390 Following exactly the same reasoning that yielded to the inception of
18391 Autoconf, Autotest provides a test suite generation framework, based on
18392 M4 macros building a portable shell script. The suite itself is
18393 equipped with automatic logging and tracing facilities which greatly
18394 diminish the interaction with bug reporters, and simple timing reports.
18396 Autoconf itself has been using Autotest for years, and we do attest that
18397 it has considerably improved the strength of the test suite and the
18398 quality of bug reports. Other projects are known to use some generation
18399 of Autotest, such as Bison, Free Recode, Free Wdiff, @acronym{GNU} Tar, each of
18400 them with different needs, and this usage has validated Autotest as a general
18403 Nonetheless, compared to Deja@acronym{GNU}, Autotest is inadequate for
18404 interactive tool testing, which is probably its main limitation.
18407 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
18408 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
18409 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
18410 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
18413 @node Using an Autotest Test Suite
18414 @section Using an Autotest Test Suite
18417 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
18418 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
18421 @node testsuite Scripts
18422 @subsection @command{testsuite} Scripts
18424 @cindex @command{testsuite}
18426 Generating testing or validation suites using Autotest is rather easy.
18427 The whole validation suite is held in a file to be processed through
18428 @command{autom4te}, itself using @acronym{GNU} M4 under the scene, to
18429 produce a stand-alone Bourne shell script which then gets distributed.
18430 Neither @command{autom4te} nor @acronym{GNU} M4 are needed at
18431 the installer's end.
18434 Each test of the validation suite should be part of some test group. A
18435 @dfn{test group} is a sequence of interwoven tests that ought to be
18436 executed together, usually because one test in the group creates data
18437 files than a later test in the same group needs to read. Complex test
18438 groups make later debugging more tedious. It is much better to
18439 keep only a few tests per test group. Ideally there is only one test
18442 For all but the simplest packages, some file such as @file{testsuite.at}
18443 does not fully hold all test sources, as these are often easier to
18444 maintain in separate files. Each of these separate files holds a single
18445 test group, or a sequence of test groups all addressing some common
18446 functionality in the package. In such cases, @file{testsuite.at}
18447 merely initializes the validation suite, and sometimes does elementary
18448 health checking, before listing include statements for all other test
18449 files. The special file @file{package.m4}, containing the
18450 identification of the package, is automatically included if found.
18452 A convenient alternative consists in moving all the global issues
18453 (local Autotest macros, elementary health checking, and @code{AT_INIT}
18454 invocation) into the file @code{local.at}, and making
18455 @file{testsuite.at} be a simple list of @code{m4_include} of sub test
18456 suites. In such case, generating the whole test suite or pieces of it
18457 is only a matter of choosing the @command{autom4te} command line
18460 The validation scripts that Autotest produces are by convention called
18461 @command{testsuite}. When run, @command{testsuite} executes each test
18462 group in turn, producing only one summary line per test to say if that
18463 particular test succeeded or failed. At end of all tests, summarizing
18464 counters get printed. One debugging directory is left for each test
18465 group which failed, if any: such directories are named
18466 @file{testsuite.dir/@var{nn}}, where @var{nn} is the sequence number of
18467 the test group, and they include:
18470 @item a debugging script named @file{run} which reruns the test in
18471 @dfn{debug mode} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}). The automatic generation
18472 of debugging scripts has the purpose of easing the chase for bugs.
18474 @item all the files created with @code{AT_DATA}
18476 @item a log of the run, named @file{testsuite.log}
18479 In the ideal situation, none of the tests fail, and consequently no
18480 debugging directory is left behind for validation.
18482 It often happens in practice that individual tests in the validation
18483 suite need to get information coming out of the configuration process.
18484 Some of this information, common for all validation suites, is provided
18485 through the file @file{atconfig}, automatically created by
18486 @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}. For configuration informations which your
18487 testing environment specifically needs, you might prepare an optional
18488 file named @file{atlocal.in}, instantiated by @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}.
18489 The configuration process produces @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}
18490 out of these two input files, and these two produced files are
18491 automatically read by the @file{testsuite} script.
18493 Here is a diagram showing the relationship between files.
18496 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
18501 subfile-1.at ->. [local.at] ---->+
18503 subfile-i.at ---->-- testsuite.at -->-- autom4te* -->testsuite
18509 Files used in configuring a software package:
18514 [atlocal.in] --> config.status* --<
18520 Files created during the test suite execution:
18523 atconfig -->. .--> testsuite.log
18527 [atlocal] ->' `--> [testsuite.dir]
18531 @node Autotest Logs
18532 @subsection Autotest Logs
18534 When run, the test suite creates a log file named after itself, e.g., a
18535 test suite named @command{testsuite} creates @file{testsuite.log}. It
18536 contains a lot of information, usually more than maintainers actually
18537 need, but therefore most of the time it contains all that is needed:
18540 @item command line arguments
18541 @c akim s/to consist in/to consist of/
18542 A bad but unfortunately widespread habit consists of
18543 setting environment variables before the command, such as in
18544 @samp{CC=my-home-grown-cc ./testsuite}. The test suite does not
18545 know this change, hence (i) it cannot report it to you, and (ii)
18546 it cannot preserve the value of @code{CC} for subsequent runs.
18547 Autoconf faced exactly the same problem, and solved it by asking
18548 users to pass the variable definitions as command line arguments.
18549 Autotest requires this rule, too, but has no means to enforce it; the log
18550 then contains a trace of the variables that were changed by the user.
18552 @item @file{ChangeLog} excerpts
18553 The topmost lines of all the @file{ChangeLog} files found in the source
18554 hierarchy. This is especially useful when bugs are reported against
18555 development versions of the package, since the version string does not
18556 provide sufficient information to know the exact state of the sources
18557 the user compiled. Of course, this relies on the use of a
18560 @item build machine
18561 Running a test suite in a cross-compile environment is not an easy task,
18562 since it would mean having the test suite run on a machine @var{build},
18563 while running programs on a machine @var{host}. It is much simpler to
18564 run both the test suite and the programs on @var{host}, but then, from
18565 the point of view of the test suite, there remains a single environment,
18566 @var{host} = @var{build}. The log contains relevant information on the
18567 state of the build machine, including some important environment
18569 @c FIXME: How about having an M4sh macro to say `hey, log the value
18570 @c of `@dots{}'? This would help both Autoconf and Autotest.
18572 @item tested programs
18573 The absolute file name and answers to @option{--version} of the tested
18574 programs (see @ref{Writing Testsuites}, @code{AT_TESTED}).
18576 @item configuration log
18577 The contents of @file{config.log}, as created by @command{configure},
18578 are appended. It contains the configuration flags and a detailed report
18579 on the configuration itself.
18583 @node Writing Testsuites
18584 @section Writing @file{testsuite.at}
18586 The @file{testsuite.at} is a Bourne shell script making use of special
18587 Autotest M4 macros. It often contains a call to @code{AT_INIT} near
18588 its beginning followed by one call to @code{m4_include} per source file
18589 for tests. Each such included file, or the remainder of
18590 @file{testsuite.at} if include files are not used, contain a sequence of
18591 test groups. Each test group begins with a call to @code{AT_SETUP},
18592 then an arbitrary number of shell commands or calls to @code{AT_CHECK},
18593 and then completes with a call to @code{AT_CLEANUP}.
18595 @defmac AT_INIT (@ovar{name})
18597 @c FIXME: Not clear, plus duplication of the information.
18598 Initialize Autotest. Giving a @var{name} to the test suite is
18599 encouraged if your package includes several test suites. In any case,
18600 the test suite always displays the package name and version. It also
18601 inherits the package bug report address.
18604 @defmac AT_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
18605 @atindex{COPYRIGHT}
18606 @cindex Copyright Notice
18607 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
18608 the Autotest macros, parts of your test suite are covered by
18609 @var{copyright-notice}.
18611 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
18612 @command{testsuite} and in @samp{testsuite --version}.
18615 @defmac AT_TESTED (@var{executables})
18617 Log the file name and answer to @option{--version} of each program in
18618 space-separated list @var{executables}. Several invocations register
18619 new executables, in other words, don't fear registering one program
18623 Autotest test suites rely on @env{PATH} to find the tested program.
18624 This avoids the need to generate absolute names of the various tools, and
18625 makes it possible to test installed programs. Therefore, knowing which
18626 programs are being exercised is crucial to understanding problems in
18627 the test suite itself, or its occasional misuses. It is a good idea to
18628 also subscribe foreign programs you depend upon, to avoid incompatible
18633 @defmac AT_SETUP (@var{test-group-name})
18635 This macro starts a group of related tests, all to be executed in the
18636 same subshell. It accepts a single argument, which holds a few words
18637 (no more than about 30 or 40 characters) quickly describing the purpose
18638 of the test group being started.
18641 @defmac AT_KEYWORDS (@var{keywords})
18643 Associate the space-separated list of @var{keywords} to the enclosing
18644 test group. This makes it possible to run ``slices'' of the test suite.
18645 For instance, if some of your test groups exercise some @samp{foo}
18646 feature, then using @samp{AT_KEYWORDS(foo)} lets you run
18647 @samp{./testsuite -k foo} to run exclusively these test groups. The
18648 @var{title} of the test group is automatically recorded to
18649 @code{AT_KEYWORDS}.
18651 Several invocations within a test group accumulate new keywords. In
18652 other words, don't fear registering the same keyword several times in a
18656 @defmac AT_CAPTURE_FILE (@var{file})
18657 @atindex{CAPTURE_FILE}
18658 If the current test group fails, log the contents of @var{file}.
18659 Several identical calls within one test group have no additional effect.
18662 @defmac AT_XFAIL_IF (@var{shell-condition})
18664 Determine whether the test is expected to fail because it is a known
18665 bug (for unsupported features, you should skip the test).
18666 @var{shell-condition} is a shell expression such as a @code{test}
18667 command; you can instantiate this macro many times from within the
18668 same test group, and one of the conditions is enough to turn
18669 the test into an expected failure.
18674 End the current test group.
18679 @defmac AT_DATA (@var{file}, @var{contents})
18681 Initialize an input data @var{file} with given @var{contents}. Of
18682 course, the @var{contents} have to be properly quoted between square
18683 brackets to protect against included commas or spurious M4
18684 expansion. The contents ought to end with an end of line.
18687 @defmac AT_CHECK (@var{commands}, @dvar{status, 0}, @dvar{stdout, }, @dvar{stderr, }, @ovar{run-if-fail}, @ovar{run-if-pass})
18689 Execute a test by performing given shell @var{commands}. These commands
18690 should normally exit with @var{status}, while producing expected
18691 @var{stdout} and @var{stderr} contents. If @var{commands} exit with
18692 status 77, then the whole test group is skipped. Otherwise, if this test
18693 fails, run shell commands @var{run-if-fail} or, if this test passes, run shell
18694 commands @var{run-if-pass}.
18696 The @var{commands} @emph{must not} redirect the standard output, nor the
18699 If @var{status}, or @var{stdout}, or @var{stderr} is @samp{ignore}, then
18700 the corresponding value is not checked.
18702 The special value @samp{expout} for @var{stdout} means the expected
18703 output of the @var{commands} is the content of the file @file{expout}.
18704 If @var{stdout} is @samp{stdout}, then the standard output of the
18705 @var{commands} is available for further tests in the file @file{stdout}.
18706 Similarly for @var{stderr} with @samp{experr} and @samp{stderr}.
18710 @node testsuite Invocation
18711 @section Running @command{testsuite} Scripts
18712 @cindex @command{testsuite}
18714 Autotest test suites support the following arguments:
18719 Display the list of options and exit successfully.
18723 Display the version of the test suite and exit successfully.
18727 Remove all the files the test suite might have created and exit. Meant
18728 for @code{clean} Make targets.
18732 List all the tests (or only the selection), including their possible
18738 By default all tests are performed (or described with
18739 @option{--list}) in the default environment first silently, then
18740 verbosely, but the environment, set of tests, and verbosity level can be
18744 @item @var{variable}=@var{value}
18745 Set the environment @var{variable} to @var{value}. Use this rather
18746 than @samp{FOO=foo ./testsuite} as debugging scripts would then run in a
18747 different environment.
18749 @cindex @code{AUTOTEST_PATH}
18750 The variable @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} specifies the testing path to prepend
18751 to @env{PATH}. Relative directory names (not starting with
18752 @samp{/}) are considered to be relative to the top level of the
18753 package being built. All directories are made absolute, first
18754 starting from the top level @emph{build} tree, then from the
18755 @emph{source} tree. For instance @samp{./testsuite
18756 AUTOTEST_PATH=tests:bin} for a @file{/src/foo-1.0} source package built
18757 in @file{/tmp/foo} results in @samp{/tmp/foo/tests:/tmp/foo/bin} and
18758 then @samp{/src/foo-1.0/tests:/src/foo-1.0/bin} being prepended to
18762 @itemx @var{number}-@var{number}
18763 @itemx @var{number}-
18764 @itemx -@var{number}
18765 Add the corresponding test groups, with obvious semantics, to the
18768 @item --keywords=@var{keywords}
18769 @itemx -k @var{keywords}
18770 Add to the selection the test groups with title or keywords (arguments
18771 to @code{AT_SETUP} or @code{AT_KEYWORDS}) that match @emph{all} keywords
18772 of the comma separated list @var{keywords}, case-insensitively. Use
18773 @samp{!} immediately before the keyword to invert the selection for this
18774 keyword. By default, the keywords match whole words; enclose them in
18775 @samp{.*} to also match parts of words.
18777 For example, running
18780 @kbd{./testsuite -k 'autoupdate,.*FUNC.*'}
18784 selects all tests tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{and} with tags
18785 containing @samp{FUNC} (as in @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNC}, @samp{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA},
18789 @kbd{./testsuite -k '!autoupdate' -k '.*FUNC.*'}
18793 selects all tests not tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{or} with tags
18794 containing @samp{FUNC}.
18798 If any test fails, immediately abort testing. It implies
18799 @option{--debug}: post test group clean up, and top-level logging
18800 are inhibited. This option is meant for the full test
18801 suite, it is not really useful for generated debugging scripts.
18805 Force more verbosity in the detailed output of what is being done. This
18806 is the default for debugging scripts.
18810 Do not remove the files after a test group was performed ---but they are
18811 still removed @emph{before}, therefore using this option is sane when
18812 running several test groups. Create debugging scripts. Do not
18813 overwrite the top-level
18814 log (in order to preserve supposedly existing full log file). This is
18815 the default for debugging scripts, but it can also be useful to debug
18816 the testsuite itself.
18820 Trigger shell tracing of the test groups.
18824 @node Making testsuite Scripts
18825 @section Making @command{testsuite} Scripts
18827 For putting Autotest into movement, you need some configuration and
18828 makefile machinery. We recommend, at least if your package uses deep or
18829 shallow hierarchies, that you use @file{tests/} as the name of the
18830 directory holding all your tests and their makefile. Here is a
18831 check list of things to do.
18836 @cindex @file{package.m4}
18837 Make sure to create the file @file{package.m4}, which defines the
18838 identity of the package. It must define @code{AT_PACKAGE_STRING}, the
18839 full signature of the package, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, the
18840 address to which bug reports should be sent. For sake of completeness,
18841 we suggest that you also define @code{AT_PACKAGE_NAME},
18842 @code{AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_VERSION}.
18843 @xref{Initializing configure}, for a description of these variables. We
18844 suggest the following makefile excerpt:
18847 $(srcdir)/package.m4: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
18849 echo '# Signature of the current package.'; \
18850 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_NAME], [@@PACKAGE_NAME@@])'; \
18851 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME], [@@PACKAGE_TARNAME@@])'; \
18852 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [@@PACKAGE_VERSION@@])'; \
18853 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_STRING], [@@PACKAGE_STRING@@])'; \
18854 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT], [@@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@@])'; \
18855 @} >'$(srcdir)/package.m4'
18859 Be sure to distribute @file{package.m4} and to put it into the source
18860 hierarchy: the test suite ought to be shipped!
18863 Invoke @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}.
18865 @defmac AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR (@var{directory}, @dvar{test-path, directory})
18866 @acindex{CONFIG_TESTDIR}
18867 An Autotest test suite is to be configured in @var{directory}. This
18868 macro requires the instantiation of @file{@var{directory}/atconfig} from
18869 @file{@var{directory}/atconfig.in}, and sets the default
18870 @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} to @var{test-path} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}).
18874 Still within @file{configure.ac}, as appropriate, ensure that some
18875 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} command includes substitution for
18876 @file{tests/atlocal}.
18879 The @file{tests/Makefile.in} should be modified so the validation in
18880 your package is triggered by @samp{make check}. An example is provided
18884 With Automake, here is a minimal example about how to link @samp{make
18885 check} with a validation suite.
18888 EXTRA_DIST = testsuite.at $(TESTSUITE) atlocal.in
18889 TESTSUITE = $(srcdir)/testsuite
18891 check-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
18892 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' $(TESTSUITEFLAGS)
18894 installcheck-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
18895 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' AUTOTEST_PATH='$(bindir)' \
18899 test ! -f '$(TESTSUITE)' || \
18900 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' --clean
18902 AUTOTEST = $(AUTOM4TE) --language=autotest
18903 $(TESTSUITE): $(srcdir)/testsuite.at
18904 $(AUTOTEST) -I '$(srcdir)' -o $@@.tmp $@@.at
18908 You might want to list explicitly the dependencies, i.e., the list of
18909 the files @file{testsuite.at} includes.
18911 With strict Autoconf, you might need to add lines inspired from the
18917 atconfig: $(top_builddir)/config.status
18918 cd $(top_builddir) && \
18919 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
18921 atlocal: $(srcdir)/atlocal.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
18922 cd $(top_builddir) && \
18923 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
18927 and manage to have @file{atconfig.in} and @code{$(EXTRA_DIST)}
18930 With all this in place, and if you have not initialized @samp{TESTSUITEFLAGS}
18931 within your makefile, you can fine-tune test suite execution with this variable,
18935 make check TESTSUITEFLAGS='-v -d -x 75 -k AC_PROG_CC CFLAGS=-g'
18940 @c =============================== Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
18943 @chapter Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
18945 Several questions about Autoconf come up occasionally. Here some of them
18949 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
18950 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
18951 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
18952 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
18953 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
18954 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
18955 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
18959 @section Distributing @command{configure} Scripts
18963 What are the restrictions on distributing @command{configure}
18964 scripts that Autoconf generates? How does that affect my
18965 programs that use them?
18968 There are no restrictions on how the configuration scripts that Autoconf
18969 produces may be distributed or used. In Autoconf version 1, they were
18970 covered by the @acronym{GNU} General Public License. We still encourage
18971 software authors to distribute their work under terms like those of the
18972 @acronym{GPL}, but doing so is not required to use Autoconf.
18974 Of the other files that might be used with @command{configure},
18975 @file{config.h.in} is under whatever copyright you use for your
18976 @file{configure.ac}. @file{config.sub} and @file{config.guess} have an
18977 exception to the @acronym{GPL} when they are used with an Autoconf-generated
18978 @command{configure} script, which permits you to distribute them under the
18979 same terms as the rest of your package. @file{install-sh} is from the X
18980 Consortium and is not copyrighted.
18983 @section Why Require @acronym{GNU} M4?
18986 Why does Autoconf require @acronym{GNU} M4?
18989 Many M4 implementations have hard-coded limitations on the size and
18990 number of macros that Autoconf exceeds. They also lack several
18991 builtin macros that it would be difficult to get along without in a
18992 sophisticated application like Autoconf, including:
19002 Autoconf requires version 1.4.5 or later of @acronym{GNU} M4.
19004 Since only software maintainers need to use Autoconf, and since @acronym{GNU}
19005 M4 is simple to configure and install, it seems reasonable to require
19006 @acronym{GNU} M4 to be installed also. Many maintainers of @acronym{GNU} and
19007 other free software already have most of the @acronym{GNU} utilities
19008 installed, since they prefer them.
19010 @node Bootstrapping
19011 @section How Can I Bootstrap?
19015 If Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 and @acronym{GNU} M4 has an Autoconf
19016 @command{configure} script, how do I bootstrap? It seems like a chicken
19020 This is a misunderstanding. Although @acronym{GNU} M4 does come with a
19021 @command{configure} script produced by Autoconf, Autoconf is not required
19022 in order to run the script and install @acronym{GNU} M4. Autoconf is only
19023 required if you want to change the M4 @command{configure} script, which few
19024 people have to do (mainly its maintainer).
19026 @node Why Not Imake
19027 @section Why Not Imake?
19031 Why not use Imake instead of @command{configure} scripts?
19034 Several people have written addressing this question, so I include
19035 adaptations of their explanations here.
19037 The following answer is based on one written by Richard Pixley:
19040 Autoconf generated scripts frequently work on machines that it has
19041 never been set up to handle before. That is, it does a good job of
19042 inferring a configuration for a new system. Imake cannot do this.
19044 Imake uses a common database of host specific data. For X11, this makes
19045 sense because the distribution is made as a collection of tools, by one
19046 central authority who has control over the database.
19048 @acronym{GNU} tools are not released this way. Each @acronym{GNU} tool has a
19049 maintainer; these maintainers are scattered across the world. Using a
19050 common database would be a maintenance nightmare. Autoconf may appear
19051 to be this kind of database, but in fact it is not. Instead of listing
19052 host dependencies, it lists program requirements.
19054 If you view the @acronym{GNU} suite as a collection of native tools, then the
19055 problems are similar. But the @acronym{GNU} development tools can be
19056 configured as cross tools in almost any host+target permutation. All of
19057 these configurations can be installed concurrently. They can even be
19058 configured to share host independent files across hosts. Imake doesn't
19059 address these issues.
19061 Imake templates are a form of standardization. The @acronym{GNU} coding
19062 standards address the same issues without necessarily imposing the same
19067 Here is some further explanation, written by Per Bothner:
19070 One of the advantages of Imake is that it easy to generate large
19071 makefiles using the @samp{#include} and macro mechanisms of @command{cpp}.
19072 However, @code{cpp} is not programmable: it has limited conditional
19073 facilities, and no looping. And @code{cpp} cannot inspect its
19076 All of these problems are solved by using @code{sh} instead of
19077 @code{cpp}. The shell is fully programmable, has macro substitution,
19078 can execute (or source) other shell scripts, and can inspect its
19083 Paul Eggert elaborates more:
19086 With Autoconf, installers need not assume that Imake itself is already
19087 installed and working well. This may not seem like much of an advantage
19088 to people who are accustomed to Imake. But on many hosts Imake is not
19089 installed or the default installation is not working well, and requiring
19090 Imake to install a package hinders the acceptance of that package on
19091 those hosts. For example, the Imake template and configuration files
19092 might not be installed properly on a host, or the Imake build procedure
19093 might wrongly assume that all source files are in one big directory
19094 tree, or the Imake configuration might assume one compiler whereas the
19095 package or the installer needs to use another, or there might be a
19096 version mismatch between the Imake expected by the package and the Imake
19097 supported by the host. These problems are much rarer with Autoconf,
19098 where each package comes with its own independent configuration
19101 Also, Imake often suffers from unexpected interactions between
19102 @command{make} and the installer's C preprocessor. The fundamental problem
19103 here is that the C preprocessor was designed to preprocess C programs,
19104 not makefiles. This is much less of a problem with Autoconf,
19105 which uses the general-purpose preprocessor M4, and where the
19106 package's author (rather than the installer) does the preprocessing in a
19111 Finally, Mark Eichin notes:
19114 Imake isn't all that extensible, either. In order to add new features to
19115 Imake, you need to provide your own project template, and duplicate most
19116 of the features of the existing one. This means that for a sophisticated
19117 project, using the vendor-provided Imake templates fails to provide any
19118 leverage---since they don't cover anything that your own project needs
19119 (unless it is an X11 program).
19121 On the other side, though:
19123 The one advantage that Imake has over @command{configure}:
19124 @file{Imakefile} files tend to be much shorter (likewise, less redundant)
19125 than @file{Makefile.in} files. There is a fix to this, however---at least
19126 for the Kerberos V5 tree, we've modified things to call in common
19127 @file{post.in} and @file{pre.in} makefile fragments for the
19128 entire tree. This means that a lot of common things don't have to be
19129 duplicated, even though they normally are in @command{configure} setups.
19133 @node Defining Directories
19134 @section How Do I @code{#define} Installation Directories?
19137 My program needs library files, installed in @code{datadir} and
19141 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], [$datadir],
19142 [Define to the read-only architecture-independent
19150 #define DATADIR "$@{prefix@}/share"
19154 As already explained, this behavior is on purpose, mandated by the
19155 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards, see @ref{Installation Directory
19156 Variables}. There are several means to achieve a similar goal:
19160 Do not use @code{AC_DEFINE} but use your makefile to pass the
19161 actual value of @code{datadir} via compilation flags.
19162 @xref{Installation Directory Variables}, for the details.
19165 This solution can be simplified when compiling a program: you may either
19166 extend the @code{CPPFLAGS}:
19169 CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"' @@CPPFLAGS@@
19173 or create a dedicated header file:
19176 DISTCLEANFILES = datadir.h
19177 datadir.h: Makefile
19178 echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"' >$@@
19182 Use @code{AC_DEFINE} but have @command{configure} compute the literal
19183 value of @code{datadir} and others. Many people have wrapped macros to
19184 automate this task. For instance, the macro @code{AC_DEFINE_DIR} from
19185 the @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
19188 This solution does not conform to the @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards.
19191 Note that all the previous solutions hard wire the absolute name of
19192 these directories in the executables, which is not a good property. You
19193 may try to compute the names relative to @code{prefix}, and try to
19194 find @code{prefix} at runtime, this way your package is relocatable.
19198 @node Autom4te Cache
19199 @section What is @file{autom4te.cache}?
19202 What is this directory @file{autom4te.cache}? Can I safely remove it?
19205 In the @acronym{GNU} Build System, @file{configure.ac} plays a central
19206 role and is read by many tools: @command{autoconf} to create
19207 @file{configure}, @command{autoheader} to create @file{config.h.in},
19208 @command{automake} to create @file{Makefile.in}, @command{autoscan} to
19209 check the completeness of @file{configure.ac}, @command{autoreconf} to
19210 check the @acronym{GNU} Build System components that are used. To
19211 ``read @file{configure.ac}'' actually means to compile it with M4,
19212 which can be a long process for complex @file{configure.ac}.
19214 This is why all these tools, instead of running directly M4, invoke
19215 @command{autom4te} (@pxref{autom4te Invocation}) which, while answering to
19216 a specific demand, stores additional information in
19217 @file{autom4te.cache} for future runs. For instance, if you run
19218 @command{autoconf}, behind the scenes, @command{autom4te} also
19219 stores information for the other tools, so that when you invoke
19220 @command{autoheader} or @command{automake} etc., reprocessing
19221 @file{configure.ac} is not needed. The speed up is frequently of 30%,
19222 and is increasing with the size of @file{configure.ac}.
19224 But it is and remains being simply a cache: you can safely remove it.
19229 Can I permanently get rid of it?
19232 The creation of this cache can be disabled from
19233 @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}, see @ref{Customizing autom4te}, for more
19234 details. You should be aware that disabling the cache slows down the
19235 Autoconf test suite by 40%. The more @acronym{GNU} Build System
19236 components are used, the more the cache is useful; for instance
19237 running @samp{autoreconf -f} on the Core Utilities is twice slower without
19238 the cache @emph{although @option{--force} implies that the cache is
19239 not fully exploited}, and eight times slower than without
19243 @node Present But Cannot Be Compiled
19244 @section Header Present But Cannot Be Compiled
19246 The most important guideline to bear in mind when checking for
19247 features is to mimic as much as possible the intended use.
19248 Unfortunately, old versions of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} and
19249 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} failed to follow this idea, and called
19250 the preprocessor, instead of the compiler, to check for headers. As a
19251 result, incompatibilities between headers went unnoticed during
19252 configuration, and maintainers finally had to deal with this issue
19255 As of Autoconf 2.56 both checks are performed, and @code{configure}
19256 complains loudly if the compiler and the preprocessor do not agree.
19257 For the time being the result used is that of the preprocessor, to give
19258 maintainers time to adjust their @file{configure.ac}, but in the
19259 future, only the compiler will be considered.
19261 Consider the following example:
19264 $ @kbd{cat number.h}
19265 typedef int number;
19267 const number pi = 3;
19268 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19269 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19270 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([pi.h])
19271 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
19272 $ @kbd{./configure}
19273 checking for gcc... gcc
19274 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
19275 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
19276 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
19277 checking for suffix of executables...
19278 checking for suffix of object files... o
19279 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
19280 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
19281 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
19282 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
19283 checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... grep
19284 checking for egrep... grep -E
19285 checking for ANSI C header files... yes
19286 checking for sys/types.h... yes
19287 checking for sys/stat.h... yes
19288 checking for stdlib.h... yes
19289 checking for string.h... yes
19290 checking for memory.h... yes
19291 checking for strings.h... yes
19292 checking for inttypes.h... yes
19293 checking for stdint.h... yes
19294 checking for unistd.h... yes
19295 checking pi.h usability... no
19296 checking pi.h presence... yes
19297 configure: WARNING: pi.h: present but cannot be compiled
19298 configure: WARNING: pi.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?
19299 configure: WARNING: pi.h: see the Autoconf documentation
19300 configure: WARNING: pi.h: section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"
19301 configure: WARNING: pi.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result
19302 configure: WARNING: pi.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence
19303 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
19304 configure: WARNING: ## Report this to bug-example@@example.org ##
19305 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
19306 checking for pi.h... yes
19310 The proper way the handle this case is using the fourth argument
19311 (@pxref{Generic Headers}):
19314 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19315 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19316 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([number.h pi.h], [], [],
19317 [[#ifdef HAVE_NUMBER_H
19318 # include <number.h>
19321 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
19322 $ @kbd{./configure}
19323 checking for gcc... gcc
19324 checking for C compiler default output... a.out
19325 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
19326 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
19327 checking for suffix of executables...
19328 checking for suffix of object files... o
19329 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
19330 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
19331 checking for gcc option to accept ANSI C... none needed
19332 checking for number.h... yes
19333 checking for pi.h... yes
19336 See @ref{Particular Headers}, for a list of headers with their
19339 @c ===================================================== History of Autoconf.
19342 @chapter History of Autoconf
19343 @cindex History of autoconf
19345 You may be wondering, Why was Autoconf originally written? How did it
19346 get into its present form? (Why does it look like gorilla spit?) If
19347 you're not wondering, then this chapter contains no information useful
19348 to you, and you might as well skip it. If you @emph{are} wondering,
19349 then let there be light@enddots{}
19352 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
19353 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
19354 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
19355 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
19356 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
19362 In June 1991 I was maintaining many of the @acronym{GNU} utilities for the
19363 Free Software Foundation. As they were ported to more platforms and
19364 more programs were added, the number of @option{-D} options that users
19365 had to select in the makefile (around 20) became burdensome.
19366 Especially for me---I had to test each new release on a bunch of
19367 different systems. So I wrote a little shell script to guess some of
19368 the correct settings for the fileutils package, and released it as part
19369 of fileutils 2.0. That @command{configure} script worked well enough that
19370 the next month I adapted it (by hand) to create similar @command{configure}
19371 scripts for several other @acronym{GNU} utilities packages. Brian Berliner
19372 also adapted one of my scripts for his @acronym{CVS} revision control system.
19374 Later that summer, I learned that Richard Stallman and Richard Pixley
19375 were developing similar scripts to use in the @acronym{GNU} compiler tools;
19376 so I adapted my @command{configure} scripts to support their evolving
19377 interface: using the file name @file{Makefile.in} as the templates;
19378 adding @samp{+srcdir}, the first option (of many); and creating
19379 @file{config.status} files.
19384 As I got feedback from users, I incorporated many improvements, using
19385 Emacs to search and replace, cut and paste, similar changes in each of
19386 the scripts. As I adapted more @acronym{GNU} utilities packages to use
19387 @command{configure} scripts, updating them all by hand became impractical.
19388 Rich Murphey, the maintainer of the @acronym{GNU} graphics utilities, sent me
19389 mail saying that the @command{configure} scripts were great, and asking if
19390 I had a tool for generating them that I could send him. No, I thought,
19391 but I should! So I started to work out how to generate them. And the
19392 journey from the slavery of hand-written @command{configure} scripts to the
19393 abundance and ease of Autoconf began.
19395 Cygnus @command{configure}, which was being developed at around that time,
19396 is table driven; it is meant to deal mainly with a discrete number of
19397 system types with a small number of mainly unguessable features (such as
19398 details of the object file format). The automatic configuration system
19399 that Brian Fox had developed for Bash takes a similar approach. For
19400 general use, it seems to me a hopeless cause to try to maintain an
19401 up-to-date database of which features each variant of each operating
19402 system has. It's easier and more reliable to check for most features on
19403 the fly---especially on hybrid systems that people have hacked on
19404 locally or that have patches from vendors installed.
19406 I considered using an architecture similar to that of Cygnus
19407 @command{configure}, where there is a single @command{configure} script that
19408 reads pieces of @file{configure.in} when run. But I didn't want to have
19409 to distribute all of the feature tests with every package, so I settled
19410 on having a different @command{configure} made from each
19411 @file{configure.in} by a preprocessor. That approach also offered more
19412 control and flexibility.
19414 I looked briefly into using the Metaconfig package, by Larry Wall,
19415 Harlan Stenn, and Raphael Manfredi, but I decided not to for several
19416 reasons. The @command{Configure} scripts it produces are interactive,
19417 which I find quite inconvenient; I didn't like the ways it checked for
19418 some features (such as library functions); I didn't know that it was
19419 still being maintained, and the @command{Configure} scripts I had
19420 seen didn't work on many modern systems (such as System V R4 and NeXT);
19421 it wasn't flexible in what it could do in response to a feature's
19422 presence or absence; I found it confusing to learn; and it was too big
19423 and complex for my needs (I didn't realize then how much Autoconf would
19424 eventually have to grow).
19426 I considered using Perl to generate my style of @command{configure}
19427 scripts, but decided that M4 was better suited to the job of simple
19428 textual substitutions: it gets in the way less, because output is
19429 implicit. Plus, everyone already has it. (Initially I didn't rely on
19430 the @acronym{GNU} extensions to M4.) Also, some of my friends at the
19431 University of Maryland had recently been putting M4 front ends on
19432 several programs, including @code{tvtwm}, and I was interested in trying
19433 out a new language.
19438 Since my @command{configure} scripts determine the system's capabilities
19439 automatically, with no interactive user intervention, I decided to call
19440 the program that generates them Autoconfig. But with a version number
19441 tacked on, that name would be too long for old Unix file systems,
19442 so I shortened it to Autoconf.
19444 In the fall of 1991 I called together a group of fellow questers after
19445 the Holy Grail of portability (er, that is, alpha testers) to give me
19446 feedback as I encapsulated pieces of my handwritten scripts in M4 macros
19447 and continued to add features and improve the techniques used in the
19448 checks. Prominent among the testers were Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, who came up
19449 with the idea of making an Autoconf shell script to run M4
19450 and check for unresolved macro calls; Richard Pixley, who suggested
19451 running the compiler instead of searching the file system to find
19452 include files and symbols, for more accurate results; Karl Berry, who
19453 got Autoconf to configure @TeX{} and added the macro index to the
19454 documentation; and Ian Lance Taylor, who added support for creating a C
19455 header file as an alternative to putting @option{-D} options in a
19456 makefile, so he could use Autoconf for his @acronym{UUCP} package.
19457 The alpha testers cheerfully adjusted their files again and again as the
19458 names and calling conventions of the Autoconf macros changed from
19459 release to release. They all contributed many specific checks, great
19460 ideas, and bug fixes.
19465 In July 1992, after months of alpha testing, I released Autoconf 1.0,
19466 and converted many @acronym{GNU} packages to use it. I was surprised by how
19467 positive the reaction to it was. More people started using it than I
19468 could keep track of, including people working on software that wasn't
19469 part of the @acronym{GNU} Project (such as TCL, FSP, and Kerberos V5).
19470 Autoconf continued to improve rapidly, as many people using the
19471 @command{configure} scripts reported problems they encountered.
19473 Autoconf turned out to be a good torture test for M4 implementations.
19474 Unix M4 started to dump core because of the length of the
19475 macros that Autoconf defined, and several bugs showed up in @acronym{GNU}
19476 M4 as well. Eventually, we realized that we needed to use some
19477 features that only @acronym{GNU} M4 has. 4.3@acronym{BSD} M4, in
19478 particular, has an impoverished set of builtin macros; the System V
19479 version is better, but still doesn't provide everything we need.
19481 More development occurred as people put Autoconf under more stresses
19482 (and to uses I hadn't anticipated). Karl Berry added checks for X11.
19483 david zuhn contributed C++ support. Fran@,{c}ois Pinard made it diagnose
19484 invalid arguments. Jim Blandy bravely coerced it into configuring
19485 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, laying the groundwork for several later improvements.
19486 Roland McGrath got it to configure the @acronym{GNU} C Library, wrote the
19487 @command{autoheader} script to automate the creation of C header file
19488 templates, and added a @option{--verbose} option to @command{configure}.
19489 Noah Friedman added the @option{--autoconf-dir} option and
19490 @code{AC_MACRODIR} environment variable. (He also coined the term
19491 @dfn{autoconfiscate} to mean ``adapt a software package to use
19492 Autoconf''.) Roland and Noah improved the quoting protection in
19493 @code{AC_DEFINE} and fixed many bugs, especially when I got sick of
19494 dealing with portability problems from February through June, 1993.
19497 @section Deuteronomy
19499 A long wish list for major features had accumulated, and the effect of
19500 several years of patching by various people had left some residual
19501 cruft. In April 1994, while working for Cygnus Support, I began a major
19502 revision of Autoconf. I added most of the features of the Cygnus
19503 @command{configure} that Autoconf had lacked, largely by adapting the
19504 relevant parts of Cygnus @command{configure} with the help of david zuhn
19505 and Ken Raeburn. These features include support for using
19506 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, @option{--host}, and
19507 @option{--target}; making links to files; and running @command{configure}
19508 scripts in subdirectories. Adding these features enabled Ken to convert
19509 @acronym{GNU} @code{as}, and Rob Savoye to convert Deja@acronym{GNU}, to using
19512 I added more features in response to other peoples' requests. Many
19513 people had asked for @command{configure} scripts to share the results of
19514 the checks between runs, because (particularly when configuring a large
19515 source tree, like Cygnus does) they were frustratingly slow. Mike
19516 Haertel suggested adding site-specific initialization scripts. People
19517 distributing software that had to unpack on MS-DOS asked for a way to
19518 override the @file{.in} extension on the file names, which produced file
19519 names like @file{config.h.in} containing two dots. Jim Avera did an
19520 extensive examination of the problems with quoting in @code{AC_DEFINE}
19521 and @code{AC_SUBST}; his insights led to significant improvements.
19522 Richard Stallman asked that compiler output be sent to @file{config.log}
19523 instead of @file{/dev/null}, to help people debug the Emacs
19524 @command{configure} script.
19526 I made some other changes because of my dissatisfaction with the quality
19527 of the program. I made the messages showing results of the checks less
19528 ambiguous, always printing a result. I regularized the names of the
19529 macros and cleaned up coding style inconsistencies. I added some
19530 auxiliary utilities that I had developed to help convert source code
19531 packages to use Autoconf. With the help of Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, I made
19532 the macros not interrupt each others' messages. (That feature revealed
19533 some performance bottlenecks in @acronym{GNU} M4, which he hastily
19534 corrected!) I reorganized the documentation around problems people want
19535 to solve. And I began a test suite, because experience had shown that
19536 Autoconf has a pronounced tendency to regress when we change it.
19538 Again, several alpha testers gave invaluable feedback, especially
19539 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, Jim Meyering, Karl Berry, Rob Savoye, Ken Raeburn,
19542 Finally, version 2.0 was ready. And there was much rejoicing. (And I
19543 have free time again. I think. Yeah, right.)
19546 @c ========================================================== Appendices
19548 @node Copying This Manual
19549 @appendix Copying This Manual
19553 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
19557 @node GNU Free Documentation License
19558 @appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
19560 @cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
19568 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
19569 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
19570 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
19571 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
19572 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
19573 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
19574 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
19575 * Concept Index:: General index
19578 @node Environment Variable Index
19579 @appendixsec Environment Variable Index
19581 This is an alphabetical list of the environment variables that Autoconf
19586 @node Output Variable Index
19587 @appendixsec Output Variable Index
19589 This is an alphabetical list of the variables that Autoconf can
19590 substitute into files that it creates, typically one or more
19591 makefiles. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
19592 on how this is done.
19596 @node Preprocessor Symbol Index
19597 @appendixsec Preprocessor Symbol Index
19599 This is an alphabetical list of the C preprocessor symbols that the
19600 Autoconf macros define. To work with Autoconf, C source code needs to
19601 use these names in @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} directives.
19605 @node Autoconf Macro Index
19606 @appendixsec Autoconf Macro Index
19608 This is an alphabetical list of the Autoconf macros.
19609 @ifset shortindexflag
19610 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
19611 preceding @samp{AC_}.
19616 @node M4 Macro Index
19617 @appendixsec M4 Macro Index
19619 This is an alphabetical list of the M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros.
19620 @ifset shortindexflag
19621 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
19622 preceding @samp{m4_} or @samp{AS_}.
19627 @node Autotest Macro Index
19628 @appendixsec Autotest Macro Index
19630 This is an alphabetical list of the Autotest macros.
19631 @ifset shortindexflag
19632 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
19633 preceding @samp{AT_}.
19638 @node Program & Function Index
19639 @appendixsec Program and Function Index
19641 This is an alphabetical list of the programs and functions which
19642 portability is discussed in this document.
19646 @node Concept Index
19647 @appendixsec Concept Index
19649 This is an alphabetical list of the files, tools, and concepts
19650 introduced in this document.
19656 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename autoconf texi settitle setchapternewpage
19657 @c LocalWords: setcontentsaftertitlepage finalout ARG ovar varname dvar acx
19658 @c LocalWords: makeinfo dvi defcodeindex ev ov CPP cv Autotest mv defindex fn
19659 @c LocalWords: shortindexflag iftex ifset acindex ACindex ifclear ahindex fu
19660 @c LocalWords: asindex MSindex atindex ATindex auindex hdrindex prindex FIXME
19661 @c LocalWords: msindex alloca fnindex Aaarg indices FSF's dircategory ifnames
19662 @c LocalWords: direntry autoscan autoreconf autoheader autoupdate config FDs
19663 @c LocalWords: testsuite titlepage Elliston Demaille vskip filll ifnottex hmm
19664 @c LocalWords: insertcopying Autoconf's detailmenu Automake Libtool Posix ois
19665 @c LocalWords: Systemology Checkpointing Changequote INTERCAL changequote dfn
19666 @c LocalWords: Quadrigraphs builtins Shellology acconfig Bugward LIBOBJ Imake
19667 @c LocalWords: LIBOBJS IFELSE cindex flushright Pinard Metaconfig uref Simons
19668 @c LocalWords: distclean uninstall noindent versioning Tromey dir
19669 @c LocalWords: SAMS samp aclocal acsite underquoted emph itemx prepend SUBST
19670 @c LocalWords: evindex automake Gettext autopoint gettext symlink libtoolize
19671 @c LocalWords: defmac INIT tarname ovindex cvindex BUGREPORT PREREQ asis PROG
19672 @c LocalWords: SRCDIR srcdir globbing afterwards cmds foos fooo foooo init cd
19673 @c LocalWords: builddir timestamp src Imakefile chmod defvar CFLAGS CPPFLAGS
19674 @c LocalWords: CXXFLAGS DEFS DHAVE defvarx FCFLAGS FFLAGS LDFLAGS bindir GCC
19675 @c LocalWords: datadir datarootdir docdir dvidir htmldir libdir ifnothtml kbd
19676 @c LocalWords: includedir infodir libexecdir localedir localstatedir mandir
19677 @c LocalWords: oldincludedir pdfdir PDF psdir PostScript sbindir sysconfdir
19678 @c LocalWords: sharedstatedir DDATADIR sed tmp pkgdatadir VPATH conf unistd
19679 @c LocalWords: undef endif builtin FUNCS ifndef STACKSEG getb GETB YMP fubar
19680 @c LocalWords: PRE dest SUBDIRS subdirs fi struct STDC stdlib stddef INTTYPES
19681 @c LocalWords: inttypes STDINT stdint AWK AIX Solaris NeXT env EGREP FGREP yy
19682 @c LocalWords: LEXLIB YYTEXT lfl nonportable Automake's LN RANLIB byacc INETD
19683 @c LocalWords: inetd prog PROGS progs ranlib lmp lXt lX nsl gethostbyname UX
19684 @c LocalWords: NextStep isinf isnan glibc IRIX sunmath lm lsunmath pre sizeof
19685 @c LocalWords: ld inline malloc putenv setenv FreeBSD realloc SunOS MinGW
19686 @c LocalWords: snprintf vsnprintf sprintf vsprintf sscanf gcc strerror ifdef
19687 @c LocalWords: strnlen sysconf PAGESIZE unsetenv va fallback memcpy dst FUNC
19688 @c LocalWords: PowerPC GNUC libPW pragma Olibcalls CHOWN chown CLOSEDIR VFORK
19689 @c LocalWords: closedir FNMATCH fnmatch vfork FSEEKO LARGEFILE fseeko SVR sc
19690 @c LocalWords: largefile GETGROUPS getgroups GETLOADAVG DGUX UMAX NLIST KMEM
19691 @c LocalWords: SETGID getloadavg nlist GETMNTENT irix
19692 @c LocalWords: getmntent UnixWare GETPGRP getpgid getpgrp Posix's pid LSTAT
19693 @c LocalWords: lstat rpl MEMCMP memcmp OpenStep MBRTOWC mbrtowc MKTIME mktime
19694 @c LocalWords: localtime MMAP mmap OBSTACK obstack obstacks ARGTYPES timeval
19695 @c LocalWords: SETPGRP setpgrp defmacx Hurd SETVBUF setvbuf STRCOLL strcoll
19696 @c LocalWords: STRTOD strtod DECL STRFTIME strftime SCO UTIME utime VPRINTF
19697 @c LocalWords: DOPRNT vprintf doprnt sp unfixable LIBSOURCE LIBSOURCES Eggert
19698 @c LocalWords: linux netinet ia Tru XFree DIRENT NDIR dirent ndir multitable
19699 @c LocalWords: NAMLEN strlen namlen MKDEV SYSMACROS makedev RESOLV resolv DNS
19700 @c LocalWords: inet structs NAMESER arpa NETDB netdb UTekV UTS GCC's kB
19701 @c LocalWords: STDBOOL BOOL stdbool conformant cplusplus bool Bool stdarg tm
19702 @c LocalWords: ctype strchr strrchr rindex bcopy memmove memchr WEXITSTATUS
19703 @c LocalWords: WIFEXITED TIOCGWINSZ GWINSZ termios preprocess preprocessable
19704 @c LocalWords: DECLS strdup calloc BLKSIZE blksize RDEV rdev TZNAME tzname pw
19705 @c LocalWords: passwd gecos pwd MBSTATE mbstate wchar RETSIGTYPE hup UID uid
19706 @c LocalWords: gid ptrdiff uintmax EXEEXT OBJEXT Ae conftest AXP str
19707 @c LocalWords: ALIGNOF WERROR Werror cpp HP's WorkShop egcs un fied stdc CXX
19708 @c LocalWords: varargs BIGENDIAN Endianness SPARC endianness grep'ed CONST FC
19709 @c LocalWords: const STRINGIZE stringizing PARAMS unprotoize protos KCC cxx
19710 @c LocalWords: xlC aCC CXXCPP FREEFORM xlf FLIBS FCLIBS ish SRCEXT XTRA LFS
19711 @c LocalWords: ISC lcposix MINIX Minix conditionalized inlines hw dD confdefs
19712 @c LocalWords: fputs stdout PREPROC ar UFS HFS QNX realtime fstype STATVFS se
19713 @c LocalWords: statvfs STATFS statfs func machfile hdr lelf raboof DEFUN GTK
19714 @c LocalWords: GTKMM Grmph ified ine defn baz EOF qar Ahhh changecom algol io
19715 @c LocalWords: changeword quadrigraphs quadrigraph dnl SGI atoi overquoting
19716 @c LocalWords: Aas Wcross sep args namespace undefine bpatsubst popdef dquote
19717 @c LocalWords: bregexp Overquote overquotation meisch maisch meische maische
19718 @c LocalWords: miscian DIRNAME dirname MKDIR CATFILE XMKMF TRAVOLTA celsius
19719 @c LocalWords: EMX emxos Emacsen Korn DYNIX subshell posix Ksh ksh Pdksh Zsh
19720 @c LocalWords: pdksh zsh Allbery Lipe Kubota UWS zorglub stderr eval esac lfn
19721 @c LocalWords: drivespec Posixy DJGPP doschk prettybird LPT pfew Zsh's yu yaa
19722 @c LocalWords: yM uM aM firebird IP subdir misparses ok Unpatched abc bc zA
19723 @c LocalWords: CDPATH DUALCASE LINENO prepass Subshells lineno NULLCMD cmp wc
19724 @c LocalWords: MAILPATH scanset arg NetBSD Almquist printf expr cp
19725 @c LocalWords: Oliva awk Aaaaarg cmd regex xfoo GNV OpenVMS VM
19726 @c LocalWords: sparc Proulx nbar nfoo maxdepth acdilrtu TWG mc
19727 @c LocalWords: mkdir exe uname OpenBSD Fileutils mktemp umask TMPDIR guid os
19728 @c LocalWords: fooXXXXXX Unicos utimes hpux hppa unescaped
19729 @c LocalWords: pmake DOS's gmake ifoo DESTDIR autoconfiscated pc coff mips gg
19730 @c LocalWords: dec ultrix cpu wildcards rpcc rdtsc powerpc readline
19731 @c LocalWords: withval vxworks gless localcache usr LOFF loff CYGWIN Cygwin
19732 @c LocalWords: cygwin SIGLIST siglist SYSNDIR SYSDIR ptx lseq rusage elif MSC
19733 @c LocalWords: lfoo POUNDBANG lsun NIS getpwnam SYSCALLS RSH INTL lintl aix
19734 @c LocalWords: intl lx ldir syslog bsd EPI toolchain netbsd objext de KNR nn
19735 @c LocalWords: fication LTLIBOBJS Wdiff TESTDIR atconfig atlocal akim XFAIL
19736 @c LocalWords: ChangeLog prepended errexit smallexample TESTSUITEFLAGS GPL er
19737 @c LocalWords: installcheck autotest indir Pixley Bothner Eichin Kerberos adl
19738 @c LocalWords: DISTCLEANFILES preprocessor's fileutils Stallman Murphey Stenn
19739 @c LocalWords: Manfredi Autoconfig TCL FSP david zuhn Blandy MACRODIR Raeburn
19740 @c LocalWords: autoconfiscate Savoye Haertel Avera Meyering fdl appendixsec
19741 @c LocalWords: printindex american LIBOBJDIR LibdirTest ERLCFLAGS OBJCFLAGS
19742 @c LocalWords: VER Gnulib online xyes strcpy TYPEOF typeof OBJC objcc objc ln
19743 @c LocalWords: GOBJC OTP ERLC erl valloc decr dumpdef errprint incr
19744 @c LocalWords: esyscmd len maketemp pushdef substr syscmd sysval translit txt
19745 @c LocalWords: sinclude foreach myvar tolower toupper uniq BASENAME STDIN
19746 @c LocalWords: Dynix descrips basename aname cname macroexpands xno xcheck
19747 @c LocalWords: LIBREADLINE lreadline lncurses libreadline
19749 @c Local Variables:
19751 @c ispell-local-dictionary: "american"
19752 @c indent-tabs-mode: nil
19753 @c whitespace-check-buffer-indent: nil